Initial Environmental Examination Report

June 2019

Bangladesh: Dhaka and Western Zone Transmission

Grid Expansion Project

Prepared by Power Grid Company of Bangladesh, Ministry of Power, Energy and Mineral
Resources, Government of Bangladesh for the Asian Development Bank.
 CURRENCY EQUIVALENTS
(as of 20 May 2019)

Currency unit – taka (Tk)

Tk1.00 = $0.012
$1.00 = Tk.83.85

ABBREVIATIONS
ADB – Asian Development Bank
AIS – air-insulated switchgear
AP – affected persons
ASl – above sea level
BMD – Bangladesh Meteorological Department
CAP – corrective action plan
CHT – Chattogram Hill Tracts
DoE – Department of Environment
DPP – development project proposal
DPs – displaced persons
DSC – design and supervision consultants
DWZTGEP – Dhaka and Western Zone Transmission Grid Expansion
Project
EIA – environmental impact assessment
EMF – electromagnetic field
EMoP – environmental monitoring plan
EMP – environmental management plan
EQS – environment quality standards
ESMS – environmental and social management system
FGD – focus group discussion
GIS – gas insulated switchgear
GoB – Government of Bangladesh
GRC – grievance redress committee
GRM – grievance redress mechanism
GSS – grid substation
HES – health environment and safety
IEC – important environmental component
IEE – initial environmental examination
ISC – important social component
IUCN – International Union for Conservation for Nature
LGI – local government institutions
LGRC – local grievance redress committee
LILO – line-in line-out
MoEF – Ministry of Environment and Forest
NGO – non-governmental organization
PAI – project’s area of influence
PAP – project affected persons
PCB – polychlorinated biphenyl
PCRs – physical cultural resources
PDB – Power Development Board
PGCB – Power Grid Company of Bangladesh
 PMU – project management unit
PPE – personal protective equipment
PSMP – power system master plan
RCC – reinforced cement concrete
RMA – Resource Management Associates (Pvt) Ltd.
RoW – right of way
RP – resettlement plan
SF6 – sulfur hexafluoride
SPS – safeguard policy statement
SWTGEP – Southwest Transmission Grid Expansion Project
UPI – Union Parishad Institutions

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

cm – centimetre
ha – hectare
km – kilometer (1,000 meters)
kV – kilovolt (1,000 volts)
kW – kilowatt (1,000 watts)
m – meter
mm – millimeter
MVA – mega-volt ampere
MW – megawatt

NOTE
In this report, "$" refers to United States dollars.

This initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein
do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may
be preliminary in nature. Your attention is directed to the “terms of use” section on ADB’s website.

In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation
of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian
Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any
territory or area.
 Table of Contents

Page
1. INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................. 1
1.1 Background ................................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Objectives of the Initial Environmental Examination ...................................................... 3
1.3 Scope of Work............................................................................................................... 4
1.4 Methodology ................................................................................................................. 4
1.5 Structure of the Report .................................................................................................. 7
2. POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK .............................................. 8
2.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................... 8
2.2 Procedure for Obtaining Site/Environmental Clearance................................................. 8
2.3 Organizations Related with Enforcement of Environmental Standards .........................10
2.4 National Legislation Relevant to Environment ..............................................................11
2.5 Policy Related with Energy Development .....................................................................13
2.6 Building Construction (Amendment) Act (1990) and Rules (1996) ................................14
2.7 Compliance with International Requirements ...............................................................15
2.8 Compliance with ADB Safeguard Policy Statement, 2009 ............................................17
2.9 Compliance with PGCB Health Environment and Safety Requirements .......................19
2.10 Comparison of Environmental Safeguard Principles between ADB and Bangladesh ....19
3. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT .............................................................................. 23
3.1 Project Location ...........................................................................................................23
3.2 Project Components .....................................................................................................24
3.3 Rationale and Detailed Project Description ..................................................................25
3.4 Project Scope ...............................................................................................................26
3.5 Components of Construction Works .............................................................................32
3.6 Construction of Underground (UG) Cable.....................................................................32
3.7 Construction of overhead transmission lines (OHLs) ....................................................35
3.8 Construction of Grid Substations ..................................................................................38
3.9 Work Schedule .............................................................................................................40
4. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT (BASELINE DATA) .............................................. 42
4.1 Methodology ................................................................................................................42
4.2 Physical Environment ...................................................................................................42
4.3 Biological/Ecological Environment ................................................................................78
4.4 Physical Cultural Resources.........................................................................................93
4.5 Socio-Economic Environment ......................................................................................93
5. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES .......... 101
5.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................101
5.2 Analysis of the Impacts ..............................................................................................101
5.3 Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures ............................................................110
6. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ................................................................................. 121
6.1 Transmission and LILO Lines .....................................................................................121
6.2 Grid Substations.........................................................................................................122
6.3 Evaluation of Alternatives ...........................................................................................122
7. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION ................. 129
7.1 Consultations with Stakeholders ................................................................................129
7.2 Project Stakeholders ..................................................................................................129
7.3 Methodology ..............................................................................................................131
7.4 Tools and Process Used ............................................................................................131
7.5 Summary of consultations on Environment ................................................................134
8. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM....................................................................... 136
8.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................136
8.2 Objectives of Grievance Redress Mechanism ............................................................137
8.3 Guidelines to Redress Grievances .............................................................................137
8.4 Complaints and Grievance Mechanism ......................................................................137
8.5 Grievances Redress Committees ...............................................................................137
8.6 Scope and Jurisdiction of GRC ..................................................................................139
8.7 Filing Grievance Cases and Documentation...............................................................140
8.8 Approval of GRCs and Entitlements of GRC Members...............................................142
8.9 Grievance Redress Monitoring ...................................................................................142
9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................. 143
10. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION ................................................................. 166
 List of Tables

Page
Table 2-1 - Environmental Laws, Regulations and Standards of Bangladesh 12
Table 2-2 : ADB’s Environmental Safeguards Categorization and Requirements 18
Table 2-3 : Comparison of Environmental Safeguard Principles 19
Table 3-1: List of subprojects in component 1 & 2 of the DWZTGEP 27
Table 3-2: The Phasing of Construction Works 32
Table 3-3: Land filling requirements for substation lands estimated in the DPP 39
Table 4-1 - Temperature and Humidity for Project Area, 1975-2015 46
Table 4-2: Average Temperature and Rainfall at Barishal by month 48
Table 4-3 : Average temperature and rainfall at Khulna by month 50
Table 4-4: Average temperature and rainfall at Satkhira by month 52
Table 4-5: Average temperature and rainfall at Niamatpur by month 54
Table 4-6 : Average temperature and rainfall at Dinajpur by month 56
Table 4-7 : Name of rivers and transmission lines 59
Table 4-8: Bangladesh National Standard (ECR 1997) compared to the WHO Guidelines 59
Table 4-9: Physicochemical parameters of Turag river (Source: Rahman et al (2012)) 60
Table 4-10: Concentration of heavy metals of Turag river in dry season. 60
Table 4-11: Concentration of heavy metals of Turag river in wet season. 60
Table 4-12: Water quality data of Rupsha River and Standard values 61
Table 4-13: Water quality data of Rupsha River at Rupsha bridge 61
Table 4-14: Water quality parameters of the Teesta River at Kaunia point in Rangpur 61
Table 4-15: National Standards for inland Surface Water 62
Table 4-16: National Standards for Drinking Water 63
Table 4-17: Bangladesh National Ambient Air Quality Standards Compared to the WHO Guideline
and US EPA Standard 66
Table 4-18: Sound Levels and Human Response 66
Table 4-19 - Noise Quality Standards, by Zone and Time of Day 67
Table 4-20 : Seismic Zones of Bangladesh 78
Table 4-21 : List of Terrestrial Flora Recorded in the RoW and Surroundings of the Transmission Line
Routes, proposed Substation lands in Greater Dhaka, and Southwest parts of Bangladesh 81
Table 4-22: Tree Species found in the subproject areas in north-western zone 82
Table 4-23 : List of Faunal Species found in the Substation/ Transmission Line Subproject Areas
83
Table 4-24 : List of Fish Species found in the Subproject Areas- Greater Dhaka, Northwest and
Southwest part of Bangladesh 85
Table 4-25 : Educational achievements of the population 94
Table 4-26 : Monthly Household Income 96
Table 4-27 : Monthly Household Expenditure 97
Table 5-1: Parameters for Determining Magnitude 101
Table 5-2: Criteria for Determining Sensitivity 102
Table 5-3: Significance of Impact Criteria 102
Table 5-4: IECs-Physical Environment 103
Table 5-5: IECs-Land and Agriculture Resources 104
Table 5-6: IECs-Fisheries Resources 104
Table 5-7: IECs-Ecological Resources 105
Table 5-8: ISCs-Socio-economic Aspects 105
Table 5-9: Impact Matrix 106
Table 5-10: Number of Trees (taller than 5 m) Affected by Different Sub Projects 115
Table 5-11: Number of trees in the RoW of transmission lines (clearing width 12 m) and
substations to be removed and their market value 115
Table 6-1: Final route selection through three stages 123
Table 6-2: The details of PGCB proposed routes, alternative routes based on satellite images and
final alternatives. 125
Table 6-3: Length, number of households and primary structures found in the PGCB route,
alternative routes (based on satellite images and field surveys) 126
Table 6-4: Extent, coordinates and land use of sites selected for proposed substations 127
Table 7-1 - Description of Primary and Secondary Stakeholders 130
Table 7-2 : Tools Used in Consultation Meetings 131
Table 7-3 : Location and number of participants at FGDs (Transmission Line - Environment) ....
132
Table 7-4 : Locations and Number of Participants at FGDs (Substation -Environment) 132
Table 7-5 : Location and Number of Participants at Gender Consultations for Substations 133
Table 7-6 - Location and Number of participants of Gender Consultation for Transmission Line 134
Table 8-1 : Hierarchy of GRMs 139
Table 8-2 : Grievance Resolution Process 140
Table 9-1 : Environmental Management Plan for the Impacts of the Substation Subprojects in
Components 1 and 2 144
Table 9-2 : Budget for Tree Planting and Environment Management Plan (EMP) implementation
Cost 151
Table 9-3 : Mitigation Measures for the Impacts of Transmission Lines, LILO and underground
cabling subprojects in Components 1 and 2 152
Table 9-4: Environmental Monitoring Plan for Substation Subprojects 158
Table 9-5: Environmental Monitoring Plan for TL/LILO Line Subprojects 161
Table 9-6: Cost of Laboratory-based Environmental Monitoring 164

List of Figures

Page
Figure 1-1 – Institutional Framework for Dhaka and Western Zone Transmission Grid Expansion
Project 3
Figure 1-2 - Diagrammatic Representation of the Proposed Subprojects in Dhaka and Western
Zone Transmission Grid Expansion Project 6
Figure 2-1 - Process of Obtaining Environmental Clearance for Orange B Category 9
Figure 3-1: Administrative Divisions and Districts of Project Area 23
Figure 3-2 : Subprojects in Greater Dhaka, Component 1 25
Figure 3-3: Placement of cable drum and correct method of pulling 34
Figure 3-4: Typical cross-section of a trench profile 34
Figure 3-5: Associated Civil Works for Transmission Line Installation 38
Figure 3-6: Project Implementation Schedule 41
Figure 4-1:Climatic Zones of Bangladesh and Subproject Locations 44
Figure 4-2 - Average Rainfall in Bangladesh 45
Figure 4-3 - Average Temperature 45
Figure 4-4: Monthly Cumulative Rainfall at Dhaka BMD Station 46
Figure 4-5 - Monthly Maximum and Minimum Temperatures at Dhaka BMD Station 46
Figure 4-6 - Monthly Variation of Average Wind Speed at Dhaka BMD Station 47
Figure 4-7 - Distribution and Frequency of Dominant Wind Force within the Study Area 47
Figure 4-8 Distribution of Rainfall & Temperature at Barishal 49
Figure 4-9: Distribution of Rainfall & Temperature at Khulna 51
Figure 4-10 :Distribution of Rainfall & Temperature at Satkhira 53
Figure 4-11: Distribution of Rainfall & Temperature at Niamatpur 55
Figure 4-12: Distribution of Rainfall & Temperature at Dinajpur 57
Figure 4-13 - Physiographic Units of Bangladesh and Subproject Locations 69
Figure 4-14 - Geological Map of Bangladesh and Subproject Locations 71
Figure 4-15 - Soil Map of Bangladesh and Subproject Locations 72
Figure 4-16: Flood Prone Areas of Bangladesh and subproject locations 73
Figure 4-17 - Main Rivers of Bangladesh and subproject locations 74
Figure 4-18 : Agro-ecological zones and subproject locations 75
Figure 4-19 - Seismic Map of Bangladesh and subproject locations 78
Figure 4-20 - Bio-ecological Zones of Bangladesh, subprojects are in Zone 1, 2, 3, 4a, 4b, 4c, 6,
10 and 11 80
Figure 4-21 - Wildlife Distribution Map of Bangladesh - subproject locations and distribution of
fauna 87
Figure 4-22 - Protected Area Map of Bangladesh and subproject locations 88
Figure 4-23 - Forest Cover Map of Bangladesh and subproject locations 89
Figure 4-24 - Subproject locations and Important Bird Areas (IBA) in Bangladesh. 91
Figure 4-25 - Project Footprints and Migratory bird’s staging area 92
Figure 7-1 - Stakeholder Mapping 130
Figure 8-1 - Grievance Redress Flow Chart 141

List of Annexes
Annex 1 - Detailed project description of 46 subprojects in Greater Dhaka and Western zone ....
169
Annex 2 : Coordinates of Final Alignments of Transmission and LILO Lines of DWZTGEP ....
236
Annex 3 : Flora/ Fauna Species and Number of Affected Trees Recorded in the Dhaka and
Western Zone Transmission Grid Expansion (DWZTGEP) Project Area 272
Annex 4 : Photographs of the existing environment and public consultations 277
Annex 5 : Focused Group Discussion on Environment 283
Annex 6 : Template of Environmental Safeguard Monitoring Report 294
Annex 7 : Environmental Audit of the Existing Substations 299
 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

i. The development policy framework of the Government of Bangladesh envisages moving

towards a middle-income threshold by year 2021 through sustainable development. The per
capita income is rising steadily, from $1,110 in 2014 to $1,675 in 2018.1 The GDP growth rate in
2016 was 7.2% while in 2018, it further increased to 7.9%. Electricity consumption is growing
rapidly at an annual rate of over 6%, largely due to the growth in per capita income, increasing
industrialization and the expansion of the agriculture and commercial sectors. Energy demand is
expected to increase threefold by 2035, needs 33,708 MW to meet the desired service quality
and quantity projected under future growth.

ii. The Power System Master Plan envisages that by 2022, all the key generating facilities
would be operational. The peak load flow toward Dhaka from the southwestern generating
facilities is estimated to be about 1,800 to 2,000 MW by 2025. Transmission system studies
carried out by the Power Grid Company of Bangladesh (PGCB) for Dhaka service area,
considering the demand forecast prepared by Dhaka Electric Supply Company Limited (DESCO),
has identified considerable improvements required in the transmission network. Accordingly, new
400/230 kV and 230/132 kV grid substations with interconnecting transmission lines are required
to enhance the reliability of electricity supply in the Dhaka service area.

iii. The proposed Dhaka and Western Zone Transmission Grid Expansion Project (DWZGEP)
of a total investment of $750.0 million will ensure that the capacity of electricity supply in Dhaka
and western zone of Bangladesh is upgraded, with improvements in the technical efficiency of
the transmission system. The proposed project is expected to provide support for the construction
of new substations and transmission lines and support the improvements of existing transmission
network of PGCB.

iv. The DWZTGEP will also strengthen the power transmission system in southwest and
northwest Bangladesh to enhance its reliability and efficiency. The project area comprises
agricultural land, where, due to inadequate surface water supply, cultivation mostly depends on
groundwater. Hence electricity demand is at its peak during the irrigation season. Furthermore,
the electricity demand in the southwest is expected to rise in the near future with large scale
industrialization expected after completion of construction of the Padma Bridge2.

v. The subprojects of DWZTGEP are situated in five administrative divisions and twenty
districts of Bangladesh, comprising construction of 15 new substations, ten overhead
transmission lines and ten Line-In Line-Out (LILO) connections of a total length of 394 km
overhead lines, 14 km underground lines in Dhaka, and bay extensions in 9 existing grid
substations. Also, the project will strengthen the institutional capacity of PGCB by (i) supporting
installation and operation of an Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) System and (ii) establishing
a Drone Inspection Center within the Operation and Maintenance Department of PGCB.

vi. All the subprojects are located in agricultural lands and in settlement areas. Asp per IBAT,
no ecologically sensitive habitats or national protected areas are found in the project area.
According to the Environment Conservation Act 1995 and Environment Conservation Rules 1997
(amended in 2017) of Bangladesh, transmission lines and grid substations are categorized as

1 Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics.

2 The Padma Bridge with 150 m span and 6150 m length, is a multipurpose road-rail bridge across the Padma River
under construction in Bangladesh. It will connect Louhajong, Munshiganj to Shariatpur and Madaripur, linking the
southwestern to northern and eastern regions.
‘Orange B category’ projects that require an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) for site
clearance and environment clearance. Therefore, to obtain ‘Site Clearance’ and ‘Environmental
Clearance’ from the Department of Environment (DoE), PGCB conducted the necessary Route
Surveys and environmental assessment studies with the help of consultants.

vii. The project also needs to comply with Asian Development Bank (ADB)’s safeguard
requirements. This IEE document is prepared to fulfil environmental assessment requirements
under ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009. The IEE will be updated and disclosed if
any unexpected impacts or design changes occur during project implementation.

viii. The IEE study has been done based on both primary and secondary data. A composite
and interdisciplinary approach has been developed for this study, based on the guidelines of DoE
and ADB’s SPS 2009. A scoping process was followed for identifying Important Environmental
(IECs) and Social Components (ISCs), which are likely to be impacted by interventions of the
project. Impacts to ecological resources will be minimal and localized in all phases of the project
because there is no ecological or environmentally sensitive area.

ix. The Right of Way (RoW) of the transmission lines and the lands for the grid substations
(GSS) are on low lying ground. Lands along the transmission lines are predominantly cultivated,
at least in the dry season, and have homestead activities. Rice-based crops are grown mainly in
the dry season along with potatoes, onions, mustard, garlic, jute and other vegetables.

x. Trees taller than 5m found inside the 12m width of the RoW with a total number of 22,790
will be removed. There will be some damage to standing crops in the field during the construction
phase and a small amount of crop production will also be affected during the stringing process.
Efforts will be made to avoid cutting of trees as much as possible. In areas where removal of trees
is unavoidable, tree planting with a ratio of 1:3 will be undertaken. Most trees in the area are
associated with homesteads, i.e. they are fruit and rapid growing timber trees and the same
species will be replaced. Planting of local, native or indigenous tree species will also take place.
Proper compensation for all types of damages will be paid.

xi. An area of 80.92 acres land in 15 new substations plus one existing substation and 1 acre
of land tower footings, will be changed from the land type of agricultural use and fisheries. The
proposed bay extensions would not require land acquisition as the required land extents are
available within the existing GSS premises, except for Satkhira, which needs 3 acres for the bay
extension.

xii. The RoW of proposed overhead transmission lines does not cross any protected area or
environmentally/ecologically sensitive sites. Adverse impacts on flora and fauna would be
marginal. Overhead transmission lines in component 1 & 2 cross 31 rivers, canals, khals, beels
and ponds. Transmission tower platforms will be placed 150m away from the river bank alongside
the wider rivers such as Rupsha, Katcha and Teesta with the single wire spans cross the river (no
foundations required in the rivers).

xiii. There will be minor impact of noise for short periods during construction of foundations for
the transmission line towers and also result in temporary increase in traffic, but work will take
place during day time and residents close by will be warned of any foundation piling activity. The
transmission and LILO lines will traverse some populated areas. Therefore, inspection of existing
electromagnetic field (EMF) along the selected routes of existing and new transmission lines in
populated areas would be important. For housing structures, clearance between the transmission
line and roof tops should be 6.5m-8m and for river crossings it will be 14.6m-15.9m 3 . The
estimated EMF values are within the ICNIRP public exposure limits. No houses or people will be
directly affected by the EMF of transmission and LILO lines.

xiv. Labor camps required for the project will be provided with water supply and sanitation
facilities. Proper procedures will be in place for storage, containment and correct disposal of
building materials at all work sites during construction. The GSSs will be provided with necessary
fire-fighting equipment, personal protective equipment (PPE) and access to emergency rescue
items such as first aid boxes, etc.

xv. PGCB has been found to be adequately responsive on environmental safeguards during
the operation of the current substations identified as related existing facilities. The substations
need the yard cleanness and appropriate waste handling and disposal practices. Handling of
hazardous and non-hazardous material needs to be improved especially in storage arrangement
and to prevent spillages. PGCB needs to carry out a time bound Corrective Action Plan (CAP)
mentioned in the environmental audit of existing substations (Annex 7).

xvi. During the construction phase of the project, there will be some environmental impacts
with machinery and vehicle movement for construction tower foundations, the erection of towers
and stringing of conductors. Various activities will take place for towers and new GSS construction
including land filling, storage of construction materials, activity of workers and movement of
construction vehicles. Mitigation measures are proposed in the Environmental Management Plan

(EMP) and will be included in contracts to ensure that good practices are observed as per the
measures identified in the EMP. Costing for EMP and CAP will be included in construction
contracts.

xvii. There were 42 consultation meetings held in September and October 2018 with local
people at various locations along the transmission line routes and substation sites for which 623
people attended. Local people consider that the project would contribute significantly to national
development by improving the supply of electricity and they look forward to having employment
opportunities during the pre-construction and construction phases. Alternative analysis was
conducted.

xviii. A Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) will be established at local union level and there
will be recourse to a project level redress system when required. The PGCB will set up a Project
Management Unit (PMU) to implement the project. The implementation of EMP and CAP will be
monitored to ensure the ADB’s SPS 2009 will be met.

xix. Since the project does not involve activities that have significant adverse impacts that are
irreversible, diverse or unprecedented, the present IEE has been prepared to determine the
impacts of the project as per ADB’s SPS 2009. Accordingly, the environmental classification for
the project is expected to be ‘Environment Category B’.

3
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the Feasibility Study of Enhancement and Strengthening of Power
Network in Eastern Region (ESPNER) of Bangladesh.
1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Background

1. The development policy framework of the Government of Bangladesh envisages

sustainable development and moving towards a middle-income threshold by year 2021. The per
capita income is rising steadily, from $1,110 in 2014 to $1,675 in 2018.4 The GDP growth rate in
2016 was 7.2% while in 2018, it further increased to 7.9%, meeting the national economic growth
target of 7.0%. In contrast, the per capita grid electricity consumption in Bangladesh is only 336
kWh5, which is lower than its neighbouring countries. Electricity consumption is growing rapidly at
an annual rate of over 6%, largely due to the growth in per capita income, increasing
industrialization and the expansion of the agriculture and commercial sectors. Energy demand is
expected to increase threefold by 2035 as the government rolls out connections to rural
households and Bangladesh continues on a trajectory of strong economic growth. Electricity
demand would need to increase to 33,708 MW by 2035 to meet the desired service quality and
quantity projected under future growth. In the endeavour to become a high-income country by
20416, development of energy and power infrastructure is vital for Bangladesh.

2. The government’s strategy is to promote power sector and it has embarked on

implementation of a master plan to add low cost, base load power generation capacity to
compensate for declining domestic gas production and replacement of expensive diesel and fuel
oil-based power plants. It is providing subsidies, including for life line consumption, to support the
objective of increasing electricity distribution to all parts of the country7. For the energy sector,
national targets include increased access to electricity, from 93%8 in 2018, and reaching 100%
by 2021. Increase in per capita consumption, from 170 kWh in 2010 to a target of 514 kWh by
2020 is anticipated.

3. The Power Division, under the Ministry of Power, Energy and Mineral Resources
(MPEMR) leads the power sector while the Bangladesh Energy Regulatory Commission (BERC)
is the regulatory agency which regulates electricity, gas, and petroleum sectors. The electricity
sector is unbundled into generation, transmission, and distribution segments. Backbone
transmission lines and substation network in the country are operated by the Power Grid
Company of Bangladesh Limited (PGCB). As of December 20189, PGCB network comprised,
transmission lines operated at 400 kV, 230 kV and 132 kV voltage levels with a total length of
11,396 circuit km and 125 132/33 kV substations with a cumulative capacity of 20,211 MVA.
Development of transmission and distribution network in line with generation has been identified
as a key element of the power sector strategy in the ‘Bangladesh Seventh Five Year Plan FY2016
– FY2020’. Development of an inter-region transmission network is required due to the unbalance
in concertation of generation and demand, while local network expansions are required to cater
the increasing demand at new load centres. Due to the growing electricity demand, a considerable
number of grid substations and transmission lines have already been overloaded. Therefore,
urgent upgrades and expansions are required by PGCB to supply power to the key economic
corridors in the southern and western regions including greater Dhaka area.

4 Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics.

5 Government of Bangladesh, Bangladesh Power Development Board. 2018. Annual Report 2017-2018. Dhaka.
6 Policy “Vision 2041”
7 Government of Bangladesh. 2013. The National Sustainable Development Strategy 2010–2021. Dhaka.
8 Bangladesh’s Power Sector at a Glance. www.powercell.gov.bd. Power Cell. Ministry of Power, Energy and
Mineral Resources.
9 Power Grid Company of Bangladesh Ltd. PGCB at a glance.
2

4. The Dhaka and Western Zone Transmission Grid Expansion Project (DWZTGEP) focuses
on expanding the local transmission network to deliver electricity to new and expanding load
centres while meeting the network operating criteria. The People’s Republic of Bangladesh
applied for financing for a transaction technical assistance (TRTA) from the Asian Development
Bank (ADB) to conduct assessments to prepare the investment project. The concept paper for
the project was approved by ADB on 6th March 2019, comprising three main investment
components namely;

Component 1: Transmission system in Greater Dhaka expanded. The project will

construct and commission substations with a total capacity of 4,450 MVA and 40 km of
transmission lines in Greater Dhaka.

Component 2: Transmission system in Western Zone expanded. The project will

construct and commission substations with a total capacity of 3,070 MVA and 368 km of
transmission lines in western zone.

Component 3: Institutional Capacity of PGCB strengthened. The project will enhance

capacity by (a) supporting installation and operation of an enterprise resource planning (ERP)
system to assist PGCB in optimally managing its capital-intensive assets; (b) establishing a
Drone Inspection Center within the operation and maintenance department of PGCB with
some gender equality element.

5. On behalf of the government, overall coordination of the project will be managed by

MPEMR. PGCB will be the Executing Agency (EA) for Component 1, 2 and 3. The project
preparation, implementation, monitoring, and reporting to ADB and the government will be
handled by the Project Management Unit (PMU) established by PGCB. EPC Contractors with
separate environmental officer and Health & Safety Officer for each package will implement
Environment Management Plan (EMP). Designated PMU engineers will be trained and
supervised by the PGCB safeguards unit to work together with contractors for EMP
implementation. Figure 1-1 shows the institutional framework for DWZTGEP.
 3

Figure 1-1 – Institutional Framework for Dhaka and Western Zone Transmission Grid Expansion
Project

Ministry of Finance
Economic Relations
Department

Asian
Development Bank
Ministry of Power, (ADB) and Asian
Energy and Mineral Infrastructure
Resources Investment Bank
(Power Division) (AIIB)

Power Grid Company

Bangladesh

Managing Director

Chief Engineer Cross Functional

(Project Monitoring) Team
Supervised by Deputy
General Manager Finance
for ERP component
Office Assistant Project Director
(1 position) (Chief Engineer)

Deputy Project Directors Sub Divisional Manager Drivers

(Superintending Engineers (Accounts & Admin) (8 positions)
Engineer) (12 positions) (1 position) Office Attendant
(2 positions) (3 positions)

Executive Engineers Sub Assistant Assistant Manager

(4 positions) Engineers (Accounts & Admin)
(39 positions) (2 positions)

Note: ERP component implementation will be supervised by a Deputy General Manger (Project Finance) with support
from PGCB’s Cross Functional Team which comprises 7 members.
ADB = Asian Development Bank, PGCB = Power Grid Company of Bangladesh Limited, P&D = planning and design.
Source: PGCB.

1.2 Objectives of the Initial Environmental Examination

6. The implementation of the project could have both negative and positive impacts on the
surrounding environment, depending on environmental sensitivities and the design of responsive
mitigation measures. Environmental impacts include physical, ecological and socio-economic
impacts. This project is categorized as an Environmental B project, based on the rapid
environmental assessment and the ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009. For Category
B projects, the environmental impacts are site-specific, few if any of them are irreversible. An
4

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) is required to address the anticipated impacts and to
suggest appropriate mitigation measures in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP). This
IEE report was prepared following the requirements of the ADB’s SPS 2009. PGCB will ensure
that safeguard plans in IEE/EMP are updated if any changes are identified in detailed engineering
designs and changes in project scope.

1.3 Scope of Work

7. This IEE requires identification of potential environmental issues associated with the
project and appropriate mitigation measures to minimize the environmental impacts. The broad
scope of the IEE is:

i) To conduct field visits to collect data relevant to the study area and also collect secondary
data so as to establish the baseline environmental status of the study area;
ii) To assess the impacts on environmental attributes due to the location, design,
construction and operation of the proposed project;
iii) To identify critical environmental parameters required to be monitored subsequent to the
implementation of the proposed project;
iv) To carry out consultation with local people to identify public perception regarding the
project;
v) To prepare an EMP and an Environment Monitoring Plan (EMoP) including cost estimates
for PGCB to comply with during the project implementation; and
vi) To prepare an IEE report in accordance with the ADB’s SPS 2009 and the national
regulations of the government.

8. The DWZTGEP subprojects are located in five administrative divisions and twenty districts
of Bangladesh; one in Rajshahi division (Noagoan), six in Dhaka division (Dhaka, Narayanganj,
Gopalganj, Madaripur, Gazipur and Faridpur), seven in Khulna division (Jhenaidah, Bagerhat,
Kustia, Meherpur, Jessore, Satkhira, and Khulna), three in Barishal division (Bhola, Jhalokaki,
and Pirojpur ), and three districts in Rangpur division (Dinajpur, Lalmonirhat and Nilphamari)
(Figure 1-2).

1.4 Methodology

9. The IEE is usually used to estimate the potential environmental impacts of a proposed
project, based on available preliminary information and information readily acquired through rapid
environmental surveys. This study has been conducted in accordance with the ADB’s SPS 2009
and other relevant national/international laws and treaties applicable to the proposed project.

10. The field survey team used a combination of desk studies, field investigations, census
data, structured interviews, focus group discussions (FGDs), google maps, and reports to
generate the data required to describe the existing environment and assess the potential impacts
due to the construction and operation of the project. Local knowledge about the ecosystem and
problems associated with the project activities were carefully recorded through public
consultations and used in the impact assessment and to develop the mitigation plan. Formal
public consultations, as well as informal ones, involving local villagers and Affected Persons (APs)
were carried out from September to December 2018.
 5

1.4.1 Secondary Data Collection

11. The review of secondary sources and informal initial field investigations were undertaken
to prepare a preliminary assessment of the physical and social environment, biodiversity, and
conservation significance of the identified project area. The preliminary literature reviews also
assisted in identifying data gaps which could be addressed with collection of additional primary
information through field surveys.

12. Relevant data/information was collected from various government and non-governmental
organizations, especially related to site aspects, climate (weather), topography, geology,
waterbodies, surface/groundwater quality, ecology/biology, socioeconomics, and other aspects.
Previous environmental site studies, where available, were reviewed, as well as relevant articles
and web sites.

1.4.2 Primary Data Collection

13. Primary data/information included data collected during the field surveys and
observations, and discussions with stakeholders, such as community representatives and APs at
key project locations and in the project influence area. The main purpose of this approach was to
obtain a clear impression on the people’s perceptions of the project and its environmental impacts
and possible mitigation measures.

14. The primary data on environmental and socioeconomic aspects of the project area were
collected from September to December 2018 by the safeguards survey team to comprehensively
evaluate the existing project area environmental baseline conditions. An orientation workshop for
the field survey team was conducted on 13 and 14 August 2018 before commencing the field
work.

15. Status of flora and fauna within the project area was determined by reviewing the literature
relevant to the area, as well as observations and surveys at the project sites. Tree counting at the
project sites within the RoW was also carried out by the safeguard survey team. Identification of
tree species in different habitats, such as home gardens, plantations, and agricultural lands, and
assessment of stage of growth (whether mature tree or sapling) were also carried out.

16. A discussion with PGCB officials on 30 January 2018, revealed that trees or saplings
below five meters in height will not be cleared within the RoW. Trees taller than five meters in
height and within 12 meters from the centre of the RoW will be cleared to make space for the
tower footings and conductors. Tree branches outside 12 meters of the RoW will be cut in a 45°
angle to the tower. Cutting branches that grow horizontally towards the conductors and towers
will be carried out every three months to prevent the in-growth. The value of the trees was
determined according to the information provided by the Bangladesh Forest Department and
Department of Agriculture.
6

Figure 1-2 - Diagrammatic Representation of the Proposed Subprojects in Dhaka and Western
Zone Transmission Grid Expansion Project
 7

1.5 Structure of the Report

17. The report has been structured in compliance with the requirements. Chapter 1: Providing
introduction presenting a brief overview of the assignment along with its background, objectives,
scope of work, etc. Chapter 2: Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework, Chapter 3:
Description of the project describes the proposed interventions including background, project
category, and the need for the project, location, size and magnitude of operations. Chapter 4:
Description of Environment (Baseline Data): Chapter5: Anticipated Environmental Impacts and
Mitigation Measures, Chapter 6: Analysis of Alternatives, Chapter 7: Information Disclosure,
Consultation and Participation, Chapter 8: Grievance Redress Mechanism, Chapter 9:
Environmental Management Plan and finally the Report is rounded up with Conclusion and
Recommendations in Chapter 10.
8

2. POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

2.1 Overview

18. The Environment Conservation Act of 1995 establishes the requirement for an
environmental assessment in Bangladesh. Any proposed "industrial unit or project" must obtain
prior approval from the Department of Environment (DoE). The act has classified projects to be
assessed by the DoE in four categories (Green, Amber A, Amber B, and Red). Electrical
infrastructure projects involving transmission lines longer than 50 km are categorised as Orange
B category 10 , which triggers an automatic requirement for an IEE. The DoE issues an
authorization for the project to proceed subject to a satisfactory review of the environmental
assessment. The authorization consists of two parts, one is a "site clearance", which gives
approval to the sites proposed for the project and the other is an "environmental clearance", which
approves the content of the project.

19. PGCB, as the project proponent, is responsible for carrying out the IEE study of the
proposed project. Therefore, PGCB has the responsibility to administer the environment
assessment process with the consultants, review the findings, and submit the documents to the
DoE for review. A key requirement of the IEE for projects classified in the Orange B category is
an EMP. The function of the EMP is to enable PGCB to show the DoE how it will deliver the
environmental performance assessed in the IEE (for which DoE approval is sought). The EMP
should describe the management responsibilities, mitigation measures as well as the institutional
arrangements, and explain how monitoring will be carried out.

20. Possession of a "clearance'' from the DoE does not relieve the developer of a project from
the requirement to comply with other environmental regulations. The Bangladesh National
Environment Quality Standards for industrial effluents have been set and compliance with them
are mandatory (Figure 2-1). There are also statutory instruments that are applicable to power
development projects, which are not primarily environmental but to mitigate environmental
impacts. Compliance with such statutory instruments is mandatory.

2.2 Procedure for Obtaining Site/Environmental Clearance

2.2.1 Requirement for IEE Reports

21. All industries and projects in the Orange B category must conduct IEEs, which help in
understanding the potential extent of environmental changes of the project.
Figure 2-2 shows the process of obtaining the environmental clearance for Orange B category
projects.

10
Bangladesh law applicable for environmental approval for this project is Environmental Conservation Rules
7(2), which was amended on 24 -12-2017. As per SRO No. 349-Law-2017 4 (ga) 71, electricity transmission lines
longer than 50 km fall under ‘Orange B’ category. According to the provision of Orange B category, an IEE with an
Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is the only requirement to obtain the site clearance and the environmental
clearance certificate from Department of Environment (DoE).
 9

Figure 2-2 - Process of Obtaining Environmental Clearance for Orange B Category

“Orange - B” Category

• Feasibility report for the project

• IEE report
Application • EMP Report Issuance of site
to DoE • NOC from local authority clearance within
• Pollution minimization plan 60days
• Outline of relocation plan
Apply for
ECC

Issuance of Submit ETP

ECC within design for
30 days approval
ECC- Environmental Clearance Certificate. NOC- No Objection Certificate

23. The IEE process helps in determining ways to mitigate negative impacts by considering
available information, past experiences, and standard operating practices. The steps for
conducting IEEs are as follows:

• Collection of baseline information with respect to a project and the environmental setting
of the project and its site;
• Setting of boundaries of an IEE by identifying the significant issues; 

• Impact assessment suggesting mitigation measures, development of an EMP, and
discussion of alternative sites for the project or other project modifications; and
• In the event the IEE of the project or industry reveals that further investigation is required
to be carried out, the sponsors will have to conduct a detailed EIA.

2.2.2 Procedure
24. The project proponent applies to the DoE in the prescribed format for site or environmental
clearance after completing the IEE report. The application for environmental clearance for the
project classified in the Orange B category should be accompanied by the following documents:

• Feasibility Study Report of the industry (project);

• IEE report including EMP;
• No Objection Certificate (from the local authorities concerned);
• Pollution minimization plan, including emergency plan for mitigation of adverse
environmental impacts;
• Outline of relocation plans (where applicable); and
• Other information as deemed necessary.
10

25. The Environment Conservation Rules give the Director General of the DoE the discretion
to issue environmental clearance directly without issuing any site clearance to any industry or
project if the Director General finds an appropriate reason for doing so. The project will ensure
that this clearance is in place prior to site works. The application is under preparation currently.

2.3 Organizations Related with Enforcement of Environmental Standards

26. Roles and responsibilities of various Ministries and Departments involved in the
enforcement of environmental requirements are described below.

2.3.1 Ministry of Environment and Forest

27. The Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF) is the key government institution in
Bangladesh for all matters relating to national environmental policy and regulatory issues.
Realizing the ever-increasing importance of environmental issues, the MoEF replaced the Ministry
of Agriculture and Forest in 1989 and is at present a permanent member of the Executive
Committee of the National Economic Council. The National Economic Council is the major
decision-making body for economic policy issues and is also responsible for approving all public
investment projects. The MoEF oversees the activities of the following technical and implementing
agencies:

• Department of Environment;

• Forest Department; and
• Forest Industries Development Corporation.

2.3.2 Department of Environment (DoE)

28. The government adopted the Environmental Pollution Control Ordinance in 1977 to
expand the scope of environmental management and to strengthen implementation powers. The
ordinance established an Environmental Pollution Control Board, which formulates policies and
proposes measures for their implementation. In 1982, the Board was renamed as the Department
of Environmental Pollution Control. Six divisional offices were established in Dhaka, Chattogram,
Khulna, Barishal, Sylhet and Rajshahi.

29. A special presidential order renamed the Department of Environmental Pollution Control
as the DoE and placed it under the newly formed MoEF in 1989. 


30. The DoE is a department of the MoEF and is headed by a Director General. The Director
General has complete control over the DoE. The power of the Director General, as given under
the Environment Conservation act, is outlined as follows:

• The Director General as the operator of DoE has the authority to stop activities considered
harmful to human life or the environment. The operator has the right to appeal and
procedures are in place for this. However, if the incident is considered an emergency,
there is no opportunity for appeal;
• The Director General has the authority to declare an area affected by pollution as an
ecologically critical area. The DoE governs the type of work or process within that area;
• Before undertaking any new development project, the project proponent must take an
environmental clearance from the DoE; and
 11

• Failure to comply with any part of the Environment Conservation Act 1995 may result in
punishment by a maximum of 5 years’ imprisonment or a maximum fine of Tk100,000, or
both.


2.3.3 Forest Department (FD)
31. This department under the MoEF is responsible for the protection and management of all
reserve forests in the country. Department personnel extend down to the union level in areas
where there are reserve forests. Appropriate permission would be required to obtain from the FD
in favour of cutting/felling of any plant/tree/sapling planted by any individual or government prior
to such activities. The department has recently started some agroforestry programs and its
officers are also responsible for the protection of wildlife in the forests.

2.3.4 Other Related Organizations

32. There are several other organizations, which have certain social and environmental
functions. These organizations include:

• Ministry of Land: Land Reform and Land Acquisition Directorate; 


• Ministry of Water Resources: Bangladesh Water Development Board; 

• Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock: Directorate of Fisheries;

• Ministry of Labour and Employment (Occupational Health and Safety and labour issues);
and
• Ministry of Power and Energy (supply and safety guidelines).

2.4 National Legislation Relevant to Environment

2.4.1 Environmental Policies and Acts

33. National strategies, policies, acts and rules related with the environment include the
following:

• Environment Pollution Control Ordinance, 1977;

• Environmental Quality Standards for Bangladesh, 1991;
• National Conservation Strategy 1992;
• Environment Policy,1992;
• National Environment Management Action Plan, 1995;
• Environment Conservation Act (ECA 1995);
• Environment Conservation Rules (ECR 1997);
• Bangladesh Labour (Amendment Act #30, 2013);
• Electricity (Amendment Act 2012).

Bangladesh Wildlife Preservation Order (1973; amended to Act in 1974)

34. The Bangladesh Wildlife (Preservation) Order 1973, and its amendment 1974, provides
for the preservation, conservation, and management of wildlife in Bangladesh. Earlier legislation
concerning wildlife preservation including the Elephant Preservation Act (1879), the Wild Bird and
Animals Protection Act (1912), and the Rhinoceros Preservation Act (1932) have all been
repealed and their provisions have been suitably incorporated into this law.
12

The National Forest Policy (1994)

35. The National Forest Policy of 1994 is the amended and revised version of the National
Forest Policy of 1977, as part of the National Forestry Master Plan. The main purpose of the policy
is to conserve existing forest areas and bring about 20% of the country's land area under the
forestation program and increase reserve forest land by 10% by 2015 through coordinated efforts
of government organizations, non-governmental organizations (NGOs) and active participation of
the people.

Other Environmental Related Rules and Policies

36. In addition to the environmental policies and regulations, the following rules and
regulations, listed in Table 2-1 will be checked for compliance to help maintain a sustainable
environment and safe working conditions during project construction and operation.

Table 2-1 - Environmental Laws, Regulations and Standards of Bangladesh

Year Title Objectives and Relevance to Project

Under the law sections 10-19, specifies parameters and
The Telegraph Act (Act XIII of
1885 obligations for government-built transmission lines
1885)
throughout the country.
Amends and clarifies appropriate working conditions in all
Bangladesh Labour (Amendment
2013 sectors and the rights of workers regarding safe working
Act # 30, 2013)
conditions.
The Electricity Act (Act IX of Under the law section 51, government-built transmission
1910
1910) lines throughout the country.
Among other things, specifies conditions of distribution,
sale, and use of electricity, including related generation
Electricity (Amendment) Act
2012 and transmission infrastructure, and obligations regarding
2012
the need for preservation of the environment, and
associated protection and safety clauses
This act repeals the provisions of Electricity Act 1910. A
chain of penal measures, intended to serve temporary
demand, have been taken. Anyone involved with electricity
2018 Electricity (Amended) Act 2018
misappropriation, pilferage, or wastage, or with
interference or destruction of supply lines, may now be
subjected to both fines and imprisonment
East Bengal Protection and Requirements and actions for protection and conservation
1950
Conservation of Fish Act of fish in Bangladesh.
The Protection and Conservation Prevention of harm to fisheries resource and fisheries
1985
of Fish Rules habitat in coastal and inland waters.
1953 Town Improvement Act Improvement and development of Dhaka City.
Protection and preservation of archaeological and
1958 Antiquities Act
historical artefacts, if found during project construction.
1960,
Port rules, shipping operation Control of discharges in ports; waterway rules.
1966
Industrial workers' health and working conditions (now
1965 Factories Act
better addressed by the new Labour Act).
1971 Pesticide Ordinance Pesticide use, production, selection and importation.
Antiquities (Amendment) Protection and prohibition of export of archaeological
1976
Ordinance artefacts.
Municipal activities in health, sanitation, water supply,
1977 Municipal Ordinance
drainage, etc. in the city.
1979 Factory Rules Disposal of wastes and effluents.
 13

Year Title Objectives and Relevance to Project

Agricultural Pesticides Selection, use and handling of pesticides in the
1980
(Amendment) Act agricultural sector.
1982 Municipal Act Drainage, sewerage, water supply and sanitation.
The Acquisition of Immovable Property Rules, 1982 (No.
S.R.O. 172-U82) The government adopted these rules in
exercise of the powers conferred upon by section 46 of
1982 Acquisition and Requisition of The Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property
Immovable Property ordinance Ordinance, 1982 (Ordinance No. II of 1982). Not directly
relevant to this project, as no structures are to be
removed except a very small bridge on the site cross-over
road).
Agricultural Pesticides
1983 Revised Agricultural Pesticides Ordinance.
(Amendment) Ordinance
1985 The Pesticide Rules Pesticide selling, use and safety measures.
Formulation and revision of national standards (inasmuch
Bangladesh standard
1990 as the sub-station will continue to require access to safe
specification for drinking water
drinking water).
This contains several articles related with environmental
protection and pollution management (it is considered
1860 The Penal Code
over-ridden by the latest laws and regulations in the last
20 years governing environmental management).
Building Construction The Rules are more comprehensive for taking care of the
1996 (Amendment) Act and Building present circumstances and issues of building, such as the
Construction Rules new sub-station.

2.5 Policy Related with Energy Development

2.5.1 The Electricity Act (1910) and Electricity Rules (1937)

37. Under the act, any person can obtain a license to supply electricity and lay down or place
electric supply lines. The licensee can open and break up the soil and pavement of any street,
railway or tramway and can lay down any line or do other work near other utility services (gas,
telecommunication, water, sewer, etc.), provided prior permission is taken from the respective
authority, as stated in Sections 12-18 of the Act.

38. According to Section 19 (1) of this act, the licensee shall give full compensation for any
damage, detriment or inconvenience caused by, or anyone employed by, that licensee.

39. Sub-section (1) of Section 51 of the Electricity Rules, 1937 advises that the licensee
should take precautions in laying down electric supply lines near or where any metallic substance
or line crosses to avoid electrocution.

2.5.2 The Electricity Act amended in 2018

40. The Electricity Act 2018, repeals the provisions of Electricity Act 1910. A chain of penal
measures, intended to serve temporary demand, have been taken. Anyone involved with
electricity misappropriation, pilferage, wastage, or with interference or destruction of supply lines,
be they civilians or government officials or corporations, may now be subjected to both fines and
imprisonment. The current Act does not require officials to obtain a magisterial order before
entering the premises of consumers to test or terminate supply.
14

2.5.3 The Telegraph Act (1885)

41. Under Sections 10-19, Part III (Power to place Telegraph Lines and posts), the
government can build towers on public land without giving any land compensation.

2.5.4 The Power Policy (1996)

42. As with the Petroleum Policy, this is presently an integral part of the National Energy Policy
(1996). It has different policy statements on a whole range of issues including demand forecasts,
long-term planning and project implementation, investment and lending terms, fuel and
technology, power supply to the different zones, isolated and remote load centres, tariffs, captive
and standby generation, system loss reduction, load management and conservation, reliability of
supply, system stability, load dispatching, institutional issues, private sector participation, human
resource development, regional/international cooperation, technology transfer and research
program, and environment policy and legal issues.

43. As the proposed project is a power transmission project, all necessary requirements
mentioned above will be adopted for the Project.

2.5.5 The Energy Policy (1996; updated 2004)

44. The first National Energy Policy of Bangladesh was formulated in 1996 by the Ministry of
Power, Energy and Mineral Resources to ensure proper exploration, production, distribution, and
the rational use of energy resources to meet growing energy demand sustainably. The policy was
updated in 2004 in response to rapid global and domestic change. The updated policy includes
additional objectives, namely to ensure environmentally sustainable energy development
programs, to encourage public and private sector participation in the development and
management of the energy sector, and to electrify the entire country. The policy highlights the
importance of protecting the environment by requiring an EIA for any new energy development
project, or by introducing an economically viable and environment friendly technology.

2.5.6 The Industrial Policy (1999)

45. The National Industrial Policy (1999) aims to ensure a high rate of investment by the public
and private sectors, a strong productive sector, direct foreign investment, development of labour
intensive industries, introduction of new appropriate technology, women's participation,
development of small and cottage industries, entrepreneurship development, high growth of
exports, infrastructure development, and environmentally sound industrial development. The
World Trade Organization guidelines have been proposed to be followed in the Industrial Policy.

2.6 Building Construction (Amendment) Act (1990) and Rules (1996)

46. The first Building Construction Act dates back to 1952. The earlier Government Buildings
Act (1899) exempted certain buildings and land that belonged to or were occupied by the
government and situated within the limits of a municipality, from the municipal building laws. The
1990 Act supersedes the provision of Municipal Building Laws to regulate the creation, re-
creation, construction, alteration, or maintenance of buildings within the limits of any municipality.
The East Bengal Legislative Assembly promulgated the Building Construction Act (1952) on 21
March 1953 as the East Bengal Act II of 1953 in response to the need to regulate haphazard
construction of buildings. The act was framed to allow streamlining of planned development and
implement government beautification programs.
 15

47. An important modification to the 1953 act was added through an ordinance titled, "the
Building Construction (Amendment) Ordinance, 1986” (Ordinance. No. LXXII of 1986). Later in
1987, the ordinance was adopted for enactment as "The Building Construction (Amendment) Act,
1987” (Act No. 12 of 1987).

48. An authorized officer is empowered through this amendment so that he/she can take
necessary action to prevent unauthorized construction or to remove such construction without
intervention of the court.

49. The act was further amended in 1990 allowing power to issue limited sanctions to cut
down or raze any hill within the area to which this act applies.

50. To support the implementation of the provisions laid down in the Building Construction
Act, 1952, the government made the Building Construction Rules, 1953. The Imarat Nirman
Bidhimalas (1984) superseded these rules. Later in 1996, the government framed the Imarat
Nirman Bidhimala (Building Construction Rules, 1996). The rules are more comprehensive and
more relevant to present circumstances and issues of building construction and other related
development activities.

2.7 Compliance with International Requirements

51. Bangladesh has acceded to, ratified, or signed a number of major international treaties,
conventions and protocols related to environment protection and conservation of natural
resources.

2.7.1 Rio Declaration

52. The 1992 United Nations Conference on Environment and Development adopted the
global action program for sustainable development called ‘The Rio Declaration’ and ‘Agenda 21’.
Principle 4 of The Rio Declaration, to which Bangladesh is a signatory, states that “in order to
achieve sustainable development, environmental protection should constitute an integral part of
the development process and cannot be considered in isolation from it”11.

2.7.2 Convention on Biological Diversity (1992)

53. The Convention on Biological Diversity, Rio de Janeiro, was adopted on 5 June 1992 and
entered into force on 29 December 1993. Bangladesh ratified the Convention on 20 March 1994.
This is the overarching framework for biodiversity and the signatories are required to develop a
National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan that incorporates the articles of the Convention into
national law and statutes.

54. Obligation has been placed on state parties to provide for environmental impact
assessments of projects that are likely to have adverse effects on biological diversity.

2.7.3 Wetlands of International Importance as Waterfowl Habitat (1971)

55. The Convention of Wetlands of International Importance as Waterfowl Habitat (1971) is
also known as the Ramsar Convention. It was adopted on 2 February 1971 and entered into force
on 21 December 1975. Bangladesh ratified the Convention on 20 April 2002. The Convention
provides a framework for national action and international cooperation for the conservation and

11 United Nations, Rio Declaration on Environment and Development, 1992.

16

wise use of wetlands and their resources. There are 127 parties with 1,085 wetland sites
designated as ‘Wetlands of International Importance.’

56. This is an intergovernmental treaty, which provides the framework for international
cooperation for the conservation of wetland habitats. Obligations for Contracting Parties include
the designation of wetlands to the “List of Wetlands of International Importance,” the provision of
wetland considerations within their national land use planning, and the creation of natural
reserves.

57. Bangladesh has two Ramsar sites: parts of the Sundarbans Reserved Forest (Southwest
of Bangladesh) and Tanguar Haor (Northeast of Bangladesh). The proposed project will not have
any effect on these two Ramsar sites.

2.7.4 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC)

58. The Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change was
adopted in 1997 and requires developed countries and economies in transition, listed in Annex B
of the Protocol, to reduce their GHG emissions by an average of 5.2% below 1990 levels. Article
12 of the Kyoto Protocol provides for the Clean Development Mechanism (CDM). According to
CDM, projects are eligible to earn Certified Emission Reductions (CERs) if they lead to “real,
measurable, and long-term” GHG reductions, which are additional to any that would have
occurred without the CDM project.

2.7.5 UN Convention on the Law of the Sea, Montego Bay (1982)

59. This Convention was adopted on 10 December 1982 at Montego Bay, Jamaica and
Bangladesh has ratified this Convention. The main objectives of the convention are:
• To set up a comprehensive new legal regime for the sea and oceans, as far as
environmental provisions are concerned, to establish material rules concerning
environmental standards as well as enforcement provisions dealing with pollution of the
marine environment; and
• To establish basic environmental protection principals and rules on global and regional
cooperation, technical assistance, monitoring, and environmental assessment, and
adoption and enforcement of international rules and standards and national legislation
with respect to all sources of marine pollution.

2.7.6 Others (Conventions and Agreements)

60. The following conventions and agreements include provisions which may be relevant for
environmental management, nature protection, and biodiversity conservation:

• Convention relative to the Preservation of Fauna and Flora in their Natural State (1933);
International Convention for the Protection of Birds, Paris (1950); 

• International Plant Protection Convention, Rome (1951); 

• The Convention concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage,
Paris (1972) has been ratified by 175 states. This defines and conserves the world’s
heritage by drawing up a list of natural and cultural sites whose outstanding values should
be preserved for all humanity. Of the 730 total sites, there are currently 144 natural, 23
mixed, and 563 cultural sites that have been inscribed on the World Heritage List
(distributed in 125 State parties); 

• Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora,
Washington (Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species, 1973): This
 17

provides a framework for addressing over-exploitation patterns which threaten plant and
animal species. Under the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species,
governments agree to prohibit or regulate trade in species which are threatened by
unsustainable use patterns; and 

• Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals, Bonn (1979,
Amended 1988): This provides a framework for agreements between countries important
to the migration of species that are threatened.

2.8 Compliance with ADB Safeguard Policy Statement, 2009

61. ADB's environmental and social safeguards form the cornerstone of its support to inclusive
economic growth and environmental sustainability in Asia and the Pacific. In July 2009, ADB's
Board of Directors approved the new Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) governing the
environmental and social safeguards of ADB's operations. The objectives of the SPS are to avoid,
or when avoidance is not possible, to minimize and mitigate adverse project impacts on the
environment and affected people. Objectives also include helping borrowers strengthen their
safeguard systems and develop the capacity to manage environmental and social risks.

62. ADB’s environmental safeguards emphasize development and implementation of a

comprehensive EMP. Key elements of EMP are mitigation measures, monitoring programs,
budgets, and institutional arrangements for implementation. In addition, the environmental
assessment process emphasizes public consultation, information disclosure, and consideration
of alternatives.

63. The key safeguard areas which must be addressed are (i) environmental; (ii) involuntary
resettlement; and (iii) indigenous peoples.12

64. ADB’s environmental safeguards emphasize development and implementation of a

comprehensive EMP. Key elements of EMP are mitigation measures, monitoring programs,
budgets, and institutional arrangements for implementation. In addition, the environmental
assessment process emphasizes public consultation, information disclosure, and consideration
of alternatives.

65. Further, ADB adopts a set of specific safeguard requirements that borrowers or clients are
required to meet in addressing environmental and social impacts and risks associated with a
specific project. ADB will not finance projects that do not comply with its safeguard policy
statement, nor will it finance projects that do not comply with the host country’s social and
environmental laws and regulations. The safeguard policy statement applies to all ADB-financed
and/or ADB-administered sovereign and non-sovereign projects, and their components,
regardless of the source of financing.

2.8.1 ADB’s Environmental Safeguard Requirements – Policy Principles

66. Environmental assessment incorporates the following policy principles:

•
Projects are screened and assigned to one of the following categories described in Error!
Reference source not found. as soon as possible.
• Conduct an environmental assessment for each proposed project. Assess potential trans-
boundary and global impacts, including climate change.

12 In Bangladesh, this means Tribes, Minor Race, Ethnic Sects and Communities Peoples
 18

• Examine alternatives to the project’s location, design, technology, and components. Avoid,
minimize, mitigate, and/or offset adverse impacts.
• Prepare an EMP.
• Carry out meaningful consultation with affected people and facilitate their informed participation.
• Disclose a draft environmental assessment (including the EMP) in a timely manner, before project
appraisal, in an accessible place and in a form and language(s) understandable to affected people
and other stakeholders. Disclose the final environmental assessment, and its updates if any, to
affected people and other stakeholders.
• Implement the EMP and monitor its effectiveness. Document and disclose monitoring results.
• Do not implement project activities in areas of critical habitat, unless (i) there are no measurable
adverse impacts on the critical habitat that could impair its ability to function, (ii) there is no
reduction in the population of any recognized endangered or critically endangered species, and
(iii) any lesser impacts are mitigated. If a project is located within a legally protected area,
implement additional programs to promote and enhance the conservation aims of the protected
area.
• Apply pollution prevention and control technologies and practices consistent with international
good practices such as the World Bank Group’s Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines.
• Provide workers with safe and healthy working conditions and prevent accidents, injuries, and
disease.
• Conserve physical cultural resources (PCRs) and avoid destroying or damaging them by using
field-based surveys.

67. The project categorization system and the assessment required are described in Table
2-2. Most of the environmental impacts of the project are temporary and reversible. This project
is categorized as an Environmental Category B project. The project will also address the World
Bank/IFC EHS guidelines as they apply to transmission lines and associated infrastructure (such
as the substations).

Table 2-2: ADB’s Environmental Safeguards Categorization and Requirements

Category Definition Assessment Requirement
A Likely to have significant adverse Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
environmental impacts that are
irreversible, diverse, or unprecedented,
and may affect an area larger than the
sites or facilities subject to physical works.
B Likely to have adverse environmental Initial Environmental Examination (IEE)
impacts that are less adverse than those of
Category A. Impacts are site-specific, few
if any of them irreversible, and in most
cases mitigation measures can be
designed more readily than Category A.
C Likely to have minimal or no adverse No environmental assessment is
environmental impacts. required but the environmental
implications of the project will be
reviewed.
FI Project involves investment of ADB funds FIs will be required to establish an
to or through a financial intermediary (FI). environmental and social management
system (ESMS) commensurate with the
nature and risks of the FI's likely future
portfolio to be maintained as part of the
FI's overall management system.
 19

Category Definition Assessment Requirement

Source: ADB. Safeguard Policy Statement 2009, page19. http://www.adb.org/sites/default/files/institutional-
document/32056/safeguard-policy-statement-june2009.pdf.

2.9 Compliance with PGCB Health Environment and Safety Requirements

68. PGCB has its own policy and requirements for compliance relating to environment, health
and safety issues for its operations. The company is committed to managing its operations in a
safe, efficient and environmentally responsible manner. The PGCB's Health Environment and
Safety (HES) manuals, guidelines, procedures, and plans are important tools indicating their
commitment. HES manuals include:

• Environmental Impact Assessment Module;

• Guideline on Integrated Impact Assessment;
• Health Impact Assessment Module; and
• Social Impact Assessment Module.

69. In addition, the requirement for impact assessment is affirmed in the PGCB's Statement
of General Business Principles. The PGCB is committed to:

• Pursuing the goal of no harm to people;


• Protecting the environment; and,

• Managing HES as any other critical business activity.

70. The mandatory company Operations Management System, Environmental Care Element/
Standards, issued in March 1997, refers to Environmental Assessment indicating that "EIA
(including a consideration of social impacts) shall be conducted prior to all new activities and
facility developments, or significant modifications of existing ones.”

2.10 Comparison of Environmental Safeguard Principles between ADB and

Bangladesh

71. Table 2-3 presents a summary comparing the environmental safeguard principles of ADB
and the government.

Table 2-3 : Comparison of Environmental Safeguard Principles

SPS 2009
No. Principles Delivery Process Government Gaps (if any)
1 Use of screening Uses sector-specific rapid ECA 1995 and ECR 1997 No major gaps
process to environmental assessment (amended in 2017) set screening
determine the checklist for screening and criteria to classify
appropriate assigns categories based on industries/projects based on
environmental potential impacts: potential environmental impacts
assessment • A - EIA required (irreversible, as follows: Green (pollution-free),
diverse or unprecedented Orange-A, Orange-B and Red
adverse environmental (causes significant environmental
impacts) impacts).
• B - IEE required
• C - no environmental The screening criteria are based
assessment required but a on project or industry type and do
review of environmental not consider the scale and
implications location. The category determines
• FI - ESMS required
20

SPS 2009
No. Principles Delivery Process Government Gaps (if any)
the level of environmental
assessment.
2 Conduct an • EIA and IEE - Identify • Industry/project category No major gaps
environmental potential impacts on • Green- no environmental
assessment physical, biological, PCRs, assessment required
and socioeconomic aspects • Orange-A - no IEE or EIA
in the context of project's required but must provide
area of influence (i.e., process flow, lay-out showing
primary project site and effluent treatment plant, etc.
facilities, and associated • Orange-B - IEE required
facilities) • Red - both IEE and EIA are
• ESMS for FIs required

3 Examine • Analyze alternatives to the • Regulations (i.e., ECA 1995 Not required
alternatives project's location, design, and ECR 1997 amended in by law but the
and technology 2017) do not require TOR for EIA
• Document rationale for specifically the identification to be
selecting the project location, and analysis of alternatives approved by
design, and technology the DOE now
• Consider "no project" includes a
alternative discussion on
analysis of
alternatives.
4 Prepare an EMP • EMP to include monitoring, • EMP and procedures for No major gaps
budget and implementation monitoring included in the IEE
arrangements and EIA (i.e., Orange-A,
Orange-B, and Red category
projects)
5 Carry out • Starts early and continues • Public consultation and Approval of
meaningful during implementation participation are not mandatory the TOR of
consultation • Undertaken in an based on ECA 1995 and ECR EIA by DOE
atmosphere free of 1997 (amended in 2017) now includes
intimidation • Grievance redress mechanism consultation
• Gender inclusive and is not mentioned in ECA 1995 with
responsive and ECR 1997 (amended in stakeholders.
• Tailored to the needs of 2017)
vulnerable groups • EIA format required by DOE
• Allows for the incorporation includes stakeholders’
of all relevant views of consultation
stakeholders
• Establish a grievance
redress mechanism
6 Timely disclosure • Draft EIA report posted on • No requirement for public Still no
of draft ADB website at least 120 disclosure of environmental requirement
environmental days prior to Board reports but DOE posts the for public
assessment consideration (for Category Minutes of the Meeting on the disclosure of
(including the A) application for environmental environmental
EMP) • Draft IEE/EARF prior to clearance certificate to its assessment,
appraisal website, http://www.doe- but the
• Final or updated EIA/IEE bd.org/minutes.php project will
upon receipt be posted to
• Environmental monitoring the DoE
report submitted by website and
borrowers upon receipt will be
available in
summary
form at the
project site.
 21

SPS 2009
No. Principles Delivery Process Government Gaps (if any)
7 Implement EMP • Prepare monitoring reports • Environmental clearance is No major
and monitor on the progress of EMP subject to annual renewal gaps
effectiveness • Retain qualified and based on compliance of the
experienced external experts conditions set by DOE
or NGOs to verify monitoring
information for Category A
projects
• Prepare and implement
corrective action plan if non-
compliance is identified
• Requires submission of
quarterly, semi-annual, and
annual reports to ADB for
review
8 Avoid areas of • Provides guidance on critical • ECA 1995 and ECR 1997 No major
critical habitats habitats (amended in 2017) identifies gaps
(use of ecologically critical areas and
precautionary the rules to protect them
approach to the
use, development
and management
of renewable
natural resources)
9 Use pollution • Refers to World Bank’s • Effluent standards, ambient No major
prevention and Environmental Health and and emission standards gaps
control Safety (EHS) General included in ECA 1995 and ECR
technologies and Guidelines 2007 (or any 1997 (amended in 2017)
practices update) • Ambient noise levels included
consistent with • If national regulations differ, in Noise Pollution Control
international good more stringent will be Rules 2006
practices followed
• If less stringent levels are
appropriate in view of specific
project circumstances,
provide full and detailed
justification
10 Provide workers • Refers to WB EHS General • Occupational health and safety No major
with safe and Guidelines 2007 (or any standards included in the gaps; WB/IFC
healthy working update) Factories Act 1965, the EHS
conditions and Bangladesh Labour Law 2006, guidelines
avoid risks to and the Bangladesh Labour Act will still
community health 2013.
and safety
apply, as per
the ADB
SPS, and
enforcement
requirements
will be noted.
11 Conserve physical • Use of field-based surveys • Preservation and protection of No major
cultural resources and experts in the cultural resources are within gaps
(PCRs) and avoid assessment the Antiquities Act 1968.
destroying or • Consult affected
damaging them communities on PCRs
findings
• Use chance find procedures
for guidance
12 Grievance • Establish a grievance • Grievance redress mechanism Not required
Redress redress mechanism is not mentioned in ECA 1995 by regulation
Mechanism in Bangladesh
22

SPS 2009
No. Principles Delivery Process Government Gaps (if any)
and ECR 1997 (amended in
2017)
ADB = Asian Development Bank, DoE = Department of Environment, EARF = Environmental Assessment and Review
Framework, ECA = Environment Conservation Act, ECR = Environment Conservation Rules, EHS = Environmental
Health and Safety, EIA = Environmental Impact Assessment, EMP = Environmental Management Plan, ESMS =
Environmental and Social Management System, FI = Financial Intermediary, IEE = Initial Environmental Examination,
NGO = Non-governmental Organization, PCRs = Physical Cultural Resources, ToR = Terms of Reference, WB = World
Bank.
 23

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

3.1 Project Location

72. The project area comprises five administrative divisions and twenty districts of
Bangladesh; one in Rajshahi division (Noagoan), six in Dhaka division (Dhaka, Narayangonj,
Gopalganj, Madaripur, Gazipur, and Faridpur), seven in Khulna division (Jhenaidah, Bagerhat,
Kustia, Meherpur, Jessore, Satkhira, and Khulna), three in Barishal (Bhola, Jhalokaki and Pirojpur
), and three districts in Rangpur division (Dinajpur, Lalmonirhat and Nilphamari).

73. Khulna and Barishal Divisions, and the Faridpur, Madaripur and Gopalganj Districts of
Dhaka Division, all located south of Padma River, can be grouped as Southwest Bangladesh, while
Rajshahi and Rangpur Divisions bordered by Padma and Jamuna Rivers can be grouped as
Northwest Bangladesh. Merge in Southwest and Northwest Bangladesh forms the Western Zone.

Figure 3-1: Administrative Divisions and Districts of Project Area

24

3.2 Project Components

74. The Dhaka and Western Zone Transmission Grid Expansion Project (DWZTGEP)
contains three (3) main components as listed below.

Component 1: Transmission system in Greater Dhaka expanded. The project will

construct and commission substations with a total capacity of 4,450 MVA and 40 km of
transmission lines in Greater Dhaka.

Component 2: Transmission system in Western Zone expanded. The project will

construct and commission substations with a total capacity of 3,070 MVA and 368 km of
transmission lines in western zone.

Component 3: Institutional Capacity of PGCB strengthened. The project will enhance

capacity by (a) supporting installation and operation of an enterprise resource planning
(ERP) system to assist PGCB in optimally managing its capital-intensive assets; (b)
establishing a Drone Inspection Center within the operation and maintenance department
of PGCB with some gender equality element.

75. In order to meet the growing demand for electricity in Greater Dhaka, PGCB envisages to
construct a ring of 400 kV transmission lines around the Dhaka metropolitan area with 230 kV
transmission lines leading into the city, fed by the 400 kV ring. Component 1, which is based on
this plan, includes: i) construction of 400 kV, 230 kV and 132 kV transmission lines with cumulative
line lengths of 22 km, 9 km and 9 km respectively; ii) construction of 400/230 kV and 230/132 kV
substations with cumulative capacities of 3,750 MVA and 900 MVA respectively; and iii)
construction of two 230 kV bay extensions at an existing substation. Given this situation, finding
suitable corridors for construction of overhead transmission lines is difficult. As such, the proposed
230 kV and 132 kV transmission links of Component 1 will be underground cables except in
narrow river crossing areas.
 25

Figure 3-2 : Subprojects in Greater Dhaka, Component 1

3.3 Rationale and Detailed Project Description

3.3.1 Rationale
76. The Power System Master Plan 2016 13 establishes the need for major transmission
capacity to be developed to transfer power from the new power plants to be developed in southern
Bangladesh. The master plan envisages the following specific generating capacities to be located
in southwestern Bangladesh: Mongla (1,320 MW), Payra (1,320 MW). The recently approved
ADB-financed power plant project at Rupsha (800 MW) would increase the total new generating
capacity to be located in southern Bangladesh to 3,440 MW. PSMP 2016 envisages that by 2022,
all the above key generating facilities would be operational, and the power flow toward Dhaka and
western zone would increase significantly.

77. Transmission system in Greater Dhaka expanded: Demand for electricity is growing
rapidly in Dhaka and in its adjacent industrial areas as well. At present, electricity distribution in
Dhaka is carried out by Dhaka Electricity Supply Company Limited (DESCO) and Dhaka Power
Distribution Company Limited. Demand forecast studies carried out by DESCO has revealed that
the demand in the area served by DESCO will increase to 8,000 MW by 2035 and has identified
substations that will be required to serve the growing demand.

78. Transmission system studies carried out by PGCB for Dhaka considering the demand
forecast prepared by DESCO has identified considerable improvements required in transmission

13 Power System Master Plan 2016, Power Division, Ministry of Power, Energy and Mineral Resources, supported by
Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA), September 2016. No Strategic Environment Assessment conducted
for this plan.
26

network. Accordingly, new 400/230 kV and 230/132 kV grid substations with interconnecting
transmission lines are required to enhance the reliability of electricity supply in the Dhaka service
area. It is anticipated that the new grid substations and transmission interconnections will not only
increase operating contingency, but also will help overcome the limitations of supplying
uninterrupted electricity to end-users.

79. Transmission system in Western Zone expanded: The government has prioritized the
power sector development and has taken a large initiative to build a country wide power network
(transmission & distribution) targeting to reach electricity for all by 2021. With the aim of realizing
government’s vision, PGCB has undertaken numerous projects to strengthen the national grid in
order to meet the proliferating demand of electricity throughout the country.

80. The overall objective of this component is to strengthen the power transmission system in
western Bangladesh and enhance its reliability and efficiency. The project area comprises of
agricultural land, where, due to inadequate surface water supply, cultivation mostly depends on
groundwater. Hence electricity demand is at its peak during the irrigation season. As there aren’t
adequate electricity generating capacity in the region, electricity is transmitted from distant regions
at 132 kV. Long distances, lower transmission voltages, high demand and lack of reactive power
compensation have resulted in severe voltage drops in this area resulting low water pumping
rates and damages to electrical equipment. Furthermore, the electricity demand in the area is
expected to rise in the near future with large scale industrialization expected in Southern
Bangladesh after completion of construction of the Padma Bridge. In addition, it is also necessary
to establish secondary transmission infrastructure for transmission of electricity expected to be
generated at upcoming power plants at Payra and Bhola area to major load centres. In this respect
PGCB has taken action to implement the proposed project in the western region of the country.

3.4 Project Scope

81. The three project components under the DWZTGEP are (i) Transmission system
expanded in Greater Dhaka (ii) Transmission system expanded in Western Zone and (iii)
Institutional Capacity Development of PGCB( Table 3-1). Component 3 will not involve any civil
works. The detailed subproject description is listed in Annex 1.
 27

Table 3-1: List of subprojects in component 1 & 2 of the DWZTGEP

No. Subproject Size/Length Upazila Zila Division Environmental Issues14
Component 1. Transmission system in Greater Dhaka expanded
Kaliganj (Gazipur) 400/230 kV, 2x750 MVA, 18 acres, Lat: Kaliganj Gazipur Dhaka Land filling, 3-5 m
1 indoor gas insulated switchgear (GIS) 23.587122 Lon:
substation, Future 132 kV provision 90.325799
Purbachal 400/230 kV, 3X750 MVA, indoor 14 acres, Lat: Rupganj Narayanganj Dhaka Land filling, 4-6 m, sensitive
GIS substation 23.853916
Lon: 90.521263 receptors (Local market, Hordi
2 Bazar, Jame mosque) within
500 m (site is adjacent to
Turag river)
Purbachal-2 230/132 kV, 2x 350/450 MVA 1.32 acres, Rajuk Rupganj Narayanganj Dhaka Land filling, Removal of
3 indoor GIS substation land, Lat: 23.85394 vegetation
Lon: 90.52116
Kaliganj (Gazipur)-Purbachal 400 kV DC 18 km, 15 Angle Gazipur Sadar Gazipur Dhaka
double circuit overhead transmission line towers (AT) 27 Kaliganj
4 suspension towers
(ST)
Purbachal-Purbachal-2 230 kV double circuit 5 km, Underground Kaliganj Gazipur Dhaka Line crossing Turag river,
underground transmission cable with (UG)/0.5 km pond and canals. Minimum
5 Overhead (OH)
overhead transmission line section 150 m distance to the bank of
river from tower footings
Basundhara-Rampura 132 kV double circuit 9 km Basundara Dhaka Dhaka
6
underground transmission line
Line-in line-out connection from Bhulta- 0.5 km Line traverses Kaliganj Gazipur Dhaka
7 Kaliakair 400 kV double circuit transmission over the Kaliganj
line to Kaliganj (Gazipur) substation substation
Line-in line-out connection from Ghorashal- 3.5 km, 4 AT Kaliganj Gazipur Dhaka
8 Tongi 400 kV double circuit transmission line
to Kaliganj (Gazipur) substation
Line-in line-out connection from Ghorashal- 3.5 km, 4 AT Kaliganj Gazipur Dhaka
9 Tongi 230 kV double circuit transmission line
to Kaliganj (Gazipur) substation
Component 2. Transmission system in Western Zone expanded

14
All marshes found at the site are temporary and cultivate in one season.
28

1 Bhola 230/33 kV, 2x 120/140 MVA, indoor GIS 5 acres, Daulat Khan Bhola Khulna Land filling, 1-1.5 m
substation Lat:22.57811
Lon:90.66592
2 Rupsha 230/132 kV, 3x 250/350 MVA and 5 acres, Lat: Fakirhat Bagerhat Khulna Land filling, 1.5-3 m (1 acre
132/33 kV, 3x 80/120 MVA indoor GIS 22.77076 waterbody)
substation Lon: 89.61685
3 Bhanga 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation 2 acres, Bhanga Faridpur Dhaka Land filling, 3-5 m
Lat:23.41919 Lon:
89.96184
4 Domar 132/33 kV outdoor GIS substation 5 acres, Domar Nilphamari Rangpur Land filling, 1-1.5 m tree
Lat:26.105169 Lon: felling (26 nos)
88.803787
5 Hatibanda 132/33 kV outdoor GIS substation 3 acres, Hatibanda Lalmonirhat Rangpur Land filling, 2.5 -3 m
Lat:26.20759 Lon:
89.09256
6 Jhalokati 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation 5 acres, Jhalokati Sadar Jhalokati Barishal Land filling, 1.1.5 m
Lat:22.67789 Lon:
90.1975
7 Maheshpur 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation 3 acres, Maheshpur Jhenaidah Khulna Land filling, 1.5 -2 m,
Lat:23.3422317 Lon: Sensitive receptors (houses,
88.9123916 markets, mosques) in 500 m
radius, tube well to be
relocated
8 Monirampur 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation 3 acres, Lat: Manirampur Jashore Khulna Land filling, 1-1.5 m
22.97617 Lon:
89.22928
9 Meherpur 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation 3 acres, Lat: Meherpur Sadar Meherpur Khulna Land filling, 1-1.5m, Sensitive
23.79119 Lon: receptors (houses, markets,
88.6796798 mosques) in 500 m radius
10 Phultala 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation 2 acres Lat: Phultola Khulna Khulna Land filling, 1-3 m, (2 acres
22.92388 waterbody)
Lon:89.48595
11 Pirojpur 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation 3 acres, Lat: Pirojpur Sadar Pirojpur Barishal Land filling up to 2 m,
22.63538 Lon: (Agricultural & marshy land),
89.95208 sensitive receptors (houses,
markets) within 500 m radius
12 Shibchar 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation 5 acres Lat: Shibchar Madaripur Dhaka Land filling, 2-3 m, tree
23.3552513 Lon: removal (5 nos)
90.1847076
 29

13 Rupsha-Satkhira 230 kV double circuit 62 km, 80 AT, 82 ST Fakirhat Bagerhat, Khulna Line crossing 9 rivers, 6
transmission line (initially charged at 123 kV) Batiaghata Khulna, canals, 1 khal, 150 m distance
DumuriaSatkhira Satkhira to the bank of river from tower
Sadar, Tala footings
14 Domar-Purba Sadipur 230 kV double circuit 46.5 km, 46 AT, 75 Birganj Kaharole Dinajpur Rangpur Line crossing Rivers (Atai,
transmission line (initially charges at 132 kV) ST Khansama Niphamari Shewraphull, Karotoya), pond,
Domar Gorgram canal
Nilphamari
Sadar
15 Domar-Hatibanda 132 kV double circuit 35 km, 56 AT 50 ST Hatibanda Dimla Lalmonihat Rangpur Line crossing Teesta Barrage
transmission line Domar Nilphamari Park (managed by the
Bangladesh Water Dev. Board)
next to the Teesta river, line
crossing over the park
16 Kaliganj-Maheshpur 132 kV double circuit 28 km, 12 AT 72ST Kaliganj Jenaidah Khulna
transmission line Kotchandpur
Maheshpur
17 Manirampur-Satkhira 132 kV double circuit 33 km, 33 AT Keshabpur Jeshore Khulna Line crossing Rivers
transmission line Manirampur Satkhira (Kapotaksha, Betna, Buri
Patkelghata Bhadra, Haribar),
Satkhira Sadar, waterbodies, marshes
Tala
18 Kushtia-Meherpur 132 kV double circuit 48 km, 30 AT 115 ST Kushtia Sadar Kushtia Khulna Line crossing Rivers (Kajla,
transmission line Mirpur, Gangni Meherpur Mathavurg, Pangashi, Sagar),
7canals, 2 waterbodies
19 Bagerhat-Pirojpur-Bhandaria 132 kV double 49.5km, 55 AT 94 ST Bagerhat Sadar Bagerhat Khulna Line crossing Rivers (Bhairab,
circuit transmission line, Kachua Pirojpur Barishal Boleswar, Katcha, Goroyar ad
Bhandaria Pona), 15 canals, 1 khal
Kawkhali
Pirojpur
20 Gopalganj (North)-Shibchar 230 kV double 25 km, 21 AT 43 ST Bhanga Rajoir Faridpur Dhaka Line crossing Rivers
circuit transmission line Shibchar Madaripur (Kumar+Arialkhan), and
canals (Purbo Kakoir,
Moraganj, West Kachikat)
21 Niamatpur-Patnitola 132 kV double circuit 33 km, 23 AT 74 ST Mahadebpur Naogoan Rajshahi Line crossing canals (Chatra,
transmission line Niamatpur Singhadi, Esapur), and
Patnitala waterbodies
30

22 Line-in line-out connection from Barishal- 1 km, 1AT Daulat Khan Bhola Barishal
Bhola-Burhanuddin 230 kV double circuit
transmission line to Bhola substation
23 Line-in line-out connection from Bagerhat- 3.5 km, 6 AT 4 ST Rupsha Khulna Khulna Line crossing Poddabil Canal
Goalpara 132 kV double circuit transmission
line to Rupsha substation
24 Line-in line-out connection from Gallamari- 0.5 km Fakirhat Bagerhat Khulna
Gopalganj 132 kV double circuit transmission
line to Rupsha substation
25 Line-in line-out connection from Khulna 0.5 km Line traverses Rupsha Rupsha Khulna
(South)-Rupsha power plant 230 kV double over the substation
circuit transmission line to Rupsha substation
26 Line-in line-out connection from Faridpur- 0.5 km Bangha Faridpur Faridpur
Madaripur 132 kV double circuit transmission
line to Bhanga substation
27 Line-in line-out connection from Barishal- 1.5 km, 1AT 2ST Jhalokati Sadar Jhalokati Barishal
Bhandaria 132 kV double circuit transmission
line to Jhalokati substation
28 Line-in line-out connection from Khulna 1 km, 1ST Phultola Khulna Khulna
Central-Noapara 132 kV double circuit
transmission line to Phultala substation
29 Two 132 kV outdoor air insulated switchgear 5 acres +3 acres Satkhira Sadar Satkhira Khulna Land filling for about 1 m at 3
(AIS) bay extensions at Satkhira substation required for bay e acres new land
(existing)
30 Two 132 kV outdoor GIS bay extensions at 10 acres Sadipur Dinajpur Rangpur
Purba Sadipur substation (existing)
31 Two 132 kV outdoor AIS bay extensions at 5 acres Kaliganj Gazipur
Kaliganj substation (under construction)
32 Two 132 kV outdoor GIS bay extensions at 14.3 acres Kushtia Sadar Kushtia Khulna
Kushtia substation (existing)
33 Two 132 kV outdoor AIS bay extensions at 7.6 acres Bagerhat Sadar Bagerhat Khulna
Bagerhat substation (existing)
34 Two 132 kV outdoor GIS bay extensions at 2 acres Bhandaria Pirojpur Barishal
Bhandaria substation (existing)
35 Two 132 kV outdoor AIS bay extensions at 60 acres Mukshdpur Gopalganj Dhaka
Gopalganj (North) substation (under
construction, ADB funded)
36 Two 32 kV outdoor AIS bay extensions at 5 acres Niamatpur Naogaon Rajshahi
Niamatpur substation (existing)
 31

37 Two 32 kV outdoor AIS bay extensions at 5 acres Patnitola Naogaon Rajshahi

Patnitola substation (under construction)

AT=Angle Tower; ST=Suspension Tower

32

82. Associated Facility. There are no associated facilities for the project as the project will
only provide system strengthening for power transmission system in Bangladesh. PGCB is not
constructing any dedicated line/substation for any particular generation projects.

3.5 Components of Construction Works

83. The phasing of construction works for the transmission lines and the grid substations is
indicated in Table 3-2 below. The construction methods are discussed separately for underground
cable, overhead transmission lines and grid substations.

Table 3-2: The Phasing of Construction Works

Activities
Pre- Post Construction/
Component During Construction
construction Operation period
Route survey Contractor and manpower recruitment Clearing of RoW
Establishment of construction camps for O&M
workers
Clearing of RoW
Transmission Tender Establishment of temporary access tracks
Line documents Transport of materials and equipment to
preparation tower sites
Civil works (foundation work, RCC, etc.)
Tower erection
Conductor stringing
Establishment of material storage areas and O&M
work sites
Establishment of construction camps for
workers
Topographical Establishment of temporary access tracks
Grid
survey Transport of materials and equipment to site
Substation
Clearing site
Civil works (land filling, foundation, RCC
work)
Equipment installation
Testing and commissioning
O&M = operations and maintenance, RCC = reinforced cement concrete.

3.6 Construction of Underground (UG) Cable

84. Construction of underground cable involves the following activities: site preparation,
excavations, bedding, tiling and warning tape, cable laying, and backfilling.

3.6.1 Route Survey and site preparation

85. Proposed cable route needs to be carefully surveyed to identify every possible obstacle
prior to the excavations. As a part of the survey, trial pits shall be made at an interval of 15-20 m
in the proposed cable route so that the soil condition and any parallel utility service lines can be
identified. However, it is essential to contact relevant utility organizations such as water,
telecommunication, etc. to identify the existing service network buried within the cable network
area. While laying underground cables, every precaution must be made to prevent damages to
the cable; as such damages may lead to the breakdown which causes disturbances to the supply.
 33

Not like overhead lines, it is difficult to repair such damages immediately and hence zero damages
to the cable while lying is essential.

86. During the survey, road crossings, culverts, railway and drain crossings shall be clearly
identified and special cable laying constructions shall be developed for such sections.

3.6.2 Excavations
87. Trenching is the most difficult activity in the cable laying work. As most of the trenching
activity will be done in roads and pavements, safety of the general public shall be ensured with
minimized disturbances. Therefore, night work is preferred for trenching work as it will be less
disturbing. During the excavations, barricading, danger signs, warning lights and boards shall be
used to prevent any accidents.

88. One common method which is adopted by the utilities in laying cables in densely
populated areas is to excavate the trench and temporarily backfilling with sand or quarry dust.
Once the whole section excavation is completed, the trench will be re-excavated for cable laying.
Depth and width of the trench depends on the type of cables laid in the trench. When two different
cables are running on the same trench, cables shall be laid in layers to maintain minimum buried
depths or on the same layer that satisfy the minimum depth requirement of the highest voltage
cable.

89. To prevent any mechanical damages to the cable (which alter the geometry of the inside
cable), the cable route shall be carefully designed to match the minimum bending radius of the
cable. This measurement will slightly vary with different manufactures and hence shall check the
technical data sheet for the selected conductor.

3.6.3 Bedding, tiling and warning tape

90. Once the trench excavation is completed, the bottom of the trench shall be prepared for
cable laying. As the cable is dragged along the trench while laying, there is a possibility to get
damaged if the trench bed is not well prepared. Therefore, 100 mm depth of sand layer is spared
at the bottom of the trench prior to the cable laying. This sand bed also serves as a good medium
for heat conduction which needs for cooling the cable during the operation. Once the cable is laid,
again sand layer of 100 mm above the conductor is applied as a back- filling layer.

91. The cable shall be protected from the impacts in case of excavations by unknown parties.
For that concrete cable tiles will be laid on the sand layer to cover the cable from impacts. General
dimensions of such covering tile will be 400 x 200 x 50 mm (L x W x H). If multiple cables were
laid, bottom of the trench will be fully covered with tiles. As a measure of conveying the danger of
the cables laid below, a warning tape (Black and Yellow colour Polyethylene tape) will be laid at
the depth of 300 mm from the top level.

3.6.4 Cable Laying

92. For laying the cable, the cable drum shall be in a suitable place at the end of the trench
with supports from jacks such that the drum can be easily rotate to pull the cable out. The cable
will be pulled out from the top of the drum and not from the bottom as follows.
34

Figure 3-3: Placement of cable drum and correct method of pulling

93. Once the trench is prepared for cable laying with spreading of sand at the bottom, cable
can be pulled along the trench. To prevent any damages to the cable and also for the ease of
pulling, rollers must be placed along the route within a gap of 5 m. The correct method of pulling
is to use a winch and apply suitable tension which is below the maximum pulling tension specified
by the manufacturer.

94. As most of the damages to the sheath occur during the pulling of the cable, the activity
shall be completed with extreme care. If multiple cables are laid on the same trench, cables shall
be laid in the trench first and each cable shall be adequately separated from each other manually
before the backfilling with sand. Generally, it takes much time for completing the end terminations
and hence both ends of the cable will be protected from moisture by properly sealing with end
caps.

3.6.5 Backfilling
95. Materials used for backfilling will vary as different authorities recommend specific various
methods of backfilling. Generally backfilling shall be done with quarry dust up to the top 200 mm
limit and top surface shall be backfilled with uniformly graded aggregates. In by roads, soil
backfilling is permitted, however the backfilling soil shall be smooth and free from heavy particles.
If the excavated soil is not suitable for backfilling, suitable material shall be transported to the site.

Figure 3-4: Typical cross-section of a trench profile

 35

3.6.6 Special locations

96. Special locations such as road crossings, culverts, railway crossings, drain crossings, etc.
are locations where additional protection for the cable is necessary. For such location’s ducts
shall be used as a special protective measure in addition to the covering tile shield. For road and
railway crossings, type 1000 PVC pipes will be used as ducts whereas at culvert and drain
crossings thickness 3.5 mm steel GI ducts will be used. In any other location where possibility of
cable damage is high, suitable protective measures shall be adopted. A detailed traffic plan will
be prepared by EPC contractor after consultation with relevant authorities.

3.6.7 Cable Testing

97. Before laying the cables, insulation resistance shall be checked to ensure that the cable
is health before the installation. At the time of starting the end terminations, again insulation
resistance shall be checked to verify that the cable has not suffered insulation failures at the time
of installations.

98. Once the end terminations were completed, high potential test shall be carried out to
ensure that the whole cable is ready for service. In High Pot test, 100 % of original factory test
voltage in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations is applied to the cable and leakage
current is measured at the specified durations (normally 1 min). The manufacturer specifies the
maximum leakage current for the cable and High Pot test readings shall be within that limit for the
acceptance for operations.

3.7 Construction of overhead transmission lines (OHLs)

99. Construction of OHLs involves the following activities, site preparation; foundation
construction; structure construction and wire-stringing operations.

100. Site Preparation: Tower locations are cleared of vegetation prior to construction of the
towers. Access roads may need to be upgraded or new roads constructed to accommodate
construction vehicles and equipment access to each tower site.

Transmission line tower construction site Foundation construction for an LST

101. Foundation Construction: Most structures have a concrete foundation. The size of the
foundation depends on the type of structure and the terrain. Foundation construction begins with
36

the auguring of holes for footings (four for lattice steel towers [LSTs]). For LSTs, each hole is
usually 3 to 4 feet wide and 15 to 30 feet deep. Regardless of the structure type, foundations
typically have a slight projection above the ground. After the footing holes are excavated, they are
reinforced with steel and then concrete is poured into the holes. Once the concrete has cured,
crews can begin the construction of the structure itself.

A crane carrying the top section of an

LST for installation

102. Structure Construction: Generally, structures are built from the ground up. Structures
are assembled in sections near the new tower location and a crane is used to lift the sections into
place. Crews then bolt the sections together. The method used is determined by terrain and
available space next to the structure site. Tower erection is usually performed by crane, but
helicopters are used in areas that are inaccessible to large ground-based construction equipment.

103. Wire-Stringing Operations: Wire stringing includes all activities associated with the
installation of the primary conductors onto the transmission line structures. These activities
include the installation of conductor, ground wire, insulators, stringing sheaves (rollers or
travellers), vibration dampeners, weights, suspension and dead-end hardware assemblies for the
entire length of the route.

104. To string the wire involves the following five steps:

(i) Stringing the pilot line to install the conductor

A light-weight sock line (pilot line) is flown from tower to tower by helicopter, threading the
sock line through wire rollers attached to the insulators on each structure. A clam lock device
secures the sock line in the rollers.

(ii) Pulling
The sock line is attached to a conductor pulling rope/cable, which is connected to a tensioning
machine on a truck. The conductors are then pulled through by a puller machine. The puller
and tensioner work together during the pulling operation to ensure that the conductor
maintains the proper ground clearance at all times. Wire set-up sites or pulling stations, where
 37

the associated pulling machinery and equipment are staged, are located at intervals along the
span.

Pulling phase of a wire-stringing operation. Note A guard structure being erected at a street crossing
the reel of conductor on the right side of the photo

(iii) Sagging and dead ending

Once the conductor is pulled through the length of the line, the tensioner is then used to sag
the conductors to the proper tension. Conductors expand with changes in temperature (they
are longer at higher temperatures), so they need to be installed at the proper tension such
that they do not sag too low when temperatures increase. All phases (or bundled phases)
between two towers must be sagged to the same tension.

(iv) Splicing
Once the conductor is pulled in and the proper tension of the conductor is reached, mid-span
splicing is performed at dead-end tower locations to connect or splice segments together. Any
temporary pulling splices are removed and replaced with permanent splices. Implosive
sleeves may be used for splicing, which involves placing a layer of explosives around an
aluminium sleeve. The layer of explosive is designed to create the required compression of
the sleeve around the conductor. After splicing and sagging, conductors are affixed to dead-
end towers.

(v) Clipping-in, spacers

After the conductors are spliced and affixed to dead-end towers, they are “clipped in”, or
attached to tangent towers. This process involves removing the rollers and replacing them
with clamps and other final insulator hardware to secure the conductors to the insulators.
Vibration dampeners, weights, and spacers between the conductors of a bundled phase are
then installed.

105. Guard poles or guard structures may be installed at transportation, flood control, utility
crossings, parks, and other sensitive locations to protect these underlying areas during wire
stringing operations. The guard structures intercept wire should it drop below a conventional
stringing height, preventing damage to underlying structures. These guard structures are
temporary and are removed after conductor installation is complete. Figure 3-5 15 shows the
associated civil works related to OHLs.

15
Report on Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for Patuakhali- Payra 230 kV Transmission Line (Patuakhali -
Payra 47 km 230 kV TL & Bakerganj - Barguna 50 km 132kV TL and Barguna 132/33 kV Substation) Project, 15
November, 2017 Dhaka, page 53.
38

Figure 3-5: Associated Civil Works for Transmission Line Installation

3.8 Construction of Grid Substations

106. For this project, all equipment to be installed will be procured from outside Bangladesh.
Construction materials such as bricks, sand, cement, and reinforcing rods, etc. will be from
existing licensed sources.

3.8.1 Civil Works for Substation

Earth Work in Foundation
107. Construction of the substation requires earthwork excavating or filling for the foundation
up to the required level. The excavated earth should be kept in a nearby vacant place and after
completion of foundation work; back-filling of the excavated area will be done with local soil and
sand. The substation civil designs will include drainage and flood control measures to avoid
adverse impacts by land filling in new substation land and also specify that the soil/sand shall be
 39

sourced only from licensed suppliers who are authorized by the government to supply soil/sand
for land filling.

Raising the land

108. The lands earmarked for the construction of substations are low lying. These lands will be
elevated 0.5m above the highest flood level before the construction of substation yard and the
buildings by the contractor utilizing the soil/sands provided by existing licensed suppliers. The
detailed design of drainage pattern will be provided by contractor, however, the following table
provides the volume of landfilling estimated in the Development Project Proposal (DPP).

Table 3-3: Land filling requirements for substation lands estimated in the DPP
No Name of the substation Land filling requirement (m3)16
1. Kaliganj 333,819.4
2. Purbachal (400 kV) 348,070.4
3. Purbachal-2 (230/132 kV) 5,341.8
4. Bhola 24,685.8
5. Rupsha 64,952.1
6. Banga 37,543.0
7. Domar 30,351.4
8. Hatibanda 36,907.3
9. Jhalokhati 30,756.0
10. Maheshpur 29,919.2
11. Meherpur 22,217.2
12. Manirampur 18,210.8
13. Phutola 24,281.0
14. Pirojpur 24,281.0
15. Shibchar 61,714.6
16. Satkhira 12,140.6

Foundation Treatment
109. Geo-technical investigation will be conducted to assist in designing foundations of the
structures. It will help to identify whether foundation treatment will be required or not. The type of
treatment like pre-cast reinforced cement concrete (RCC) piling or cast in-situ concrete piling,
removal of peat or loose soil will be suggested as per results of geo-technical investigation. Bored
cast in-situ piles will eliminate noise and vibration problems of pile driving. Pilling will be done for
9-20m depth varying with soil type. Piling type will be determined by contractors.

Back Filling with Local Sand

110. Back filling of the excavated area of the foundation and floor of the building will be carried
with local sand.

16
The first two substations are identified as new development areas in Dhaka. Large scale land filling of adjacent areas
are ongoing at present.
40

RCC Work
111. The RCC works would be required for roof, column, beam, floor, foundation of transformer,
circuit breaker and steel structure etc.

Brick Work up to Plinth Level and Superstructure

112. Brickwork will be done for constructing the substation building with first class bricks and
coarse sand and cement up to roof level.

Plastering and Finishing

113. Concealed electric wiring of good quality and proper size is to be done and bulbs and
switchboards are to be provided. Plastering of walls inside and outside as well as the roof of the
building will be done accordingly with proper curing for at least three weeks. After that, distemper
or plastic painting will be done on the walls and roof of the building.

Wood Works/ Thai Aluminum, Windows and Glass Fittings

114. Wood/aluminum works are to be done on door shutters and windows of the building along
with glass fittings.

Sanitary Works
115. Sanitary works such as lying of sewerage line (either PVC or RCC), installation, fittings
and fixing of toilet accessories will be done in the buildings.

Water Supply System

116. The water supply system meeting Bangladesh drinking water standards will be activated
for the workers and staff of the substation.

Boundary Fencing with Concrete Pillar and Barbed Wire

117. The project area will be protected from any unauthorized entrance of public by fencing the
boundary with a ten (10) feet height wall with barbed wire fitted with concrete pillars three (3)
meters apart.

3.8.2 Electrical Works and Towers

118. For GSSs, installation of equipment will include transformers, circuit breakers, isolators,
lightning arresters, panel boards, batteries, and battery chargers, etc. All equipment will be
installed at the GSSs (outdoors and indoors) as per design specifications and standards. For this
project, all material will be procured from foreign countries. Domestic materials like bricks, sand,
cement, and reinforcing rods, will be sourced locally from existing licensed sources for the
installation works.

3.9 Work Schedule

119. The completion of works is proposed to take place in 56 months (after loan effectiveness)
as indicated below in Figure 3-6.
 41

Figure 3-7: Project Implementation Schedule

42

4. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT (BASELINE DATA)

120. Information on the baseline environmental status of the project area is required for the
impact assessment process, to assess and predict the possible environmental consequences of
the project interventions. Based on the existing environmental scenario, the potential impacts of
subprojects were identified and accordingly an environmental management plan was prepared
(see subsequent sections of this IEE). The baseline environmental conditions will help in
comparing and monitoring the predicted negative and positive impacts resulting from the project
during the pre-construction, construction and operation phases. The impact assessment focused
on the direct adverse changes that might be caused by project activities, including effects on the
quality of habitats, flora, fauna and humans, socio-economic conditions, current use of land and
resources, climate change aspects, physical and cultural heritage properties and biophysical
surroundings.

4.1 Methodology

121. The baseline environmental information was assessed through secondary data and field
studies within the project’s area of influence (PAI) for various components of the environment;
physical, ecological/biological, and socio-economic parameters.

122. Data/information was collected from secondary sources for the macro-environmental
setting, including climate (temperature, rainfall, humidity, and wind speed), topography, geology,
and soil. Primary information was collected to record the micro-environmental features within and
adjacent to PAI. Collection of primary/field data/information included extrapolating environmental
features to cover all project footprints, including establishing tree inventories, and the location and
measurement of socio-cultural features adjoining proposed subprojects. Data on ambient air,
noise quality, surface water and ground/drinking water quality were gathered from secondary
sources, and from previous projects conducted in the area. FGDs were carried out in PAI to
investigate local environmental conditions, issues, and possible impacts.

123. The baseline environment is discussed in three broad categories: (i) Physical Environment
which includes factors such as topography, geology, earthquake risk, climate,
hydrology/drainage, and environmental pollution related elements; (ii) Biological Environment,
which includes flora, fauna, Protected Areas, wildlife sanctuaries, forest reserves, and the general
ecosystem; and; (iii) Socio-economic Environment, which includes anthropological factors like
demography, income, land use, land requirements and infrastructure. As mentioned in Chapter
3, all the subprojects under the DWZTGEP of PGCB are located in five administrative divisions
and twenty districts of Bangladesh; one in Rajshahi division (Noagoan), six in Dhaka division
(Dhaka, Narayangonj, Gopalganj, Madaripur, Gazipur, and Faridpur), seven in Khulna division
(Jhenaidah, Bagerhat, Kustia, Meherpur, Jessore, Satkhira, and Khulna), three in Barishal (Bhola,
Jhalokaki and Pirojpur), and three districts in Rangpur division (Dinajpur, Lalmonirhat and
Nilphamari).

4.2 Physical Environment

4.2.1 Climate
124. Although less than half of Bangladesh lies within the tropics, the presence of the Himalaya
mountain range has created a tropical macro-climate across most of the east Bengal land mass.
Bangladesh is divided into seven climatic zones and the sub projects are located in five climatic
zones.
 43

125. Northern part of the northern region (C). This is an area of extremes. In summer the
mean maximum temperature is well above 32°C whereas in winter the mean minimum is below
10°C. The summer is dry, with a scorching westerly wind, but the rainy season is very wet, with
2,000 to 3,000 mm of rainfall (Figure 4-2,Figure 4-3 ).

126. North-western zone (D). Except that the extremes are less, and the rainfall is lower than
other zones, this zone is similar to northern part of the northern region. The lower rainfall makes
this area drier than other zones.

127. Western zone (E). This zone comprises the greater Rajshahi district and parts of adjacent
districts, with rainfall generally below 1,500 mm (annually) and summer humidity less than 50%.
In summer, it is the hottest and driest of all the climatic zones in Bangladesh. Mean summer
maximum temperature is over 35°C.

128. South-western zone (F). Here the extremes of the zones to the north are somewhat
moderated. Rainfall is between 1,500 mm and 1,800 mm. Mean summer maximum temperature
is below 35°C. Dewfall is heavier than in Western zone.

129. South-central zone (G). In this zone rainfall is abundant, being above 1,900 mm/year.
The range of temperature is, as can be expected, much less than to the west, but somewhat more
than in south-eastern zone. This is a transitory zone among the south-eastern, north-western and
south-western zones and most of the severe hailstorms, nor ‘westers and tornadoes are recorded
in this area.

130. Three distinct seasons can be recognized in Bangladesh: the post-monsoon season from
November to February; the pre-monsoon hot season from March to May, and the rainy monsoon
season which lasts from June through to October. The month of March may also be considered
as the spring season, and the period from mid-October to mid-November may be called the
autumn season.

131. The post-monsoon season (November-February) begins first in the west-central part of
the country, where its duration is about four months, and it advances toward the east and south,
reaching the eastern and southern margins of the country by mid-March, where its duration is
about one month.

132. The pre-monsoon hot season (March–May) is characterized by high temperatures and the
occurrence of thunderstorms. April is the hottest month when mean temperatures range from
27°C in the east and south to 31°C in the west-central part of the country. In the western part,
summer temperatures sometimes reach up to 40°C. After the month of April, the temperature
dampens due to increased cloud cover. The pre-monsoon season is the transition period when
the northerly or north-westerly winds of the winter season gradually change to the southerly or
south-westerly winds of the summer monsoon or rainy season (June–September). During the
early part of this season, the winds are neither strong nor persistent. However, with the
progression of this season, wind speed increases, and the wind direction becomes more
persistent.
44

Figure 4-1:Climatic Zones of Bangladesh and Subproject Locations

 45

Figure 4-2 - Average Rainfall in Bangladesh Figure 4-3 - Average Temperature

Climate at Dhaka
133. Dhaka, located in South-central zone (G), has a tropical climate. The Köppen-Geiger17
climate classification is Aw. The average temperature in Dhaka is 25.9 °C, and rainfall is 1,557.2
mm. The driest month is January and most of the precipitation falls in June. August is the warmest
month with an average of 29.13 °C and January is the coldest month with 17.8 °C (annual variation
is 11.2 °C). The average precipitation varies 371 mm between the driest month and the wettest
month.

17 The Köppen climate classification is based on the empirical relationship between climate and vegetation. This
classification provides an efficient way to describe climatic conditions defined by temperature and precipitation and
their seasonality with a single metric. Because climatic conditions identified by the Köppen classification are
ecologically relevant, it has been widely used to map geographic distribution of long-term climate and associated
ecosystem conditions. The Köppen climate classification divides climates into five main climate groups, with each
group being divided based on seasonal precipitation and temperature patterns. The five main groups are A (tropical),
B (dry), C (temperate), D (continental), and E (polar). The second letter indicates the seasonal precipitation type,
while the third letter (if any) indicates the level of heat.
46

Figure 4-4: Monthly Cumulative Rainfall at Dhaka BMD Station

Ambient Air Temperature and Humidity in Dhaka

Figure 4-5 - Monthly Maximum and Minimum Temperatures at Dhaka BMD Station

134. The temperature of the country has a co-relationship with the period of rainfall. In general,
cool seasons coincide with the period of lowest rainfall. Table 4-1 shows the monthly average
temperature along with average monthly humidity of the project area. The maximum mean
temperature of 29.13°C was observed in August and minimum average temperature was 17.8°C
in January.

Table 4-1 - Temperature and Humidity for Project Area, 1975-2015

Month Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Avg.
Mean
17.81 21.16 25.96 28.57 28.82 29.02 28.87 29.13 28.85 27.47 23.78 19.35 25.73
Temp (°C)
Avg.
Humidity 75.93 70.49 65.5 71.41 78.6 84.9 86.31 84.9 84.6 80.9 77.1 77.51 77.61
(%)
Source: Bangladesh Meteorological Department.

135. According to the data collected from the Bangladesh Meteorological Department (BMD),
April to September appears to be the hottest period of the year while November to February is
 47

the coolest. Average annual rainfall in the project area is 1,557.2 mm, with a maximum in July
(329.6 mm). During heavy rainfall, water logging can cause 20-25 cm inundation, which lasts for
4-8 hours.

136. May–October is observed to be the most humid period of the year, which matches the
rainfall pattern of this region, as more than 70% of the yearly precipitation is encountered during
this four-month period.

Wind Speed in Dhaka

137. Data for Dhaka shows monthly average wind speeds gradually decrease from a high of
2.07 m/s in April to a low of 0.46 m/s in November. Distribution and frequency of dominant wind
force within the Study Area shows in Figure 4-6 and Figure 4-7.

Figure 4-6 - Monthly Variation of Average Wind Speed at Dhaka BMD Station

Figure 4-7 - Distribution and Frequency of Dominant Wind Force within the Study Area
48

138. Climate maps of main cities which are close to the sub project areas in southwest and
northwest such as Barishal, Khulna, Satkhira, Niamatpur and Dinajpur are given here.

Climate at Barishal
139. Barishal has a tropical climate. In winter, there is much less rainfall in Barishal than in
summer. This location is classified as Aw by Köppen and Geiger. In Barishal, the average annual
temperature is 25.9 °C. The average annual rainfall is 2184 mm. The driest month is January,
with 10 mm of rainfall. With an average of 444 mm, the most precipitation falls in July. The
warmest month of the year is May, with an average temperature of 30.3 °C. January has the
lowest average temperature of the year. It is 19.2 °C. The difference in precipitation between the
driest month and the wettest month is 434 mm. During the year, the average temperatures vary
by 11.1 °C.

Table 4-2: Average Temperature and Rainfall at Barishal by month

January February March April May June July August September October November December
Avg. 19.2 21.9 26.2 28.7 30.3 28.7 28.1 28.2 28.4 27.5 23.8 20.2
Temperature
(°C)
Min. 12.6 15.4 20.2 23.8 25.3 25.7 25.6 25.7 25.6 23.9 18.7 14
Temperature
(°C)
Max. 25.8 28.4 32.3 33.7 35.4 31.7 30.6 30.7 31.3 31.2 28.9 26.4
Temperature
(°C)
Precipitation 10 20 45 107 211 427 444 390 294 183 43 10
/ Rainfall
(mm)
 49

Figure 4-8 Distribution of Rainfall & Temperature at Barishal

 50

Climate at Khulna
140. Khulna's climate is classified as tropical. According to Köppen and Geiger, this climate is
classified as Aw. The average annual temperature in Khulna is 26.1 °C and rainfall is 1736 mm.
Precipitation is lowest in December, with an average of 6 mm. Most of the precipitation falls in
July, averaging 357 mm. Average temperature of 29.6 °C, May is the hottest month of the year
while January is the coldest month, with temperatures averaging 19.1 °C. The difference in
precipitation between the driest and wettest month is 351 mm, and temperature vary by 10.5 °C.

Table 4-3 : Average temperature and rainfall at Khulna by month

January February March April May June July August September October November December
Avg. 19.1 21.7 26.6 28.9 29.6 29.1 28.6 28.6 28.8 27.9 24.1 19.9
Temperature
(°C)
Min. 12.1 14.6 19.8 23.3 24.9 25.8 25.8 26 25.8 24 18.8 13.4
Temperature
(°C)
Max. 26.1 28.9 33.4 34.6 34.4 32.4 31.4 31.3 31.9 31.8 29.5 26.5
Temperature
(°C)
Precipitation 12 19 40 87 179 333 357 307 224 143 29 6
/ Rainfall
(mm)
 51

Figure 4-9: Distribution of Rainfall & Temperature at Khulna

 52

Climate at Satkhira
141. This city has a tropical climate. This climate is considered to be Aw according to the
Köppen-Geiger climate classification. The average annual temperature is 26.2 °C in Satkhira.
About 1655 mm of precipitation falls annually. The least amount of rainfall occurs in December.
The average in this month is 6 mm. With an average of 347 mm, the most precipitation falls in
July. The temperatures are highest on average in May, at around 30.2 °C. January has the lowest
average temperature of the year. It is 19.1 °C. The variation in the precipitation between the driest
and wettest months is 341 mm. During the year, the average temperatures vary by 11.1 °C.

Table 4-4: Average temperature and rainfall at Satkhira by month

January February March April May June July August September October November December
Avg. 19.1 22 26.8 29.6 30.2 29.5 28.8 28.8 28.9 27.7 23.7 19.8
Temperature
(°C)
Min. 12.3 15.3 20.3 24.1 25.5 26.1 26 26 25.8 23.7 18.1 13.2
Temperature
(°C)
Max. 25.9 28.8 33.3 35.1 34.9 33 31.6 31.7 32 31.7 29.4 26.5
Temperature
(°C)
Precipitation 11 17 28 63 132 296 347 320 271 136 28 6
/ Rainfall
(mm)
 53

Figure 4-10 :Distribution of Rainfall & Temperature at Satkhira

54

Climate at Niamatpur
142. The climate is tropical in Niamatpur. The climate here is classified as Aw by the Köppen-
Geiger system. In Niamatpur, the average annual temperature is 25.6 °C. In a year, the average
rainfall is 1454 mm. The driest month is December. Most of the precipitation here falls in July,
averaging 305 mm. With an average of 29.3 °C, June is the warmest month. January is the coldest
month, with temperatures averaging 18.0 °C. The precipitation varies 303 mm between the driest
month and the wettest month. Throughout the year, temperatures vary by 11.3 °C.

Table 4-5: Average temperature and rainfall at Niamatpur by month

January February March April May June July August September October November December
Avg. 18 20.2 25.3 28.7 29.2 29.3 29 28.9 28.9 27.2 22.8 19.1
Temperature
(°C)
Min. 11.2 13 17.6 21.9 23.9 25.6 26.1 26.2 25.8 23.1 16.9 12.6
Temperature
(°C)
Max. 24.8 27.5 33 35.6 34.6 33.1 31.9 31.7 32 31.4 28.8 25.7
Temperature
(°C)
Precipitation 13 16 22 37 128 272 305 279 250 117 13 2
/ Rainfall
(mm)
 55

Figure 4-11: Distribution of Rainfall & Temperature at Niamatpur

56

Climate at Dinajpur
143. In Dinajpur, the climate is warm and temperate. The summers are much rainier than the
winters in Dinajpur. This location is classified as Cwa by Köppen and Geiger. The average
temperature in Dinajpur is 25.0 °C. Precipitation here averages 1728 mm. The driest month is
December. The greatest amount of precipitation occurs in July, with an average of 402 mm. With
an average of 28.8 °C, June is the warmest month. The lowest average temperatures in the year
occur in January, when it is around 17.4 °C. The precipitation varies 401 mm between the driest
month and the wettest month. The variation in temperatures throughout the year is 11.4 °C.

Table 4-6 : Average temperature and rainfall at Dinajpur by month

January February March April May June July August September October November December
Avg. 17.4 19.8 24.3 27.9 28.5 28.8 28.7 28.8 28.4 26.6 22.3 18.8
Temperature
(°C)
Min. 10.4 12.3 16.7 21.5 23.9 25.3 25.9 25.9 25.2 22.3 16 11.9
Temperature
(°C)
Max. 24.5 27.3 32 34.3 33.1 32.3 31.6 31.7 31.7 31 28.7 25.7
Temperature
(°C)
Precipitation 13 8 17 50 159 337 402 328 275 130 8 1
/ Rainfall
(mm)
 57

Figure 4-12: Distribution of Rainfall & Temperature at Dinajpur

58

4.2.2 Water Quality

Surface Water
144. Overhead transmission lines in Dhaka and Western zone cross 31 rivers (Table 4-8), such
as Bahirab river, Boleswar river, Huldarhat river, Garia river, Buri Teesta river, Nautara river,
Teesta river, Chika Dara river, Saniajan river, Jamuneshwari river, Kumar river, Arialkha river
Turag river, Kapotakha river, Chitra river Kajla river, Mathavanga river, Pangasi river, Sagar river,
Atrai river, Shewraphulli river, Karatoya river, Kapotaksha river, Betna river, Buri Bhadra river,
Harihar river, Saltha river, Hatibanda river, Gengrail river, Vodra river, and Rupsha river. Also,
these lines cross a large number of canals, khals, beels and ponds. The widest rivers in the project
area are the Katcha (838 m) Teesta (690 m), Rupsha (590 m), Arialkhan (276 m), Bhairab (239
m), and Turag (175 m). All the rivers are tidal except Atrai and Teesta. The tidal river water is
saline, with high sediment load and high turbidity. The detailed construction methods statement
for river crossing are presented in chapter 3. The surface water will not be impacted as the tower
footings will be located 150m away from the river banks with special care to mitigate the impacts
on the river. The current techniques allow river crossings over rivers wider than 1.5 km by
increasing the height of tower to avoid the impacts on navigation and fishing, also, stringing will
be done using pilot wire (rope) which will substantially reduce the time required to pull the wire.
 59

Table 4-7 : Name of rivers and transmission lines

No. Overhead Transmission Line Names and Widths of River

1 Kaliganj (Gazipur)-Purbachal 400 kV DC Turag river (175 m)*
double circuit overhead transmission line
2 Rupsha-Satkhira 230 kV double circuit Betna river, Kapotaksha river, Saltha river,
transmission line (initially charged at 132 Hatibanda river (213 m), Gengrail river,
kV) Vodra river (224 m), Saltha river, Rupsha
river (590 m)
3 Domar-Purba Sadipur 230 kV double Atrai river (149 m), Shewraphulli river,
circuit transmission line (initially charges at Karatoya river
132 kV)
4 Domar-Hatibanda 132 kV double circuit Buri Teesta river, Nautara river, Teesta river
transmission line (690 m), Chika Dara river, Saniajan river,
Jamuneshwari river
5 Kaliganj-Maheshpur 132 kV double circuit Kapotakha river, Chitra river (all rivers are
transmission line <100 m)
6 Manirampur-Satkhira 132 kV double Kapotaksha river, Betna river, Buri Bhadra
circuit transmission line river, Harihar river (all rivers <100 m)
7 Kushtia-Meherpur 132 kV double circuit Kajla river, Mathavanga river, Pangasi river,
transmission line Sagar river
8 Bagerhat-Pirojpur-Bhandaria 132 kV Bahirab river (239 m), Katcha river (838 m
double circuit transmission line, width) Boleswar river, Huldarhat river, Garia
river
9 Gopalganj (North)-Shibchar 230 kV Kumar river, Arialkha river (276 m)
double circuit transmission line
10 Niamatpur-Patnitola 132 kV double circuit Atrai river (124 m)
transmission line
*- width of river is given at the crossing, if the width is > 100m

145. To develop a reliable project baseline, as per the monitoring plan (see Table 9.4-6,
Chapter 9), the EPC contractor shall collect the full set of data on surface water quality during
pre-construction phase (RoW within 500m to any waterbody).

146. The surface water quality parameters of government are given in the Table 4-8.

Table 4-8: Bangladesh National Standard (ECR 1997)

Water sample parameters Unit Bangladesh Standard / (ECR,
97)
Inland surface water

pH - 6-9
Total dissolved Solid (TDS) mg/L 2100
Dissolved Oxygen (DO) mg/L 4.5-8
Biological Oxygen Demand mg/L 50
(BOD)5 days
COD mg/L 200
Salinity ppt -
Electro Conductivity (EC) Micro mho/cm 1200
Ammonium (NH4-N) mg/L 5
Hardness mg/L -
60

147. To get some understanding of the water quality, secondary data is available for some of
the major rivers. Turag river is at the boundary of proposed Purbachal substation land. A study
was conducted by L. Rahman et. al. (2012) to assess the degree of pollution of Turag river water
by determining various physico-chemical parameters. Water samples were collected six times per
year during wet and dry season at the following three locations: Tongi Railway Bridge (11km from
Purbachal substation land), Bishwa Ijtema (12km) field and Ashulia (13 km). Most of the
measured physicochemical parameters exceeded permissible limit of drinking water. The
recorded pH ranged from 6.6 to 7.98 and Electrical Conductivity (EC) from 160 to 1,107 μs/cm.
The recorded dissolve oxygen (DO) varied from 0.11 to 6.8 mg/L and biological oxygen demand
(BOD) ranged from 10 to 180 mg/L while chemical oxygen demand ranged from 21 to 220 mg/L
and free CO2 value from 5 to 22 mg/L. The concentration ranges of heavy metals and arsenic in
ppb were as follows: Zinc (Zn) (0.04 to 0.4), cadmium (Cd) (0.043 to 2), arsenic (As) (1.15 to 4.8),
(lead) Pb (2.29 to 18.62) and mercury (Hg) (0.12 to 1.45). Due to the increased values of the
parameters pH, DO, BOD, COD and free CO2 water from these locations was not suitable for
human consumption without appropriate treatment (African Journal of Pure and Applied
Chemistry Vol. 6 (10), pp. 144-148, 30 May 2012).

Table 4-9: Physicochemical parameters of Turag river (Source: Rahman et al (2012))

Parameters August- October- December- February- April-10 June-10
10 10 10 10
pH 7.96 7.42 6.95 6.65 7.19 7.48
EC/ μScm-1 215 354 658 766 715 458
Salinity (ppt) 0.1 0.19 0.4 0.48 0.38 0.14
TDS (mg/L) 125 219 400 420 353 210
DO (mg/L) 6.5 5.1 4.5 3.5 4.8 5.4
BOD (mg/L) 30 24 50 60 46 28
COD (mg/L) 25 31 84 91 68 25
Hardness (mg/L) 45.8 58.5 133.8 139.8 129.4 49.5

Table 4-10: Concentration of heavy metals of Turag river in dry season.

Metals Name of stations
(ppb) Railway bridge Ijtema field Ashulia
Point 1 Point 2 Point 3
As 4.5 3.45 4 2.5 4.8 2.85 3.15 2.15 2
Cd 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
Pb 8.24 16.71 18.62 5.87 4.74 5.53 2.06 5.89 4.25
Zn 0.05 0.04 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.058 0.45 0.05 0.06
Hg 0.25 1.25 0.3 0.56 0.65 0.15 0.45 1.45 1.25

Table 4-11: Concentration of heavy metals of Turag river in wet season.

Metals Names of Stations
(ppb) Railway bridge Ijtema field Ashulia
As 1.15 1.43 2.58 1.36 2.3 1.85 1.25 1.6 1.25
Cd 0.06 0.043 0.272 0.166 0.168 0.05 0.153 0.092 0.143
Pb 7.47 11.04 2.29 4.55 3.25 2.79 2.69 2.85 3.25
Zn nf nf nf nf nf nf nf nf nf
Hg 0.17 0.19 0.18 0.18 0.21 0.18 0.23 0.24 0.12
nf = Not found

148. The water quality parameters of rivers around Khulna City Corporation, especially Bhairab
and Rupsha River were analysed to evaluate suitability of river’s water for the city dwellers. The
 61

water samples which were collected from different locations of Bhairab and Rupsa River were
analysed to determine water quality parameters. The determined values were compared with the
Bangladesh standards for drinking water. The results indicate that values of Mn, Cu, Zn, Cr, Cd,
As, Pb, PO43-, NO3-, NO2-, and SO42- were below the standard limit for both rivers in contrast other
values like total dissolved solids, total suspended solids, biological oxygen demand, chemical
oxygen demand, turbidity, Fe, Ca and Cl- values were higher than the permissible level. It seems
that water quality parameters of Rupsha River are worse than Bhairab river. The river water was
not suitable for drinking and household work which could lead health risks for city dwellers.
(Rahman et. al. (2016) Water quality monitoring of major rivers at Khulna city corporation,
Bangladesh: A sustainability assessment Department of Public Health Engineering, Zonal
Laboratory, Khulna-9100, Bangladesh).

Table 4-12: Water quality data of Rupsha River and Standard values
Parameters Minimum Maximum Health based guideline by the WHO
pH 8.1 9.0 6.5-8.5
Temperature (0C) 27 34 <40
Alkalinity/ mgL-1 64 126 -
EC/ μScm-1 13730 20470 750
% NaCl 36.8 24.9 -
TDS/ mgL-1 6900 11000 Max. 500
TSS/mgL-1 0.578 4.768 -
Chloride/ mgL-1 444 724 Max. 250

Source: M. Shahidul Islam et. al.; Physiochemical assessment of water quality parameters in Rupsha river of Khulna
region, Bangladesh; The International Journal of Engineering and Science (IJES), Volume 7, Issue 1, PP. 73-78, 2018.

Table 4-13: Water quality data of Rupsha River at Rupsha bridge

Sampling Location DO pH EC(μS/cm) Turbidity T.H. (mg/l)
Station (mg/l) (NTU)

Rupsha Rupsha Monsoon 5.3 7.3 193 583 85.04

River Bridge
Post- 4.1 8.02 284 321 64.68
monsoon
Dry 4.4 7.38 2990 873 467.69
Source: Sadia Ashraf et. al. Assessment of water quality of the Bhairab- Rupsha river system using water quality index
(ccme-wqi) 6th International Conference on water & flood management (ICWFM-2017)

Table 4-14: Water quality parameters of the Teesta River at Kaunia point in Rangpur
Parameters (Unit) Wet season (Sep-Nov) mean Dry season (Dec-Feb) mean
Temperature (˚C) 25.86 18.18
TDS (ppm) 53.2 73.86
BOD (ppm) 1.64 1.89
pH 7.72 8.03
Alkalinity (mg l-1) 40.94 43.40
Total hardness (ppm) 98.48 102.46
Source: M. S. Islam et, al. Status of Water Quality in the Tista River at Kaunia Point and its Impact on Aquatic
Environment; J. Environ. Sci. & Natural Resources, 8(1): 29-33, 2014 ISSN 1999-7361

149. A study was carried out on the Bhairab-Rupsha river system flowing through Khulna city
for assessing its water quality by using the Canadian Council of Ministry of the Environment Water
Quality Index (CCME WQI). CCME WQI values of 63.68, 57.45, 49.35, 47.26 and 42.86 for
62

Noapara, Fultola, Jailkhana Ghat, Mirerdanga and Chorerhat were recorded on the upstream river
(Bhairab), and 44.23, 39.75 and 39.1 for Rupsha Ghat, Lobonchora and Rupsha Bridge on the
downstream river (Rupsha), respectively. The study estimated all stations on the upstream river,
except Chorerhat, falls in the 'marginal category' (45-64), whereas downstream river water
including the remaining upstream station concentrates in the 'poor category' (0-44). This study
evaluated that water quality of the downstream river is more impaired than that of the upstream
river. Whereas, the estimated average index values of 52.12 (upstream) and 41.03 (downstream)
indicate that these rivers are highly vulnerable to disposal of wastewater, sea water intrusion,
suspended sediment load and agricultural runoff. The main outcome of the index is its ability to
represent measurements of an array of variables into a single value. Despite being a single value
of WQI which can’t differentiate between pollution from organic waste load and seawater intrusion,
it is useful for the evaluation of overall water health status of any water body (Sadia Ashraf et.al.
Assessment of water quality of the Bhairab-Rupsha river system using water quality index (ccme-
wqi), 6th International Conference on Water & Flood Management (ICWFM-2017))

150. Physico-chemical assessment of water quality parameters in Rupsha river of Khulna

region, was carried out by Shahidul Islam et.al. (2018) to determine heavy metal concentrations
in water of Rupsha River, Khulna, Bangladesh. The water quality parameters were measured for
samples collected from twenty-two (22) sampling stations throughout the year 2016-2017.
Obtained results were compared with the standard values of “Bangladesh Standards and Testing
Institution (BSTI)”and “World Health Organization (WHO)” values. The results are as follows: pH:
8.1-9.0, alkalinity: 64-126 mgL-1, EC: 13730-20470 mgL-1, TDS: 6900-11000 mgL-1, total
hardness: 1410- 2500 mgL-1, TSS: 0.578-4.678 mgL-1, chloride: 444-724 mgL-1, Cr: <0.005-
4.33 mgL-1, Cd: <0.001 mgL-1, Co: <0.01 mgL-1, Cu: <0.10-0.28 mgL-1, Fe: 6.97-45.64 mgL-1,
Pb: <0.10-0.15 mgL-1, Mn: 0.20-2.19 mgL-1, Ni: <0.10-0.14 mgL-1, Hg: <0.10-0.10 mgL-1, Zn:
<0.05-0.63 mgL-1. Among the parameters, some values like pH, EC, TDS, and total hardness
were found very much higher than BSTI and WHO allowable limits in water. The accumulations
of heavy metals concentrations like Cr, Fe, Pb, Mn, Ni, and Hg were found higher than the
standard values of World Health Organization. Significant positive and negative correlations were
found among different physicochemical parameters from Pearson Correlation Program.
Therefore, the water of the Rupsha river in this area is highly polluted and needs monitoring of
water quality as well as protective measure to reduce pollution (The International Journal of
Engineering and Science (IJES), Vol. 7, Issue 1, pages 73-78, 2018)

151. Table 4-15 shows ambient water quality standard (inland surface water), and Table 4-16
shows national standards for drinking water.

Table 4-15: National Standards for inland Surface Water

Dissolved Total Coliform
Best Practice Based Oxygen (DO), Bacteria
No. Classification pH BOD mg/1 mg/l quantity/ml
a) Potable water source 6.5-8.5 2 or less 6 or above 50 or less
supply after bacteria freeing
only
b) Water used for recreation 6.5-8.5 3 or less 5 o above 200 or less
purpose
c) Potable water source 6.5-8.5 3 or less 6 or above 5000 or less
supply after Conventional
processing
d) Water used for pisci-culture 6.5-8.5 6 or less 5 or above 5000 or less
f) Water used for irrigation 6.5-8.5 10 or less 5 or above 1000 or less
In water used for pisciculture, maximum limit of presence of ammonia as Nitrogen is 1.2 mg/l. Electrical conductivity for
irrigation water – 2250 µmhoms/cm (at a temperature of 25◦C); Sodium less than 26%; Borone less than 0.2%. Source:
 63

DoE, BOD = Biological oxygen demand, mg/l = milligram per litre, pH = negative logarithm of the hydrogen ion activity
in a solution.

Table 4-16: National Standards for Drinking Water

WHO
No. Parameter Unit Standard Limit Guidelines
1 Aluminium mg/l 0.2 0.2
2 Ammonia (NH3) mg/l 0.5 -
3 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 0.01
4 Barium mg/l 0.01 0.7
5 Benzene mg/l 0.01 0.01
6 BOD5 20◦C mg/l 0.2 -
7 Boron mg/l 1.0 0.5
8 Cadmium mg/l 0.005 0.003
9 Calcium mg/l 75 -
10 Chloride mg/l 150-600 -
Chlorinated Alkanes -
11 Carbon Tetrachloride mg/l 0.01 -
1.1 Dichloroethylene mg/l 0.001 -
1.2 Dichloroethylene mg/l 0.03 -
Tetrachloroethylene mg/l 0.03 -
Trichloroethylene mg/l 0.09 -
12 Chlorinated Phenols
Pentachlorophenol mg/l 0.03 -
2.4.6 Trichlorophenol mg/l 0.03 -
13 Chlorine (residual) mg/l 0.2 -
14 Chloroform mg/l 0.09 0.3
15 Chromium (hexavalent) mg/l 0.05 -
16 Chromium (total) mg/l 0.05 0.05
17 COD mg/l 4 -
18 Coliform (faecal) n/100ml 0 -
19 Coliform (total) n/100ml 0 -
20 Colour Huyghens unit 15 -
21 Copper mg/l 1 -
22 Cyanide mg/l 0.1 -
23 Detergents mg/l 0.2 -
24 DO mg/l 6 -
25 Fluoride mg/l 1 1.5
26 Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l 200-500 -
27 Iron mg/l 0.3-1.0 -
28 Nitrogen (Total) mg/l 1 -
29 Lead mg/l 0.05 0.01
30 Magnesium mg/l 30-35 -
31 Manganese mg/l 0.1 0.4
32 Mercury mg/l 0.001 0.006
33 Nickel mg/l 0.1 0.07
34 Nitrate mg/l 10 3
35 Nitrite mg/l Less than 1 -
36 Odour Odourless -
37 Oil & Grease mg/l 0.01 -
38 pH 6.5-8.5 -
39 Phenolic compounds mg/l 0.002 -
40 Phosphate mg/l 6 -
41 Phosphorus mg/l 0 -
42 Potassium mg/l 12 -
43 Radioactive Materials (gross alpha Bq/l 0.01 -
activity)
44 Radioactive Materials (gross beta mg/l 0.1 -
activity)
64

WHO
No. Parameter Unit Standard Limit Guidelines
45 Selenium mg/l 0.01 -
46 Silver mg/l 0.02 -
47 Sodium mg/l 200 -
48 Suspended particulate matter mg/l 10 -
49 Sulphide mg/l 0 -
50 Sulphate mg/l 400 -
51 Total dissolved solids mg/l 1000 1000
52 Temperature ◦C 20-30 -
53 Tin mg/l 2 -
54 Turbidity JTU 10 -
55 Zinc mg/l 5 -
Source: DOE, BOD = biological oxygen demand, mg/l = milligram per litre, ml = millilitre
Notes: In coastal area 1000. Reference. Bangladesh Gazette, Addendum, August 28, 1997.

Groundwater
152. Water aquifers are present beneath the vast majority of Bangladesh, which are being
recharged by the major river systems and by infiltration of rainwater. Most groundwater is
available within 5 m of the surface. This level fluctuates seasonally, approaching the ground
surface over most of the country during the months July to September (during the monsoon).

153. The present source of drinking water supply for the project area is based completely on
groundwater. The local groundwater level is lowered to approximately 6 m below ground level
during the dry season, with levels returning to their normal level before the end of the monsoon,
as reported by the Department of Public Health. This fall in groundwater levels is an entirely
natural process that arises because of the hydrological link with the river. The surface water would
be utilized for the construction activities of the project. Total volume of water consumption will be
calculated by contractors.

Tube Well18
154. A tube well is located in the land earmarked for the construction of Maheshpur substation.
It will be decommissioned and a new tube well will be constructed by the owner 19 . The
construction of tube well within a 500 m radius from the existing tube well at the proposed site
would provide the same volume of water as this area consists of the same aquifer. The owner
utilizes the groundwater for his cultivations and sell the excess water to the neighbouring farmers.
Therefore, changing the location of the tube well will not bring any additional impact on the
groundwater.

18 Tube wells close to project site will be carefully avoided.

19 The location will be selected to ensure outside zone of influence of septic tanks etc.. PMU will provide complementary
groundwater quality testing service to ensure same quality water as they had before.
 65

Plate 5.1 A tube well and water pump (with the Plate 5.2 A tube well and water pump adjacent to a
protective structure) in the middle of paddy field main road

Sand for land filling

155. Sand for filling substation lands will be obtained from existing licensed suppliers who are
authorized by the government to supply soil/sand for land filling.
4.2.3 Air Quality
156. The subprojects are located in suburban areas of Bangladesh (smaller cities and towns,
mixed in the rural context). In the suburban areas, ambient air quality is dependent on many
factors like air movement, traffic volume, congestion, emissions from motor vehicles, and
suspended dust particles. A continuous monitoring scheme is essential to evaluate air quality and
for the development of any plan for mitigation of health risks caused by polluted air. The “criteria
pollutants,” particulate matter (PM10, PM2.5), CO, SOx and NOx must be monitored. Hence, to
establish the baseline air quality, as per the monitoring plan, a primary analysis of air quality is
proposed, before commencing the construction activities of subprojects (see Table 9.4- 9.6 in
Chapter 9). Careful dust management during construction will be provided.
66

Table 4-17: Bangladesh National Ambient Air Quality Standards Compared to the WHO Guideline
and US EPA Standard

4.2.4 Acoustic Environment

157. Sound is usually measured in decibels (dB). A decibel is a relative measure that is
accompanied by a reference scale. Sound (noise) levels can be measured and quantified in
several ways. All of them use the logarithmic decibel (dB) scale. The dB scale is logarithmic to
accommodate the wide range of sound intensities found in the environment. Table 4- shows
typical sound levels generated by common indoor and outdoor activities, along with its effect on
humans.

Table 4-18: Sound Levels and Human Response20

Noise
Common Sounds Effect
Level (dB)
Carrier deck jet operation; Air raid siren 140 Painfully loud
Thunderclap 130 Painfully loud
Jet take off (200 feet); auto horn (3 feet) 120 Maximum vocal effort
Pile driver; rock concert 110 Extremely loud
Garbage truck; firecrackers 100 Very loud
Heavy truck (50 feet); city traffic 90 Very annoying; hearing damage
(8 hours)
Noisy restaurant; Freeway traffic; 70 Telephone use difficult
Business office
Air conditioning unit; Conversational 60 Intrusive
speech
Light auto traffic (100 feet) 50 Quiet
dB = decibel.

20
https://www.researchgate.net/figure/Sound-Levels-and-Human-Response_tbl1_231088719
 67

158. Existing ambient noise levels can serve as a baseline from which to measure potential
disturbance caused by project activities. Hence, to establish the baseline noise quality, as per the
monitoring plan, a primary analysis of noise quality is proposed before the start of construction at
the proposed sites of subprojects. The standard for noise is shown in Table 4-19.

Table 4-19: Noise Quality Standards, by Zone and Time of Day

Limits in dB(A)
Daytime Night time
Zone Class (6 am–9 pm) (9 pm–6 am)
Silent zone 45 35
Residential zone 50 40
Mixed (residential/commercial/industrial) zone 55 45
Commercial zone 70 60
Industrial zone 70 70
dB(A) = A-weighted decibel. Source: The Environmental Conservation Rules, 1997 (amended in 2017); IFC
Environmental Health Safety Guidelines, 2008)
Note: The day time is considered from 6 a.m. to 9 p.m. and the night time is from 9 p.m. to 6 a.m.
Area within 100 meters of hospital or education institution or government designated / to be designated/ specific
institution/ establishment are considered Silent Zone. Use of motor vehicle horn or other signals and loudspeakers
are forbidden in Silent Zone.

4.2.5 Physiographic features

159. In the context of physiography, Bangladesh is classified into three distinct regions: (a)
floodplains; (b) terraces; and (c) hills each having distinguishing characteristics of its own. Further,
the physiography of the country has been divided into 24 sub regions and 54 units. The subproject
areas in twenty districts are found in the following physiographic units.

160. The Ganges River floodplain comprises the active floodplain of the Ganges and the
adjoining meander floodplain. The latter mainly comprises a smooth landscape of ridges, basins
and old channels. The relief is locally irregular alongside the present and former river courses,
especially in the west (in the project area), comprising a rapidly alternating series of linear low
ridges and depressions. The Ganges channel is constantly shifting within its active floodplain,
eroding and depositing large areas of new char land each flood season, but it is less braided than
that of the Brahmaputra-Jamuna. Ganges alluvium is calcareous when deposited, but most basin
clays and some older ridge soils have been decalcified and acidified in their upper layers; lime is
found only in the subsoil or substratum of such soils. Clay soils predominate in basins and on the
middle parts of most ridges, with loamy soils (and occasionally sands) occurring mainly on ridge
crests.

161. Seasonal flooding is mainly shallow in the west and north, with the highest ridge crests
remaining above normal flood levels, but flood depths increase towards the east and the south.
Flooding is mainly by accumulated rainwater and the raised groundwater table, except on the
active Ganges floodplain and close to distributary channels which cross the meander floodplain.
In earlier small-scale maps, the Mahananda floodplain in the northwest and some detached areas
of the Old Meghna estuarine floodplain in the southeast used to be included within this unit. The
Mahananda floodplain comprises of all irregular landscapes of mixed Tista and Ganges
sediments. The cut-off parts of the Meghna floodplain have a smooth relief and predominantly
silty soils, which are deeply flooded (by rainwater) in the monsoon season. The unit covers most
of the districts of Rajshahi, Natore, Pabna, entire Kushtia, Rajbari, Faridpur, Meherpur,
Chuadanga, Jhenaidaha, parts of Manikganj, Narayanganj, Munshiganj, Shariatpur, Madaripur,
Barishal, Gopalganj, Khulna, Bagerhat, Satkhira, and most of Jessore. This physiographic unit is
68

almost triangular in shape and bounded by the Ganges tidal floodplain on the south. On its
southern end it traps the Gopalganj-Khulna Beels.

162. The Teesta Floodplain is a big sub region that stretches between the Old Himalayan
Piedmont Plain in the west and the right bank of the N-S flowing Brahmaputra in the east. An
elongated outlier representing the floodplain of the ancient Teesta extends up to Sherpur (Bogra
district) in the south. Most of the land is shallowly flooded during monsoons. There is a shallow
depression along the Ghaghat river, where flooding is of medium depth. The big river courses of
the Teesta, Dharla and Dudhkumar cut through the plain. The active floodplain of these rivers,
with their sandbanks and diaras (depressions), is usually less than six kilometres wide.

163. The Lower Atrai Basin is a small physiographic unit that occupies a low-lying area where
mixed sediments from the Atrai and Ganges and from the Barind tract overlie the down-warped
southern edge of the Barind Tract. The landscape north of the Atrai is mainly smooth, but
floodplain ridges and extensive basins occur south of the river. Heavy clay soils predominate, but
loamy soils occur on ridges in the south and the west. Drainage from this unit is blocked when
high river levels in the Jamuna obstruct the exit through the Hurasagar. Seasonal flooding was
formerly deep and extensive and Chalan Beel used to remain wet throughout the year. The
construction of polder projects since the 1960s has improved drainage to some extent. However,
deep flooding can still occur within polders as well as outside when there is heavy rainfall locally
and when flash floods flow down the Atrai or off the adjoining Barind Tract, causing natural or
manmade breaches of embankments.

4.2.6 Topography

164. Bangladesh is one of the largest deltas in the world formed by the confluence of three
Himalayan rivers: the Ganges (Padma); the Brahmaputra (Jamuna); and, the Meghna, with a long
coastline along the Bay of Bengal. Floodplains (80%), terraces (8%) and hills (12%) cover the
land area.

165. The country has a considerable topographic diversity. It has three distinctive features: (i)
a broad alluvial plain subject to frequent flooding; (ii) a slightly elevated relatively older plain; and,
(iii) a small hill region drained by flashy rivers. The south is a highly irregular deltaic coastline of
about 600 km fissured by many estuarine rivers and channels flowing into the Bay of Bengal. The
alluvial plain is part of the larger plain of Bengal, which is sometimes called the Lower Gangetic
Plain. Elevations of the plains are less than 10 m above the sea level; elevations further decline
to near sea level in the coastal south. Most of the southwest project area in Khulna and Barishal
divisions lies in the alluvial plain.

166. The hilly areas of the south eastern region of Chattogram, the northeasters hills of Sylhet
and highlands in the north and northwest are of low elevation. The Chattogram Hills constitute
the only significant hill system in the country. They rise steeply to narrow ridgelines, with elevation
ranging between 600 m and 900 m above mean sea level. The highest point of 1,230 m is at Mt.
Keokradong. In between the hilly ridges lie the valleys that generally run north to south. West of
the Chattogram hills is a narrow, wet coastal plain lying parallel to the shoreline.
 69

Figure 4-13 - Physiographic Units of Bangladesh and Subproject Locations

4.2.7 Geology

167. Bangladesh is situated to the east of the Indian sub-continental plate. Nearly 85% of
Bangladesh is underlain by deltaic and alluvial deposits of the Ganges, Brahmaputra, and
Meghna river systems. The project area consists of Holocene alluvial deposits in the floodplain
and predominantly consisting of fine sand, silts and clay. The site is on deep Cenozoic deposits
that overlie Precambrian basement rock. The Precambrian rocks form the basement of all
geological formations of the Bengal Basin and shield areas. The materials deposited are a mixture
of sediments transported by the old Brahmaputra and by the Jamuna (Brahmaputra) River. The
generalized geological features of the project area are shown in the geological map of Bangladesh
70

(Figure 4-14). Majority of the area of the subprojects are under the Barishal Gravity High.
However, some portions are also under the Hatia Trough and Barishal Gravity High.

Soil
168. The subproject areas fall into seven different soil formation zones (Figure 4-1621). The
general soil types of Barishal, Dhaka, Khulna, Rangpur and Rajshahi divisions include the
following: acid sulphate, peat, and floodplain soils in the south; and, terrace and calcareous
floodplain soils in the north.

Flood prone areas

169. Bangladesh is prone to flooding, due to being situated on the Ganges Delta with many
tributaries flowing into the Bay of Bengal. Flooding normally occurs during the monsoon season
from June to September. The convectional rainfall of the monsoon is added to by relief rainfall
caused by the Himalayas. Meltwater from the Himalayas is also a significant input and contributes
to floods every year. This often lasts for about a month. Seventy-five percent of Bangladesh is
less than 10 m above sea level and 80% is floodplain; therefore, the country is very much at risk
of widespread damage due to floods, despite its development. Each year in Bangladesh about
26,000 km2 (around 18%) of the country is flooded. During severe floods, the affected area may
exceed 75% of the country, as was seen in 1998 (Error! Reference source not found. 22
compared with

21
http://en.banglapedia.org/index.php?title=Bangladesh_Soil
22
Bangladesh Agricultural Research Council (BARC)/GIS Project, BGD/95/006)
 71

Figure 4-18 main rivers of Bangladesh). However, small scale flooding in the country is required
to sustain agriculture, as sediment deposited by floodwater fertilizes the fields, and the water is
required to grow rice, so natural flooding replaces the requirement of artificial irrigation. However,
salt deposited on fields (from high rates of evaporation of flood water) can preventing the land
from becoming fertile.
72

Figure 4-14: Geological Map of Bangladesh and Subproject Locations

 73

Figure 4-16: Soil Map of Bangladesh and Subproject Locations

74

Figure 4-16: Flood Prone Areas of Bangladesh and subproject locations

 75

Figure 4-18: Main Rivers of Bangladesh and subproject locations

Sources: National Encyclopaedia of Bangladesh

4.2.8 Agro-ecological zones of Bangladesh

170. The agro-ecological zones of Bangladesh have been identified based on four elements
including physiography, soils, land levels in relation to flooding, and agro-climatology. Bangladesh
has been tentatively divided into 30 agro-ecological zones. These 30 zones have been further
subdivided into 88 agro-ecological sub-regions, which have been further subdivided into 535 agro-
ecological units.
76

171. The agro-ecological zones 8,9,10,11,13,14,18,24 and 28 are found in the project area.
These are identified as the Ganges tidal floodplain, Gopalganj- Khulna beels, High Barind tract,
High Ganges river floodplain, Level Barind tract, Lower Ganges river floodplain, Madhupur tract,
Old Himalayan Piedmont Plain and Tista Meander Floodplain. Figure 4-18 shows the agro-
ecological zones. (http://en.banglapedia.org/index.php?title=Agroecological_Zone)

Figure 4-18: Agro-ecological zones and subproject locations

 77

172. Ganges Tidal Floodplain (Zone 8, 17,066 km2) this region occupies an extensive area of
tidal floodplain land in the southwest of the country. The greater part of this region has smooth
relief having large areas of salinity. Riverbanks generally stand about 1 m or less above the level
of adjoining basins. Non-calcareous grey floodplain soil is the major component of general soil
types. Acid Sulphate soil also occupies a significant part of the area, where it is extremely acidic
during the dry season. Most of the top soils are acidic and subsoils are neutral to mildly alkaline.
Soils of the Sundarbans area are alkaline. General fertility level is high, with medium to high
organic matter content.

173. Gopalganj-Khulna Beels (Zone 9, 2,247 km2) the region occupies extensive low-lying
areas between the Ganges river floodplain and the Ganges tidal floodplain. Soils of the area are
grey, and dark grey, acidic, heavy clays overlay peat or muck at 25-100 cm. General soil types
include mainly peat and non-calcareous dark grey floodplain soils. Organic matter content is
medium to high. Fertility level is medium.

174. High Barind Tract (Zone 10, 16 km2) it includes the southwestern part of the Barind Tract
where the underlying Madhupur Clay had been uplifted and cut into by deep valleys. The soils
include puddled silt loam to silty clay loam in the top soils and porous silt with mottled plastic clay
at varying depth. Deep grey terrace soils and grey valley soils are major components of the
general soil types of the area. General fertility status is low, having low status of organic matter.

175. High Ganges River Floodplain (Zone 11, 13,205 km2) this region includes the western
part of the Ganges river floodplain which is predominantly highland and medium highland. Most
areas have a complex relief of broad and narrow ridges and inter-ridge depressions. The upper
parts of high ridges stand above normal flood level. Lower parts of ridges and basin margins are
seasonally shallowly flooded. General soil types predominantly include calcareous dark grey
floodplain soils and calcareous brown floodplain soils. Organic matter content in the brown ridge
soils is low but higher in the dark grey soils. Soils are slightly alkaline in reaction. General fertility
level is low.

176. Level Barind Tract (Zone 13, 8 km2) this region is developed over Madurpur clay. The
landscape is almost level. The predominant soils have a grey, silty, puddled topsoil with plough
pan. Shallow grey terrace soil and deep grey terrace soils are the major components of general
soil types of the area. The soils are low in available moisture holding capacity and slightly acidic
to acidic in reaction. Organic matter status is very low and most of the available nutrients are
limiting.

177. Lower Ganges River Floodplain (Zone 14, 7,968 km2) the region comprises the eastern
half of the Ganges river floodplain which is low-lying. The area has a typical meander floodplain
landscape of broad ridges and basins. Soils of this region are silt loams and silty clay loams on
the ridges and silty clay loam to heavy clays on lower sites. General soil types predominantly
include calcareous dark grey and calcareous brown floodplain soils. Organic matter content is low
in ridges and moderate in the basins. General fertility level is medium.

178. Madhupur Tract (Zone 18, 4,244 km2) this is a region of complex relief and soils
developed over the Madhupur Clay. The landscape comprises level upland, closely or broadly
dissected terraces associated with either shallow or broad, deep valleys. Eleven general soil
types exist in the area of which deep red brown terrace, shallow red brown terrace soils and acid
basin clays are the major ones. Soils in the valleys are dark grey heavy clays. They are strongly
acidic in reaction with low status of organic matter, low moisture holding capacity and low fertility
level.
78

179. Old Himalayan Piedmont Plain (Zone 24, 4,008 km2) this distinctive region is developed
in an old Tista alluvial fan extending from the foot of the Himalays. It has a complex relief pattern.
Deep, rapidly permeable sandy loams and sandy clay loams are predominant in this region. They
are strongly acidic in top soil and moderately acidic in sub soil; low in weatherable potassium (K)
minerals. Seven general soil types occur in the region, of which non-calcareous brown floodplain
soils, black terai soils, and non-calcareous dark grey floodplain soils predominate. Organic matter
contents are generally higher than in most floodplain soils of Bangladesh. The natural fertility of
the soil is moderate but well sustained. Soil fertility problems include rapid leaching of N, K, S,
Ca, Mg and B. Most of Panchagarh and Thakurgaon districts and the northwestern part of
Dinajpur district are included in this zone.

180. Tista Meander Floodplain (Zone 28, 9,468 km2) this region occupies the major part of
the Tista floodplain as well as the floodplain of the Atrai, Little Jamuna, Karatoya, Dharla and
Dudhkumar rivers. Most areas have broad floodplain ridges and almost level basins. There is an
overall pattern of olive brown, rapidly permeable, loamy soils on the floodplain ridges, and grey
or dark grey, slowly permeable, heavy silt loam or silty clay loam soils on the lower land and
parent materials medium in weatherable K minerals. Eight general soil types occur in the region,
moderately acidic throughout, low in organic matter content on the higher land, but moderate in
the lower parts. Fertility level is low to medium. Soils, in general, have good moisture holding
capacity.

4.2.9 Seismic zones of Bangladesh

181. Bangladesh can be affected by moderate to strong earthquake events due to its proximity
to the collision boundary of the Northeast moving Indian plate and the Eurasian Plate. Strong
historical earthquakes with magnitude greater than 7.0 (Richter scale) have affected parts of
Bangladesh in the last 150 years; some of them had their epicentres within the country. Source:
https://www.academia.edu/.../Earthquake_time_history_for_Dhaka_Bangladesh_as_co.
Figure 4-19 shows the four seismic zones of Bangladesh.

182. On the distribution of earthquake epicentres and morpho-tectonic behaviour of different

tectonic blocks, Bangladesh has been divided into four generalized seismic zones. The north
eastern folded regions of Bangladesh are the most active and belong to Zone 4. The basic seismic
coefficient of this zone is 0.36. Northwest Bangladesh is also a seismically active zone (Zone 3)
with a basic coefficient of 0.28. Zone 2 consists of the Lower Central and North western part of
Bangladesh and the basic coefficient for this zone is 0.20. Ground conditions (whether firm or
soft) have not been taken into consideration during the seismic zonation of Bangladesh.
Characteristic features of seismic zonation of Bangladesh are presented in the table below. The
project area is situated in Seismic Zones 1, 2 and 3 (also relatively quiet). All structures will be
seismically designed and checked by engineers to accord with good international practice.
 79

Table 4-20: Seismic Zones of Bangladesh

Source: https://www.academia.edu/.../Earthquake_time_history_for_Dhaka_Bangladesh_as_co.
Figure 4-19: Seismic Map of Bangladesh and subproject locations

4.3 Biological/Ecological Environment

183. The ecosystems of Bangladesh are broadly classified as terrestrial, inland waters, coastal
and marine ecosystems. The forest cover in Bangladesh is 17.5%. Important terrestrial
ecosystems are the Sundarbans, the Chattogram Hill Tracts and the Sal (Shorea robusta) forests
80

and inland freshwater ecosystems. Almost half of the total area of Bangladesh is wetlands 23.
These ecosystems are made up of a wide variety of habitats, including the main three rivers (the
Ganges, the Brahmaputra and the Meghna) and their 700 plus tributaries and their floodplains;
about 6300 beels (permanent and seasonal shallow lakes in floodplain depressions); at least 47
major haors (deeply flooded depressions in the northeast), baors (oxbow lakes); vast areas of
seasonally flooded land, fish ponds and tanks.

184. Bangladesh currently has 39 Protected Areas (none of these are adjacent to the
subproject areas). Among these, 38 are forest-based and managed by the Forest Department.
These include 17 National Parks, 20 Wildlife Sanctuaries and one Special Biodiversity
Conservation Area24. In all, these terrestrial and coastal protected areas cover about 2,662 km 2.
The remaining one is a marine ecosystem that is managed by the Forest Department. Ramsagar
National park (27. 76 ha) in Dinajpur district is about 23 km south of the proposed Purbasadipur
substation.

4.3.1 Bio-ecological Zones

185. Within a relatively small geographic area, Bangladesh has a diverse array of ecosystems.
Being a low-lying deltaic country, seasonal variation in water availability is the major factor, which
generates different ecological scenarios in Bangladesh. Temperature, rainfall, physiographic
variations in soil and different hydrological conditions play vital roles in the country's diverse
ecosystems. The ecosystems of Bangladesh are categorized into two major groups: (i) land
based; and, (ii) aquatic. The land-based ecosystems include forest and hill ecosystems, agro-
ecosystems and homestead ecosystems, while seasonal and perennial wetlands, rivers, lakes,
coastal mangroves, coastal mudflats and chars, and marine ecosystems fall into the aquatic
category.

186. In 2002, the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) classified the country
into 12 bio-ecological zones (25 sub-bio-ecological zones) according to factors such as fauna and
flora, geographical characteristics, annual average rainfall, administrative regions, soil types,
water level in flooding, and land use. The subprojects are located in Zones 1, 2, 3, 4a, 4b, 4c, 6,
10 and 11 (Figure 4-20, source www.researchgate.net/figure/Bio-ecological-Zones-of-Bangladesh-
SourceIUCN-2002_fig5_327691767).

4.3.2 Diversity of Floral and Faunal Species

187. The subproject impact areas are mixed with different vegetation. Crops and vegetables
dominate and are cultivated in the surrounding areas and include mainly paddy (rice), jute,
mustard, onion, garlic, potato and a variety of homestead vegetables. A sizeable number of fruit
trees with economic value were observed in the project area. The fruit trees include jackfruit,
mangoes, litchi, banana, coconut, and blackberry. Timber trees include Mahogany, Neem, Ipil,
and Koroi. The trees, shrubs, herbs, bushes, and low-growing grasses in the RoW provide habitat
for birds and other animals. The data collected from the field survey suggests that the predominant
species are those of cultivated vegetables and trees. A detailed list of terrestrial floral species
found in the project area is given in the Table 4-21 and 4-22.

23 Biodiversity National Assessment 2015 (The Fifth National Report of Bangladesh to the Convention on Biological
diversity)
24 Red List of Bangladesh 2015, Vol. 1: Summary
 81

Figure 4-20: Bio-ecological Zones of Bangladesh, subprojects are in Zone 1, 2, 3, 4a, 4b, 4c, 6, 10
and 11
82

Table 4-21: List of Trees Recorded in the RoW and Surroundings of the Transmission Line Routes,
proposed Substation lands in Greater Dhaka, and Southwest parts of Bangladesh
Local Name or National Global Status
Scientific Name Habit Habitat
English Name Status
Timber/Wood Trees
Swietenia mahagoni Mahogony T RS, HS C EN
Azadirachta indica Neem T HS C LC
Albizzia procera Koroi T RS, HS C -
Eucalyptus citriodora Eucalyptus T RS, HS C -
Dalbergia sisoo Shishu T RS, HS C -
Bambusa vulgaris Bash (Bamboo) S HS C -
Samanea saman Raintree T RS, HS C -
Bombax ceiba Shimul (Cotton Tree) T RS, HS LC -
Ficus benghalensis Banyan tree T RS C -
Ficus infectoria Pakur T HS LC -
Polyalthia longifolia Debdaru T RS LC -
Acacia aurculiformis Akashmoni T RS, HS C -
Areca catechu Supari/ Betel nut T HS, RS C -
Tectona grandis Shegun T RS, HS LC -
Terminalia arjuna Arjun T HS, RS LC -
Dillenia indica Chalta T HS, RS C -
Delonix regia Krishnachura T HS LC LC
Artocarpus chama Buch-Ham T HS C -
Artocarpus heterophyllus Jack fruit T HS C -
Phaleria macrocarpa Dewa T HS C -
Instia bijuga Ipil T HS LC -
Polyalthia longifolia Debdaru T HS, RS C -
Castanea sp. Chestnut T HS C -
Diospyros discolor Gab T HS C -
Lagerstroemia speciosa Jarul T RS C -
Litchi chinensis Lichi T HS C -
Mangifera indica Mango T HS C DD
Phyllanthus emblica Amloki T HS, RS LC -
Olea europaea Olive T HS C -
Borassus flabelilifer Tal T HS, RS C -
Fruit Trees
Musa sapientum Kalagash (Banana) H HS C -
Psidium guajava Piara (Guava) T HS LC LC
Cocos nucifera Narikel (Coconut) T HS C -
Moringa oleifera Sajna T HS LC -
Zizyphus jujuba Boroi T HS LC -
Citrus grandis Jambura/Badam S HS C -
Aegle marmelos Bel T HS C -
Limonia acidissima Kodbel/ woodapple T HS, RS C -
Phoenix dactylifera Date Tree (Khejur) T HS, RS C LC
Areca catechu Supari (Betel Nut) T HS C -
Carica papaya Pepe (Papya) T HS C DD
Citrus aurantifolia Labu (Lemon) S HS C -
Annona reticulate Atafal T HS C -
Annona squamosa Ata T HS C -
Averrhoa carambola Kamranga T HS C -
Punica granatum Dalim S HS LC LC
Manilkara sapota Sobeda T HS LC -
Dillenia indica Chalta T HS LC -
Fruit cum Timber Trees
Artocarpus heterophyllus Kathal (Jackfruits) T HS LC -
Mangifera indica Aam (Mango) T HS C DD
 83

Local Name or National Global Status

Scientific Name Habit Habitat
English Name Status
Syzygium cumini Jam (Blackberry) T HS C -
Tamerindus indica Tetul (Tamarind) T HS C -
Borassus flabellifer Tal (Palm Tree) T RS LC EN
Elaeocarpus robustus Jolpai (Olive) T HS LC
Diospyros peregrina Gub T HS, RS LC
Medicinal Trees
Azadirachta indica Neem T HS C LC
Teominalia arjunna Arjun T HS, RS LC -
Bohera T HS LC -
Tejpata T HS LC -
Ocimum canum Tulshi H HS LC -
Coccinea cordifolia Telakachu S HS C -
Fuel Trees
Paiya T HS C -
Ficus benghalensis Bot (Banyan Tree) T RS LC -
Acacia nilotica Babla T HS C LC
Ricinus communes Venna T HS C -
Bonziga T HS C -
Ficus hispida Dumoor T RS C -
Anthocephalus cadamba Kadom T HS C -
Shewra T HS C -
Bakul T HS LC -
Aesthetic
Delonix regia Krisnochura T HS LC LC
Cassia fistula Sonalu T HS LC LC
Codiaeum variegatum Patabahar S HS LC -
Lawsenia inermis Mehendi S HS C -
Gardenia coronaria Gandha raj S HS C -
Casuarina littorea Jaw T HS LC -
Nymphaea nouchalli Shapla H Wild C -
C = Common, H = Herb, HS = Homestead, LC = Less Common for National status and Least Concern for Global status,
DD = Data Deficient, EN = Endangered, RS = Road Side, S = Shrub, T = Tree.
The two globally endangered species are not endangered but common or less common in Bangladesh.
Source: Field survey, Sept/ Oct. 2018.

Table 4-22: Tree Species found in the subproject areas in north-western zone
Scientific Name Local Name English Name Uses and IUCN status
Mangifera indica Aam Mango Fruit, Timber. DD
Acacia auriculiformis Akash Moni Akash Moni Fruit, Timber. LC
Phyllanthus emblica Amloki Emblic myrobalan Fruit. NA
Terminalia arjuna Arjune White murdah Timber, Fuel, Medicine.
NA
Annona squamosal Ata Custard apple Fruit. NA
Acacia nilotica Babla Acacia Timber, Soil binder. LC
Bambusa vulgaris Bhas Bamboo Fuel, building material.
NA
Ziziphus mauritiana Boroi Jujube Timber, Fuel. NA
Barringtonia acutangula Hijol Indian oak, Itchytree Fruit. LC
Syzygium cumini Jaam Black-plum Fruit. NA
Olea europaea Jalpai Olive Fruit. NA
Citrus maxima Jambura Shaddock Fruit. NA
Syzygium samrangenes Jamrul Malay apple Fruit. NA
Lagerstroemia speciosa Jarul Crapu myrtle Timber, Fuel. NA
84

Musa acuminata Kala Banana Fruit. LC

Artocarpus heterophyllus Kathal Jackfruit Fruit, timber. NA
Phoenix dactylifera Khejur Date plum Fruit. LC
Delonix regia Krishnachura Royal Poinciana Timber. LC
Albizia procera Koroi Raintree Timber. LC
Mesua ferrea Negeswar Iron wood Timber. NA
Cocos nucifera Narikal Coconut Fruit. NA
Azadirachta indica Neem Margosa Timber, Fuel. LC
Borassus flabellifer Tal Palm Fruit, Timber. EN
Dalbergia sissoo Shishu Sissoo Timber, Fuel. NA
Bombax ceiba Shimul Silk cotton Cotton, Timber. NA
Cassia fistula Sonali Indian laburnum Timber, ornamental. LC
Cinnamomum tamala Tejpata Bay leaf Spice. NA
Tamarindus indica Tetul Tamarind Fruit, Timber. LC
NA = Not Available; DD = Data Deficient; LC = Least Concern; EN = Endangered. Source: Field survey, Sept/ Oct.
2018.

188. The subprojects will require removal of trees of various sizes and species. The inventory
carried out during September/October 2018 found a variety of trees on the RoW of the
transmission line routes. On the other hand, the lands selected for the fifteen substations are
agricultural fields and few trees are found on these lands. The total number of affected trees along
the transmission line RoW are presented by category in the Chapter 5. The details of the counted
trees are given in
 85

Annex 3. The highest number of trees, which are more than 5 m in height, is found under the fruit
bearing tree category (13,075) followed by timber trees (9,360) and trees with medicinal
properties (355). The size of trees has been determined based on the girth category for the
considered species, but the Forest Department will further assess it before paying compensation
to the owners. All the PAPs (project-affected persons) will receive compensation for the trees and
fruits. Also, they will be able to take away the timber. PAPs will get also additional compensation
for fruit bearing trees.

189. While most of the aquatic plant species of the subproject areas are subject to seasonal
water level fluctuations, the abundance of wetlands supports a wide variety of aquatic biota. The
common aquatic plants are Helencha (Enhydro fluctuans), Kalmi (Ipomoea aquatica), DholKalmi
(Ipomoea fistulosa), Cheicha (Scirpus articulatus), Kochuripana (Eichornia crassipes), Shapla
(Nymphaea nouchali), Duckweed (Spiredella sp.), Khudipana (Lemna minor), and Topapana
(Pistia stratiotes).

190. The diversified habitats and ecosystems in the project area support various types of
wildlife. Primary and secondary data were used for identification of fauna that may be in the project
area. Most of the faunal species (amphibians, reptiles, birds, and mammals) were identified in the
project impact area of the subprojects by using books and the descriptions of the local people
provided during the field survey (results given in the following table. Note that no endangered
species have been encountered in the project area.

Table 4-23: List of Faunal Species found in the Substation/ Transmission Line Subproject Areas
Global IUCN Local IUCN
Scientific Name English Name Local Name Status Status
Amphibians
Bufo melanostictus Common Toad Kuno bang LC NT
Rana temporalis Bull Frog Kola bang - NT
R. pipens Grass Frog Sona bang - NT
Reptiles
Hemidactylus flaviviridis Common House Lizard Tiktiki - NT
Calotes versicolor Common Garden Rokto-chosha - NT
Lizard
Varanus bengalensis Bengal monitor Gui shap LC VU
Xenochrophis piscator Checkered keelback Dhora shap - NT
Amphiesma stolata Stripped keelback Dora shap - NT
Enhydris enhydris Common smooth water Paina shap LC NT
snake
Coluber mucosus Rat snake Daraj shap - VU
Ahaetulla nasutus Common vine snake Laodoga shap - VU
Atretium schistosum Olive keelback water Maitta shap LC NT
snake
Naja naja Spectacled cobra Khoia gokhra - NT
Birds
Ardeola grayii Indian pond-heron Kani bok LC NT
Casmerodius albus Great white egret Sada bok LC NT
Ardea intermedia Intermediate egret Mazla bok LC NT
Egretta garzetta Little egret Choto bok LC NT
Nycticorax nycticorax Black-crowned night Nishi bok LC NT
heron
Ixobrychus cinnamomeus Cinnamon Bittern Lal bok LC NT
Anastomus oscitans Asian Openbill Shamuk-khol LC NT
Haliastur indus Brahminy kite Shankho chil LC NT
Milvus migrans Black kite Bhubon chil LC NT
86

Actitis hypoleucos Common sandpiper Kada Khocha LC -

Spilopelia chinensis Eastern Spotted dove Tila Ghughu LC NT
Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian collared dove Raj Ghughu LC NT
Psittacula krameri Rose-ringed parakeet Tia LC NT
Amaurornis phoenicurus White-breasted Dahuk LC NT
waterhen
Eudynamys scolopacea Western Koel Kokil LC NT
Centropus sinensis Greater coucal Kanakua LC NT
Cuculus micropterus Indian cuckoo Bou-kotha-kao LC NT
Pakhi
Athene brama Spotted owlet Khuruley Pencha LC NT
Alcedo atthis Common kingfisher Choto Maachranga LC NT
Halcyon smyrnensis White-brested Sadabuk LC NT
kingfisher Maachranga
Ceryle rudis Pied kingfisher Pakra Maachranga LC NT
Megalaima haemacephala Coppersmith barbet Choto Basanta LC NT
Bauri
Oriolus xanthornus Black-hooded oriole Holdey Pakhi LC NT
Corvus splendens House crow Pati Kak LC NT
Dicrurus macrocercus Black drongo Fingey LC NT
Copsychus saularis Oriental magpie robin Doel LC NT
Acridotheres fuscus Jungle myna Jhuti Shalik LC NT
Acridotheres tristis Common myna Bath Shalik LC NT
Acridotheres ginginianus Bank myna Gang Shalik LC NT
Gracupica contra Asian pied starling Gobrey Shalik LC NT
Sturnia malabaricus Chestnut-tailed starling Kath Shalik LC NT
Pycnonotus cafer Red-vented bulbul Bulbuli LC NT
Turdoides striata Jungle babbler Satbhai LC NT
Orthotomus sutoriu Common tailorbird Tuntuni LC NT
Passer domesticus House sparrow Charui LC NT
Ploceus philippinus Baya weaver Babui LC NT
Upupa epops Common Hoopoe Hudhud Pahkhi LC NT
Mammals
Pteropus giganteus Indian Flying Fox Badur LC NT

Pipistrellus coromandra Indian Pipistrelle - LC NT

Megaderma lyra Greater False Vampire Badur LC NT
Herpestes edwarsii Indian Grey Mongoose Bara benji LC VU
Herpestes auropunctatus Small Indian Mongoose Benji LC NT
Rattus rattus House Rat Indur LC NT
Bandicota indica Greater Bandicoot Rat Bara indur LC NT
Bandicota bengalensis Lesser Bandicoot Rat Indur LC NT
Mus musculus House Mouse Nengri indur LC NT
Suncus murinus House Shrew Chicka LC NT

VU- Vulnerable, NT = Near Threatened, LC = Least Concern Source: Field Survey, Literature Review and IUCN Red
List of Bangladesh: (Vol. II, III & IV, 2015).

191. Fish are the most important aquatic fauna in the subproject areas along with invertebrate
and amphibian groups. The aquatic fauna includes prawns (Macrobrachium spp.), crabs, snails
(Pila, Vivipara, Lymna), freshwater mussels (Lamellidens sp.), Kolabang (Rana tigrina), and Matia
sap (Enhydrisen hydris).

Table 4-24 - List of Fish Species found in the Subproject Areas- Greater Dhaka, Northwest and
Southwest part of Bangladesh
Species name English name Local Name Global Status Local Status
 87

Batasio batasio Tista Batasio Tengra LC NT

Puntius sophore Spotfin Swamp Barb Puti LC NT
Esomus danricus Flying Barb Darkina LC DD
Osteobrama cotio Cotio Dhela LC NT
Salmostoma acinaces Silver Razor belly Chela LC DD
Minnow
Labeo rohita Rohu Rui LC DD
Gibelion catla Catla Catla LC NT
Cirrhinus mrigala Mrigal Mrigal LC NT
Sperata aor Long-whiskered Catfish Ayre LC VU
Chitala chitala Humped Featherback Chital NT EN1
Wallago attu Freshwater Shark Boyal NT VU
Pangasius Pangas Catfish Pungus LC EN2
Tenualosa ilisha Hilsa Elish LC NT
Awaous grammepomus Scribbled Goby Bele LC NT
Notopterus notopterus Freshwater Knife fish Foli LC VU
Anabas testudineus - Koi DD NT
Amblypharyngodon mola - Mola LC NT
Gonialosa manmina Ganges River Gizzard Chapila LC NT
Shad
Mastacembelus armatus Spiny eel Baim LC EN3

Channa marulius Giant Snakehead Gajar LC EN4

Platanista gangetica ssp. Ganges River Dolphin Susu LC EN5
gangetica

EN- Endangered, VU- Vulnerable, DD- Data Deficient, LC- Least Concern, NT- Near Threatened.
Source: Field Survey, Literature Review and IUCN Red List of Bangladesh (Vol. V, 2015)

EN1 Chitala is an apparently widespread species in Bangladesh and found in the markets throughout the year (Alam
2007). However, local distribution ranges of the species are most probably becoming restricted to some areas of the
country, which could be inferred from its reduced estimated Area of Occupancy (Date assessed- 25 June 2014)

EN2 Pangasius pangasius is one of the uncommonly caught commercial fishes in Bangladesh. It is inferred that its
population has been declined by about 50% over the last 20 years due to habitat destruction and over exploitation
throughout the country Date Assessed: 25 February 2015

EN3 - According to IUCN, different anthropogenic activities are the major reasons of squeezing of its natural habitats
and corresponding reduction of its population. As per the assumption of IUCN, this species has been reduced by
more than 50% in the last two decades (Ahmed et al. 2015). Therefore, it is assessed as EN species)

EN4 - Channa marulius is a wide spread species but scarce in comparison to other species of Channa. Although, there
is no reported population decline it is inferred that its population has been reduced over 50% in the last ten years due
to over exploitation and habitat destruction. Therefore, this species is assessed as Endangered (Red list, Vol. V, 2015).

EN5 Ganges River Dolphin is an apparently widespread species in Bangladesh.

192. Ganges River Dolphins lives exclusively in freshwater river system and the estuaries
where salinity level is low. It occurs in all connected rivers and tributaries of Ganges-Brahmaputra-
Meghna system, and Karnaphuli-Sangu river system in southern Bangladesh. They also present
88

in seasonally flooded and lowlands. In general, this species mostly found in deep pools in river
meanders and confluences. In the water ways of Bangladesh Sundarbans, their distribution is
conditionally dependent on low salinity, high turbidity and moderate depth during both low and
high freshwater flow. Ganges River Dolphin has already disappeared from most of the tributaries
of Ganges-Brahmaputra-Meghna river systems due to siltation, insufficient water flow. It is now a
vulnerable species in Bangladesh (Endangered globally) and restricted to a very few larger
channels (IUCN Red List Vol. II 2015). Proposed transmission lines cross several rivers where
dolphins are found, e.g. Rupsha, Katcha, Bahirab and Arialkhan. As the towers are not located in
the river, there will be no impact on this species. Surveys conducted by the IUCN for 800 MW
Rupsha power plant EIA, from May 2017 to January 2018, showed a total of 284 sightings from
four surveys (one pre-monsoon, two monsoon and first post-monsoon) of Ganges River Dolphins,
with overall encounter rate is 1.18/ km including 13.76% calves. The most important area
determined from the surveys for dolphins is the confluence of Atai- Bhairab- Rupsha Rivers where
feeding behaviour was recorded and a large number of calves were seen. As the towers are not
located in the river, there will be no impact on this species.

193. There are two substation lands with a total extent of 3-acre waterbody might be
permanently lost25. PGCB will get the permission from DoE before commencement of any civil
work. These include Rupsha (1 acre) and Phultala (2 acres), supporting fish culture especially for
the major carp, rui, catla, mrigal, exotic carp like silver carp, grass carp, common carp, mirror
carp, big head, tilapia and live fishes like koi, shing, magur are using extensive culture methods.
One acre of waterbody provides maximum income of BDT 10,000 per year from fishing.

25
PGCB will work with contractors to figure out the possibility of retaining the waterbody, if not feasible, PGCB will
ensure the restoration of the waterbody prior to fill up the waterbody.
 89

Figure 4-21: Wildlife Distribution Map of Bangladesh - subproject locations and distribution of
fauna

Source: https://map.janlewala.com/2014/11/wildlife-distribution.html
90

Figure 4-22: Protected Area Map of Bangladesh and subproject locations

Source: www.researchgate.net/figure/Protected-areas-of-Bangladesh_fig2_236171067
 91

Figure 4-23: Forest Cover Map of Bangladesh and subproject locations

92

Important Bird Areas in Bangladesh

194. Bangladesh’s Important Bird Areas (IBAs) cover less than 4% of the total land area of the
country, reflecting the great reduction and fragmentation of natural habitats. However, additional
sites are likely to be added to this preliminary list of IBAs in the future. Of the 20 IBAs in
Bangladesh, 11 support globally threatened species, 10 have biome-restricted species and nine
qualify as IBAs because they hold large congregations of water birds. Ten IBAs (53%) contain
examples of terrestrial forest ecosystems, which together cover all significant areas of forest
known to remain in Bangladesh. They include the Indo- Malayan tropical dry forests in Madhupur
National Park (IBA 1) to the north of Dhaka, three IBAs in north-eastern Bangladesh where
Indochinese tropical moist forest is the dominant biome, and six IBAs in the Chattogram hill tracts
in the south-east of the country, where Indochinese tropical moist forest and Sino-Himalayan
subtropical forest are the main habitats. As shown on Figure 4-23, none of the PAI will be located
in the IBAs.
 93

Figure 4-24: Subproject locations and Important Bird Areas (IBA) in Bangladesh.

Source: http://www.cms.int/sites/default/ files/document/inf_04_8_bangladesh_0.pdf

195. Five IBAs contain freshwater ecosystems and some also have remnants of natural
grassland. Tanguar Haor (IBA 2) and Hakaluki Haor (IBA 4) in north-east Bangladesh are
outstanding because of their breeding population of Pallas’s Fish-eagle, and for their large
wintering concentrations of water birds, including Baer’s Pochard. Coastal ecosystems are
represented at five IBAs. The intertidal mud and sand flats of the Ganges-Brahmaputra-Meghna
delta (IBA 11) IBA support the largest known concentrations of Spotted Greenshank, Spoon-billed
Sandpiper and Indian Skimmer in the world. The Sundarbans (IBA 10) is globally outstanding for
its vast mangrove forests and associated intertidal wetlands. (Source: BirdLife International
(2004). Important Birds Areas in Asia: key sites for conservation. Cambridge, UK: BirdLife
International. (BirdLife Conservation Series No. 13, http://datazone.birdlife.org).
94

196. Birds migration routes are yet to be identified in Bangladesh

(http://www.cms.int/sites/default/ files/document/inf_04_8_bangladesh_0.pdf.). However,
however, basic data of key breeding areas (KBAs) are available that can be used in delineating
the same. KBAs of these waterbirds are the haor areas, Sundarban and the offshore islands. The
proposed transmission lines are not located close to the KBAs as shown on Figure 4-25 (the
shortest distance is 12km to one breeding area in Dhaka). Therefore, regular migratory bird
movements are not expected in the PAI. Bird deflectors are only likely to be needed in areas with
high bird movement, e.g. along ridge lines and across wetlands. However, further studies will take
place prior to the construction. On the other hand, transmission towers and conductors may be
supportive to local birds as resting, roosting and look-out locations, so they will be positively
impacted. All vegetation layers (emergent, canopy and under-story) allow for bird habitat and
nesting, and therefore the removal of vegetation may impact negatively on these activities.

197. Collision of Birds with Overhead Wires. Collision of birds with overhead wires has been
identified as one of the most significant impacts of transmission lines on avifauna. However, the
preferred routes pass through areas that are not particularly important for birds, which reduces
the chance of collisions. On the other hand, wires and towers provide roosting areas for birds,
and some, such as kingfishers, and they will benefit from these perches such as being able to
hunt fish from them.

Figure 4-25: Project Footprints and Migratory bird’s staging area

Source: Ecological Determinants of Highly Pathogenic Avian Influenza (H5N1) Outbreaks in Bangladesh
Syed S. U. Ahmed ,Annette K. Ersbøll,Paritosh K. Biswas,Jens P. Christensen,Abu S. M. A. Hannan, Nils
ToftPublished: March 21, 2012https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0033938
 95

4.4 Physical Cultural Resources

198. As per ADB’s SPS 2009 “Physical Cultural Resources (PCRs)” are defined as movable or
immovable objects, sites, structures, groups of structures, and natural features and landscapes
that have archaeological, paleontological, historical, architectural, religious, aesthetic, or other
cultural significance. PCRs may be located in urban or rural settings and may be above or below
ground or under water. Their cultural interest may be at the local, provincial, national, or
international level.

199. Field surveys and secondary information on archaeological/cultural sites did not reveal
any PCRs along the transmission line RoWs or lands proposed for the substations. Encountering
PCRs in construction related excavations is a distinct possibility. Thus, it is important that any
chance findings during excavations for project activities be protected.

200. Bangladesh has two significant religious sites as well as a biodiverse area that has been
listed by UNESCO as World Heritage Sites. The Ruins of the Buddhist Vihara at Paharpur and
the Historic Mosque City of Bagerhat have been listed as cultural World Heritage Sites in
Bangladesh. The Sundarbans is designated as a natural World Heritage Site in the country in
1987. It is a mangrove area, approximately 140,000 ha, in the delta formed by the confluence of
Ganges, Brahmaputra and Meghna rivers in the Bay of Bengal. It spans from the Hooghly river in
India's state of West Bengal to the Baleswar river in Bangladesh. The number of archaeological
heritage sites in the country stands at 475. None of these sites are in PAI.

4.5 Socio-Economic Environment

201. A socioeconomic household survey was conducted with a sample of 766 households living
in different subproject impact areas during the period September to October 2018. The sample
included 486 households who lived in the corridors of transmission lines and affected by the
impacts of transmission lines on their land, structures and common property resources; 255
households who were affected by the acquisition of their land for substations; and 25 landowners
affected by the acquisition of land for bay extensions (Satkhira substation).

4.5.1 Demographic Characteristics

202. The total population of the 766 households accounted for 3,234. The average household
size is 4.2. The female population exceeds their counterpart males with 53.1% and 46.9%
respectively. The children below the age of 6 years are 10.4% of the population. Both children
and adolescents in the age group of 6 to 15 years constitute 17.6%. The young adults between
15-30 years comprise one-third (31%) of the population. The population that falls into the age
group of 30-60 years is 35%. The rest 6% represents the population over and above 60 years of
age. The married population is 55% against an unmarried population of 41%. Persons who are
widows and divorced from their spouses are 4%. The composition of the households includes 690
nuclear families (90%) while the extended families account for 76 (10%). The households that
have a male head are715 (93%) and the households headed by women are 51 (7%). In terms of
ethnicity, the majority, 710 (93%) are Muslims while the rest 54 (7%) are Hindus, representing the
same proportions of Islamic and Hindus in their religious faiths.

4.5.2 Education
203. The analysis of the educational achievements of the population above 5 years of age,
points to that except for 4.59% who had never been to a school, rest had accessed formal
education at varying levels. Around 37% has education less than 5 years of schooling or religious
96

education in a Madrasha. Another one-third (35%) has pursued education for 6-10 years. The
population that attained senior school certificate (SSC) and higher school certificate (HSC) or
equivalent is 12% and 7% respectively. The graduates and those with postgraduate qualifications
constitute 5%. The student population comprises 28% of the population (Table 4-25).

Table 4-25: Educational achievements of the population

Gender Total
No Level of education
Male % Female % No. %
1 Up to class five/ Ebtedaye Madrasha 521 32.87 570 40.66 1,091 36.52
(religious education)
2 Class six to ten 537 33.88 512 36.52 1,049 35.12
3 SSC or equivalent 211 13.31 137 9.77 348 11.65
4 HSC or equivalent 138 8.71 75 5.35 213 7.13
5 BA or equivalent 81 5.11 22 1.57 103 3.45
6 MA or equivalent 41 2.59 5 0.36 46 1.54
7 Never attended a school 56 3.53 81 5.78 137 4.59
Total 1,585 100 1,402 100 2,987 100
Source: Socioeconomic survey of affected persons, September-October 2018

204. Children receive their education from multiple educational institutions such as
kindergartens, primary schools, middle schools, high schools and colleges, English medium
schools, vocational training institutions, polytechnic institutions, medical colleges and universities.
There are some good universities in the project influenced areas such as Islami University,
Kushtia; Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujibur Rahman Science and Technology University, Gopalganj;
Jashore University of Science and Technology, Jashore; Hajee Mohammad Danesh Science and
Technology University, Dinajpur; Khulna University of Engineering Technology, Khulna; Khulna
Agricultural University, Khulna; and Barishal University, Barishal. Families would encourage their
children irrespective of gender to pursue education and almost all the children are admitted to a
school at the age of 5 years. Many families are unable to sustain their aspirations to educate the
children primarily because of the household poverty. The number of children who drop out of
school at primary level is rather negligible compared to the drop-out rates at secondary level. The
boys would drop-out primarily to find employment preferably as an immigrant worker either in a
major city like Dhaka or else in a foreign country. Or else they would engage in agricultural work
or in daily paid labour work which are locally available. The factors that trigger girls to drop-out of
school includes household poverty (equally applies to boys as well), long distances to schools
and early/child marriages arranged by the families. Girls are keener to pursue education
compared to boys.

4.5.3 Housing Infrastructure

205. The majority of the households live in tin shed and katcha (temporary structure made of
mud, bamboo, and iron sheets) houses. The occupants of such tin shed and katcha houses
account for 44% and 11% respectively. Another one-third of the households (29%) live in semi-
pucca (semi-permanent structure where some walls/flooring is cemented) houses. The
households that live in pucca (permanent structure, with brick walls/ roofs of concrete) houses
comprise 15%.
 97

206. The majority, 99% of the households claimed singular ownership to the house they live in
which belonged to the head of the household. Households that live in a house belonging to their
parents or children are only 1%.

4.5.4 Household Amenities

207. Households are not dependent on a single source of water for their domestic purposes
and collect water from multiple sources. A private tube well is the main source of water for 85%
of the households. Another, 25% of the households collected their water from a well or public tube
well installed by the government. Water from rivers and streams has been accessed by another
25%. Pipe borne water from a government water scheme or from a neighbour’s well is used by
another 8%. Electricity is available for 89% of the households. The rest 11% are not connected
to electricity. Of them, 6% use solar power and 5% use kerosene for household lighting. Individual
toilets are available for 96% of the households. Of them, 78% have water seal toilets followed by
another 14% who use flush toilets with commodes. Pit toilets are used by 3%. The households
that share a toilet with another household or use a public toilet account for 5%. Mobile telephones
are available for 62.3% of the households whereas 0.45% has fixed land telephones.

4.5.5 Household Assets

208. The movable assets available in a household are limited only to a few items. Almost one-
fourth of the households (24.23%) have a push bicycle. Motor bicycles are available in 7.32% of
the households. Water motors that are used for pumping water from deep and shallow tube wells
are available in 2.62% of the households respectively. The rest of household assets include
rickshaws (1.72%), cars (1.45%), and CNG/auto rickshaws (0.18%). The electrical appliances
used in households include televisions in 27%; electric fans in 38.36%; refrigerators in 12.16%;
rice cookers in 1.71%; and electric irons in 0.68% of the households. Air conditioners, washing
machines, computers and electricity operated water pumps are available only in 1.08% of the
households. However, a significant number of households (18.38%) have other electricity
operated kitchen appliances.

4.5.6 Land Ownership

209. Of the 766 households, 460 reside either within the clearing width of the RoW or in the
remaining portion of the land earmarked for acquisition for substations. Households have a
combination of user rights to the land on which they either live or cultivate. The land occupied by
95.7% of the households or cultivated is claimed as private property. Analysis of the extents of
land owned by the 460 households pointed to the following: 13% own less than 0.1 acres; 10%
between 0.11-0.2 acres; 11.3% between 0.21-0.3 acres; 18.3% between 0.31-0.5 acres; 23%
between 0.51-1.0 acre; and 25% with more than 1 acre. The majority of the households (89%)
claimed singular ownership to the land they live/cultivate which belonged to the head of the
household. Co-owners of the land comprise another 9%. The rest 2% are leaseholders of
government or private land, sharecroppers and encroachers.

210. The rest 306 households reside either within the broader RoW or the immediate vicinity of
the clearing width or in the adjacent village. Among the 306 households, 80% claimed owning
paddy land, with each individual household having more than 0.8 acres of land. The extents of
land owned by the rest 20% are less than 0.5 acres. Despite having their own land, a significant
proportion of the population exceeding 1,000 persons are engaged in sharecropping. Households
interviewed for the survey believed that the project would contribute to improving their livelihoods
by providing an uninterrupted supply of electricity to their villages so that they would be able to
irrigate their crop cultivations to provide a stable supply of water. Some households are contented
98

with the project as they expected a rise in land values with improvements in electricity supplies.
Land use in the project impact areas is largely the agricultural fields covering 78% to 81% of the
total area whereas the homesteads are confined to around 11%. The average homestead size
is 0.2 acres which figure is nearer to the national average. The other important land uses are the
orchards, bamboo plantations and livestock farming e.g. poultry and dairy farms.

4.5.7 Livelihoods
211. Households in the subproject impact areas are dependent on multiple sources of
livelihoods. Households have more than a singular source of livelihood. They l include agriculture,
marine fishing, labour work, employment in government and private sector, business activities
and foreign employment. The economically active population in the 766 households is reported
as 1,066, of whom women constitute only 3%. Of the female labour force, women are significantly
represented among the professionals (41.7%) working in government and private sector followed
by 19.4% of manual workers and 16.7% equally in agriculture and skilled/semi-skilled sectors.
Women who are engaged in business activities are around 6%.

212. Agricultural activities are the main source of livelihood for 32.9% of the labour force
followed by 22.9% in small and medium scale business activities. Professionals working in the
government and private sector jobs represent 16.2%. Various forms of labour-based work provide
a source of livelihood for 12.4%. Skilled and semi-skilled workers such as drivers, carpenters,
masons etc. constitute 8.5%. Those engaged in fishery related activities are insignificant and
limited to only 0.3% of the labour force. People who are employed in foreign countries represent
6.7% of the active labour force.

4.5.8 Household Income and Expenditure

213. The average monthly incomes of 10.57% households are less than Tk8,000. Another
10.18% have monthly incomes ranging from Tk8,000 to Tk10,000. Households receiving monthly
incomes between Tk10,001 toTk20,000 are 49.09%. Monthly incomes of the rest one-third
(30.16%) are within Tk30,001 to Tk165,000 (Table 4-26). The average monthly income of a
household is estimated at Tk20,975. As per the official poverty line of Bangladesh, households
earning an annual income of less than Tk96,000 are considered those living below the poverty
line. Accordingly, 81 households (11%) out of 766 will be considered as poor households.

Table 4-26: Monthly Household Income

Monthly Household Income Percentage
Frequency
(Tk) (%)
< 8,000 81 10.57
8,000–10,000 78 10.18
10,001–20,000 376 49.09
20,001–30 ,000 143 18.67
30,001–40,000 41 5.35
>40,000 47 6.14
Total 766 100.00
Source: Socioeconomic survey of affected persons, September-October 2018

214. More than half the households (53%) spend Tk5,000 to Tk10,000 of their monthly incomes
for food consumption followed by another 25% spending less than Tk5,000. The monthly
expenditure of 99% of the households on electricity, water, gas, telephone and transport is less
than Tk5,000. Household monthly expenditure on children’s education, family healthcare, clothing
 99

and entertainment for 88% is less than Tk 5,000 whereas another 11% spend Tk5,000 to 10,000
a month (Table 4-27). The average monthly expenditure of a household is estimated at Tk13,043.

Table 4-27: Monthly Household Expenditure

Expenditure Tk<5,000 Tk 5,000 Tk 10,000 Tk 15,000 Tk 20,000 Tk>25,000
– 10,000 – 15,000 – 20,000 - 25,000
Food consumption 190 406 123 34 6 7
% 24.8 53.0 16.1 4.4 0.8 0.9
Electricity, water, gas, 758 6 1 1 - -
telephone & transport
% 99.0 0.8 0.1 0.1 - -
Children’s education, 673 85 7 - 1 -
healthcare, clothing &
entertainment
% 87.9 11.1 0.9 - 0.1 -
Source: Socioeconomic survey of affected persons, September-October 2018

4.5.9 Government Assistance and Foreign Remittance for Households

215. Government’s special assistance is received by 88 households (11.5%). Government
assistance is delivered in various forms such as food for work (for those providing 40 days of
manual labour work per year), old age allowance amounting to Tk500 per month, freedom fighters’
allowance of Tk10,000 a month etc. In addition, vulnerable households are able to buy their rice
at Tk10/- per kilogram. However, single household will not be eligible to receive more than one
government’s assistance. Another 63 households (8.2%) reported that they receive foreign
remittance from family members working outside Bangladesh. Foreign remittance received by
35% of the households is in the range of Tk10,000 to 15,000 a month (approx. $122-183) whereas
another 24% received monthly remittance of Tk5,000 to 10,000 (approx. $61-122). Another 28%
received remittance exceeding Tk15,000 a month. Households that received less than Tk5,000
foreign remittance account for 13%.

4.5.10 Indebtedness
216. Loans have been obtained by 229 or 30% of households during the past 12 months. The
source of loans for the majority of households (67.25%) was an NGO or a CBO followed by 17.5%
from family members or neighbors, and 11.4% from a moneylender or a bank. The widespread
operations of micro-credit institutions in Bangladesh such as BRAC, Grameen Bank etc. may be
one of the reasons for rural communities to access loans from NGOs and CBOs. The annual
interest rates charged on the loans varied from 10% to 25% with an average of 17%. The loans
have been accessed by 36.2% to invest in agricultural activities; 33.6% for family emergencies;
10% each for the educational purposes of their children and house building; 6% for investments
in businesses; and 5% for a variety of purposes such as for repaying past debts, land purchases,
and getting gas connections. The loans taken by 74% of the households had been repaid while
another 26% has been able to repay the loans partially.

4.5.11 Unemployment
217. The number of persons in the sample reported as unemployed is relatively small and
represented only 1.5% of the household population. Of them, 36% are females. Low rates of
unemployment may be due to engagement of many household members in a variety of seasonal
and casual employment such as in daily paid labour work. Employment opportunities in the project
impact areas are rather negligible as there are no industrial or commercial ventures that can
absorb the unemployed. Due to a lack of employment opportunities in the surrounding areas,
100

most of the unemployed people find work in seasonal agricultural activities or in daily paid casual
labour work as a source of livelihood to support their families. Some unemployed persons will
operate as tenant farmers, cultivating the land belonging to another party and sharing part of the
produce with the landowner. Some others engage in small businesses, rickshaw pulling, driving
vans or auto rickshaws or jobs in the service sector. Women are mostly housewives. But some
women are engaged in household labour and in agriculture, livestock farming, tailoring and
manufacture of handicrafts to earn supplementary incomes for their families. A fair number of
children also work in various factories to find extra incomes for their families despite child labour
being illegal. In some communities, women would also engage in casual daily paid labour work
whereas in other communities they would not go for such labour work. Many rural women are
deprived of working outside due to customary and social beliefs and taboos. Many youths aspire
to find employment in a foreign country.

4.5.12 Health and Services

218. No major chronic illnesses are reported from the subproject impact areas. However,
incidence of water borne diseases and skin ailments were frequently reported during
consultations. People approach multiple institutions for medical care and treatment. Government
hospitals or university hospitals are accessed by 51% for their medical and health needs followed
by 42% reaching the private hospitals or private physicians. Medication from pharmacies is sought
by 7%. Despite the presence of several health and medical service institutions, access to them
from rural areas is rather remote. Distance from the households to such institutions varied from 2
km to 7 km across the project impact areas. Medical services at private clinics are expensive and
unaffordable to many families. Government hospitals in local areas lack sufficient medicine,
diagnostic facilities and staff. Patients have to wait in long queues. For serious illnesses, people
have to go to Dhaka for treatment. People sometimes travel more than 100 km to get their medical
tests done.

4.5.13 Energy Use

219. Electricity is the main source of lighting for 89%grid connected households. The non-
connected households (11%) use kerosene (5%) and the solar power (6%). Households use
multiple and combined energy sources for domestic purposes. Firewood is the main source of
energy used by a majority of the households (51.8 %) for cooking and boiling purposes followed
by 1.84% using LP gas, particularly by people living closer to urban areas. Electricity is also used
by 41.6% in combination with firewood and kerosene. Kerosene is used by 29.2% which is very
harmful for the health and environment.

220. The electrified households, apart from household lighting, use electricity for a variety of
other purposes. Electricity is used by 38.36% for operating fans, 27% for operating televisions,
12.16% for refrigerators, and 1.71% for rice cookers as they cook rice using rice cookers, 0.68%
for electric irons and 18.38% for operating a variety of other kitchen appliances. Electricity use by
households for operating air conditioners, computers and water pumps is only 0.4%. Moreover,
62.3% households own mobile phones, and all of them use electricity for charging.

221. Solar power and dry batteries are also used by 20% households for operating various
electrical appliances. The majority of the solar users also use solar power for lighting.

222. Households in the project impact areas experience frequent load shedding which deprives
them regular supply of electricity throughout the day. Daily power-cuts are extensive and continue
for several hours both day time and night. Load shedding adversely affect the farmers in irrigating
 101

their cultivation fields and providing a regular supply of water, children’s studies at night time, and
women in watching television programs during their leisure time. Households are unable to have
good sleep at night after day’s hard work as they cannot operate fans particularly during warm
seasons. Despite irregular and limited power supply, households lament over having to pay high
electricity bills.

4.5.14 Role of Women and Gender Issues

223. Women in the project impact areas are engaged in multiple activities. Apart from their
household roles such as household cooking, cleaning, fetching water, feeding children, helping in
children’s studies and looking after the in-laws (particularly those living in extended families),
women across the project areas also make a significant contribution to the household economy.
Despite strong pressures from the families to dissuade women finding employment, they take a
lead role in livestock farming and take care of the feeding of their cattle, goats and poultry. Home
gardening is another important economic activity of women, produce of which is used for both
household consumption and marketing. Other forms of economic activities conducted by women
include agricultural labour work, dressmaking, handicraft-making, employment in apparel
industries etc. Educated women are employed in both government and private sector jobs.
Women’s earnings are mainly used for children’s education and clothing, to supplement the
households’ consumption needs, and to repay the past debts. Some women would also save
some money to be used in emergencies or for their children’s future. In some communities,
however, it has been reported that women have to hand over their earnings to husbands or else
get prior consent of the husband to spend their earnings. Women also participate in the activities
of NGOs like BRAC and Grameen Bank to access micro-credit which they would use to buy cattle,
goats and poultry.

224. Women who engage in daily paid labour work are paid less compared to their counterpart
men. For example, when a man is paid Tk300 a day, a woman would get only Tk150 or Tk200
though there is not much difference in the work load that both groups carry out and the duration
of work. Excess of labour available and social attitudes towards women are also reported as
factors that influence to pay lower salaries for women. Women working outside the home suffer
from lack of access to private and suitable sanitary services.

225. Household level decision-making is largely vested with the husband. A few instances of
joint decision making by both men and women were reported. Women also perform a significant
role in managing household assets despite the key immovable assets like land and house are
owned by men. Physical assets such as land and jewellery received by women as part of their
dowry remain in her possession but in some occasions, they are transferred to the ownership of
men as part of matrimonial agreements. Women are discouraged from participating in social and
political activities mostly by their male counterparts. However, many women struggle to change
this situation.

226. During consultations, women expressed concerns over the loss of their fruit-bearing trees,
livestock farming activities, household incomes and their social networks as a result of their
potential displacements from the project impact areas. The project will address these concerns of
women by minimizing physical displacements and helping them to continue to live in the
remaining portion of their land or in the immediate vicinity while engaging in their routine activities.
The project will also pay compensation for all their economic losses and will encourage their
participation in livelihood restoration activities such as in tree planting programs. Female headed
vulnerable households will receive additional cash allowances to re-establish their livelihoods.
Consultations with women will continue throughout the project lifecycle.
102

227. A key gender challenge in the context of Bangladesh and project area is that while there
is a high demand for technical people in the energy sector, the number of women in these jobs is
limited, and the sector has been traditionally male dominated. Education in science and
technology is generally not promoted for women and girls, and the environment for technical work
is not conducive to women. In project areas, women participate in the workforce generally in areas
that are deemed an extension of their gender roles. This results in less interest of families in
sending girls to technical schools, and in limited opportunities for further training for those women
already in the sector.

228. On the other hand, vulnerability of women in their economic and social lives is manifested
in different forms such as household food insecurity, restricted social and economic mobility,
limited amounts of freedom due to strict religious and moral codes and harmful practices such as
child marriage and dowry.

229. Lack of access to reliable, affordable and clean energy sources can adversely affect the
women. Extensive use of biomass for cooking can cause health complications among women.
Their mobility in public places during night time would be restricted due to safety issues. They will
be deprived of engaging in productive activities such as home-based enterprises and contributing
to household economy. Their access to information via electronic means of communication such
as radio and television can be curtailed.

4.5.15 Awareness on HIV

230. Not all men and women in the communities across the subproject areas are equally aware
of the root causes of HIV, how the disease is communicated and the preventive measures that
people should adopt to avoid the spread of HIV. In a few communities, awareness has been raised
through educational programs conducted by NGOs over a period of almost two decades.
However, not all the villagers have participated in those programs. People who claimed to have
some knowledge on HIV acquired such awareness through media such as television, newspapers
and the brochures and leaflets distributed by NGOs. It is the estimation of the villagers that around
50% to 70% of the villagers in their respective communities are not knowledgeable of the disease.

231. At consultations, people expressed concerns over the influx of migrant labourers for
project’s construction work and their possible engagement in illicit sexual relationships with
women and children. They thought that such instances can cause the spread of sexually
transmitted diseases. Addressing this concern, both PGCB and the contractors will ensure that
awareness raising programs on sexually transmitted diseases are conducted for all local and
migrant labourers as well as local communities prior to the commencement of civil works.
Furthermore, it will be also a mandatory requirement on the part of contractors to enforce a strict
code of conduct for their labour teams.

4.5.16 Indigenous Peoples

232. There are no indigenous peoples settlements in the impact area of the project DWZTGEP.
Therefore, no permanent or temporary and direct or indirect impacts on indigenous peoples
communities are anticipated. The project has taken necessary steps to avoid the indigenous
peoples communities and their properties and other social and cultural activities from the areas
identified for project implementation.
 103

5. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

5.1 Introduction

233. Based on the environmental baseline data and environmental screening, impact
assessment for the selected subprojects (substations, overhead and underground transmission
lines and LILO lines) was carried out. Potential impacts have been assessed by means of field
surveys, consultations with local authorities and other stakeholders, use of secondary sources of
information such as similar projects elsewhere. This section summarizes the potential
environmental impacts and required mitigation, which is incorporated into the Environmental
Management Plan.

234. Typical transmission line and substation impacts have been characterized as, construction
site waste generation; Soil erosion and sediment control from materials sourcing areas, access
roads, and site preparation activities; Fugitive dust and other emissions (e.g. from vehicle traffic,
land clearing activities, and materials stockpiles); Noise from heavy equipment and truck traffic;
Potential for hazardous materials and oil spills associated with heavy equipment operation and
fuelling activities. Potential presence of polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) and other pollutants in old
transformers; Terrestrial, avian and aquatic habitat alteration, Health and Safety issues, including
electric and magnetic fields (EMF).

5.2 Analysis of the Impacts

5.2.1 Impact Assessment Methodology

235. Potential environmental and social impacts were identified based on field surveys,
interviews with affected persons, stakeholder engagement, relevant and available secondary
data, review of relevant project documents such as the DPP, survey reports, etc. The significance
of potential impacts was assessed using the criteria and methodology described below.

5.2.2 Impact Magnitude

236. The potential impacts have been categorized as major, moderate, minor or minimal, based
on consideration of parameters such as: (i) duration of the impact; (ii) spatial extent of the impact;
(iii) reversibility; (iv) likelihood; and (v) legal standards and established professional criteria. The
magnitude of potential impacts has been identified according to the categories outlined in Table
5-1.

Table 5-1: Parameters for Determining Magnitude

Parameter Major Moderate Minor Minimal

Duration Long-term Medium-term Limited to Temporary with no
(more than 15 Lifespan of the construction detectable potential
years) project period impact
(5 to 15 years)
Spatial Widespread far Beyond immediate Within project Specific location
extent beyond project project components, boundary within project
boundaries site boundaries or component or site
local area boundaries, with no
detectable potential
impact
Reversibility Potential impact Potential impact Baseline Baseline remains
is effectively requires a year or so returns almost constant
104

Parameter Major Moderate Minor Minimal

permanent, for recovering with naturally or
requiring some interventions with limited
considerable to return to baseline intervention
intervention to within a few
return to months
baseline
Legal Breaches Complies with limits Meets Not applicable
standards national given in national minimum
and standards standards but national
established and/or breaches standard limits
professional international international lender or international
criteria guidelines/ guidelines in one or guidelines
obligations more parameters
Likelihood of Occurs under Occurs under worst Occurs under Unlikely occur
occurrence typical case (negative abnormal,
operating or impact) or best case exceptional or
construction (positive impact) emergency
conditions operating conditions conditions
(Certain) (Likely) (Occasional)

Sensitivity of Receptor
237. The sensitivity of an environmental receptor (a parameter that may be affected by the
project) has been determined based on review of the local population (including
proximity/numbers/vulnerability) and presence of features at the project sites or the surrounding
area. Criteria for determining receptor sensitivity are given in Table 5-2.

Table 5-2: Criteria for Determining Sensitivity

Sensitivity
Definition
Determination
Vulnerable receptor with no capacity to absorb proposed changes or
Very High
minimal opportunities for mitigation.
Vulnerable receptor with little or no capacity to absorb proposed changes
High
or limited opportunities for mitigation.
Vulnerable receptor with some capacity to absorb proposed changes or
Medium
moderate opportunities for mitigation
Vulnerable receptor with good capacity to absorb proposed changes and/or
Low
good opportunities for mitigation

Assigning Significance
238. Following the assessment of magnitude provided by DoE guidance, and the quality and
sensitivity of the receiving environment or potential receptor has been determined, the
significance of each potential impact is established using the impact significance matrix shown in
Table 5-3.

Table 5-3: Significance of Impact Criteria

Sensitivity of Receptors
Magnitude of Impact
Very High High Medium Low
Major Critical Major Moderate Minor
Moderate Major Major Moderate Minor
Minor Moderate Moderate Minor Minimal
 105

Sensitivity of Receptors
Magnitude of Impact
Very High High Medium Low
Minimal Minimal Minimal Minimal Minimal

5.2.3 Impact Matrix

239. Potential environmental impacts on the Important Environmental and Social Components
(IESCs) during the pre-construction, construction, and operation phases of the project are
presented in a matrix form in Tables 5.4. Environmental components likely to be impacted by the
project are referred to as important environmental components (IECs) and important social
components (ISCs). The IECs and ISCs likely to be impacted by the pre-construction,
construction, and operation are noted below.

Important Environmental Components

240. Important Environmental Components (IECs) for the physical and water resources and
their rationale are described in Table 5.4.

5.2.4 Selection of IECs and their Rationale

Table 5-4: IECs-Physical Environment
IEC Rationale for selection
Ambient air • Construction of the project will generate a minor amount of air
quality pollutants, such as particulate matter (PM), hydrocarbons, nitrous
oxides (NOx), carbon monoxide (CO), and sulphur dioxide (SO2) from
the operation of trucks, heavy equipment and from activities such as
excavation of foundation for the bases of the transmission line towers.
These may impact air ambient quality.
Ambient noise • Noise pollution during the construction phase may come from the
quality operation of construction equipment, vehicular movements,
construction works and other noise-generating activities at labourer
settlements. Elevated noise levels may cause some inconvenience
and annoyance in adjacent communities.
• Corona during operation.
106

Surface and • During construction, the construction wastes, leaks or spills of fuel,
Groundwater oil, chemicals may pollute the water of the adjacent tube well, canals
Water Quality and river. As a result, water quality (like pH, temperature, salinity,
turbidity, etc.) may be changed.
• During operation, groundwater may be a source of domestic water
supply, which may be contaminated with wastes coming from the
drainage of the substation areas. The wastes may include used
mineral oil disposed from the electrical equipment (such as
transformers).
Soil • Construction of towers will involve excavation of soil, which may affect
soil quality. The valuable topsoil and subsoil may be disturbed and
likely to be displaced due to the construction of the substation.
However, to mitigate, it is likely that all soil within the project footprint
will be required to elevate the site prior to construction of substation
facilities.
• Where the transmission lines will cross rivers, construction activity
and the foundations themselves could alter river banks and lead to
scouring and erosion, unless protection works are undertaken.
• Construction wastes at the project site may create hazards to the
surroundings. Such activity may impact the environmental quality in
and around the project area.
• During operation of the substations, used insulating mineral oil from
electrical equipment (such as transformers), if not disposed properly,
may cause land contamination. The mineral oil to be used should be
free from PCBs. There can also be soil/land contamination due to
improper solid waste disposal from the construction and operation
phases of the transmission lines.
PCB = polychlorinated biphenyl
Table 5-5: IECs-Land and Agriculture Resources
IEC Rationale for selection
Land type • There will be permanent land loss due to construction of substations
change and base of the transmission towers.
Change in • During construction and operation, there may be continuous soil
surface erosion in unavoidable slope areas near the transmission towers that
topography or may cause permanent changes in landform, topography, and slope.
terrain
Loss of crop • During construction, standing crops in the area might be affected with
production a possibility of change in crop production (due to dust; use of heavy
equipment and movement of vehicles).
Intercropping • Intercropping may be affected due to the installation of towers.
Impairment of • Aesthetics and urban landscape may be affected by the presence of
visual aesthetics the transmission towers.

Table 5-6: IECs-Fisheries Resources

IEC Rationale for selection
Fish habitat area • The project site contains fish habitats such as waterbody. Raising the
land for the substations will alter this.
Fish disease and • Potential discharge from substations may contaminate the waterbody
mortality and affect the culture of fish species.
 107

IEC Rationale for selection

Fish production • Fish production is around Tk 10,000/acre/year. Alteration to land use
will change the fish production potential.

Table 5-7: IECs-Ecological Resources

IEC Rationale for selection
Terrestrial • Terrestrial vegetation provides food and shelter to local birds and
vegetation various animals. Construction activities will require clearing of
terrestrial vegetation and the operation phase will require vegetation
management along the RoW and restriction of vegetation height
below the transmission lines.
Wildlife habitat • Movement of local wildlife may be disturbed due to construction
and their activities and vegetation management along the RoW during the
disturbance operation phase.
• Bird collision risk.

Table 5-8: ISCs-Socio-economic Aspects

ISC Rationale for selection

• Encountering physical and cultural resources in construction related

PCRs excavations is a distinct possibility. Thus, it is important that any
chance findings during excavations for project activities be protected.
Land Acquisition • Fifteen new substations and 408 km transmission lines would be
constructed under the DWZTGEP project. Due to the implementation
of the project it would be required to acquire land. People affected by
the project urged the authority for adequate compensation whenever
they lose their crops for the construction activities.
• Land affected by the tower footings may be devalued. Land
development between transmission towers and below the
transmission lines will be restricted, possibly affecting land value.
Land price • The value of land would be affected because of the establishment of
towers. On the other hand, buildings cannot be raised which are
situated between two towers. The construction of towers will affect
land price and hence it has been taken as an ISC.
Employment • Employment opportunities for poor people in the vicinity of the
opportunities proposed project area and outside the proposed project area will be
created during the construction and operation phases. Furthermore,
extension of industrialization will provide extra employment
opportunities for the local people.
Human health • The safety and health of the public may be impacted due to the
and safety hazards created during the construction and operation period. It is
anticipated that the risk of accidents during the construction period is
moderate due to the operation and movement of heavy equipment,
vehicles and machineries. Working at heights and other construction
activities may pose occupational and safety risks. Exposure of
workers who maintain the transmission lines may also pose health
risks.
108

ISC Rationale for selection

• Encountering physical and cultural resources in construction related

PCRs excavations is a distinct possibility. Thus, it is important that any
chance findings during excavations for project activities be protected.
Regional and • Economic development largely depends on the availability of a
national reliable power supply. Uninterrupted power supply is expected to
development improve productivity and development.

5.2.5 Impact Matrix

241. Potential environmental impacts on the IECs during the pre-construction, construction,
and operation phases of the project are presented in a matrix form in Table 5-9.

Table 5-10: Impact Matrix

Significance
IECs/Issues Potential Impacts Sensitivity Magnitude Prior to
Mitigation
Pre-construction Stage
Physical-Chemical Environment
Ambient air quality Vehicular emissions; dust from Medium Minor Minor Adverse
excavation works, land clearing, and
material stockyards may affect
ambient air quality.
Ambient noise Noise level may increase due to Medium Minor Minor Adverse
mobilization of vehicles and
unloading of materials.
Quality of surface and The quality of surface water of the water Medium Moderate Moderate Adverse
groundwater bodies close to the project construction
sites may deteriorate if erosion products
and silt reach water bodies, especially
during rains

Soil During the pre-construction period, Low Minor Minimal Adverse

site clearance work will be done
accordingly. Site clearance will
impact the fertile top soils that are
enriched with nutrients
Land and Agricultural Resources
Land use Would be partially impacted in RoW Low Minor Minimal Adverse
Crop production Would be highly impacted, at tower Medium Moderate Moderate
foundation areas and substation Adverse
lands
Fisheries Resources
Fish habitat Fish habitat quantity and quality will Medium Moderate Moderate Adverse
be changed.
Fish production Production reduced due to Low Minor Minimal Adverse
waterbody loss
Socioeconomic Resources
Land price Reduced near RoW and substation
Low Minor Minimal Adverse
lands, increase away from
 109

Significance
IECs/Issues Potential Impacts Sensitivity Magnitude Prior to
Mitigation
transmission lines and substations
due to availability of electricity
Employment Temporary or minimal opportunities Medium Moderate Moderate
opportunities at this stage. Beneficial
Human health and Ensure proper Health and safety for Low Minor Minimal Adverse
safety workers involved for site clearance.
Road traffic safety with number of
trucks for fill import.
Road/ river/ canal/ Minimal impacts Low Minor Minimal adverse
water body crossings
PCRs Proper chance find procedures will Low Minor Minimal Adverse
also be implemented in case of a
chance find.
Construction Stage
Physical-Chemical Environment
Ambient air quality Suspended particulate matter from Medium Moderate Moderate
excavation works and land clearing, Adverse
including vehicular emissions, may
affect workers and community.
Ambient noise Mobilization of heavy equipment and Medium Moderate Moderate Adverse
machinery, use of construction
vehicles, transport of materials, pile
driving and construction activities
may increase ambient noise level.
Exposure to high level ambient noise
may cause anxiety and disturbance
to workers and community.
Quality of surface and Potential for siltation due to Medium Moderate Moderate Adverse
groundwater construction works near pond or
river.
Riverbank erosion Potential erosion due to ground Medium Major Moderate Adverse
movements along the riverbank.
Soil During construction, top soil at the Medium Major Moderate Adverse
tower footings may be eroded during
excavation.
Construction wastes like metal
scraps and wooden packing
material, and polythene may create a
disturbance to the surrounding land,
settlements, and the communities;
Domestic wastes from labor camp.
Land and Agricultural Resources
Land use Would be partially impacted as Medium Moderate Moderate Adverse
agricultural land may be permanently
lost due to the tower footings.
Crop production May be moderately affected due to Medium Moderate Moderate
crop loss at the tower footings and Adverse
in the clearing for RoW.
Intercropping Maybe affected due to the erection Low Minor Minimal Adverse
of towers
110

Significance
IECs/Issues Potential Impacts Sensitivity Magnitude Prior to
Mitigation
Change in Excavation and erection works for Low Minor Minimal Adverse
topography/terrain the transmission towers may affect
topography.
Impairment of visual Transmission towers partially visible Low Minor Minimal Adverse
aesthetics on the skyline.
Fisheries Resources
Fish habitat Few lands selected for substations Medium Minor Minor Adverse
having water bodies, permanent loss
of fish habitats in substation lands.
Construction activities may
temporarily affect nearby fish
habitats.
Fish production Lands earmarked for 2 substations Medium Moderate Moderate Adverse
contain 3-acre waterbodies. These
waterbodies might be filled for the
construction of substations. This will
affect the fish production.
Terrestrial Resources (Flora and Fauna)
Terrestrial vegetation Vegetation clearing/ tree cutting is Medium Moderate Medium Adverse
required at the tower footings and
RoW.
Wildlife habitat and Route will be mainly in urban or peri- Medium Moderate Medium Adverse
their disturbance urban areas. Habitat in the areas
affected may not host wildlife.
Socioeconomic Resources
Compensation for Standing crops at the tower footings Medium Moderate Moderate Adverse
crop damage and RoW may be damaged.
Land price Value of land may be temporarily Medium Moderate Moderate
affected. Adverse
Temporary Both technical and non-technical Medium Moderate Moderate
employment laborers will be required Beneficial
opportunity
Human health and The safety and health of the public Medium Minor Minor Adverse
safety may be impacted due to the
hazards created during the
construction period, e.g. movement
of heavy equipment, vehicles, and
machineries. Damages to structure
within RoW.
Workers may be exposed to
occupational health risks and safety
hazards, mostly working with
electricity and working at height.
Road/ river/ canal/ Road use for construction activities Medium Moderate Moderate
water body crossings as haulage of construction Adverse
materials, spoil, and equipment,
river bank and Soil erosion
PCRs Proper chance find procedures will Low Minor Minimal Adverse
also be implemented in case of a
chance find.
 111

Significance
IECs/Issues Potential Impacts Sensitivity Magnitude Prior to
Mitigation
Regional and national May create development Medium Moderate Moderate
development opportunities in anticipation of stable Beneficial
power supply.
Operation Stage
Physical-Chemical Environment
Ambient air quality Climate change from fugitive Minimal
Low Minor
emission (negligible) of SF6 Adverse26
Ambient noise Noise in the form of buzzing or
humming can often be heard around
transformers or power lines Low Minor Minimal Adverse
producing corona. Outside of RoW
will be negligible.
Quality of surface and Transformer oil spill and leakage
Low Minor Minimal Adverse
groundwater
Riverbank erosion No or minimal impact Low Minor Minimal Adverse
Soil/Land Potential for spill or improper Low Minor Minimal Adverse
contamination disposal of mineral oil used as
insulating oil in transformers. No use
of PCB or PCB-containing material
will be allowed.
Land and Agricultural Resources
Land use No impact (changes will have
Low Minor Minimal Adverse
occurred in construction phase).
Crop production Tower footings may have minor Medium Minor Minor Adverse
impact on crop production due to
permanent loss of agricultural land.
Change in surface Transmission towers will have Low Minor Minimal Adverse
topography/ terrain minimal impact on topography.
Impairment of visual Transmission towers visible on the Low Minor Minimal Adverse
aesthetics skyline.
Fisheries Resources
Fish habitat No change expected Low Minor Minimal Adverse
Fish production No change expected Low Minor Minimal Adverse
Terrestrial Resources (Flora and Fauna)
Terrestrial vegetation Restriction of vegetation height Low Minimal Minimal Adverse
below the transmission line.
Wildlife habitat and Natural forest, Protected areas or Low Minimal Minimal Adverse
their disturbance ecologically sensitive areas are not
present in the proposed substation
lands or along the transmission line
routes
Socioeconomic Resources

26Due to high global warming potential, SF6 may contribute to the man-made greenhouse-effect, if it is released into
the atmosphere. However in electrical switchgear the SF6 gas is always used in gas-tight compartments, greatly
minimizing leakage. This make the real impact on greenhouse effect negligible. As per ECOFYS, Sina Wartmann,
Dr. Jochen Harnisch, June 2005, “Reductions of SF6 Emissions from High and Medium Voltage Equipment in Europe”
study, the contribution to the greenhouse effect in Europe is estimated to 0.05 %.
112

Significance
IECs/Issues Potential Impacts Sensitivity Magnitude Prior to
Mitigation
Compensation Ongoing permanent loss of land at Medium Moderate Moderate
the tower footings (but occurred at Adverse
the construction stage).
Land price No land value at the tower footings Medium Moderate Moderate Adverse
(compensation already paid);
development restrictions below the
transmission line and between
towers may affect land value.
Employment Jobs will be created directly due to Medium Minor Minor Beneficial
opportunity the project and indirectly through
businesses and development
resulting from the availability of
power supply.
Human health and Occupational and community safety Medium Minor Moderate Adverse
safety risks (project maintenance)
Road/ river/ canal/ No disturbances to vehicular traffic Low Minor Minimal Adverse
water body crossings

Regional and national Availability of a stable and reliable Medium Moderate Moderate
development power supply may improve Beneficial
productivity and national
development.

5.3 Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures

242. Potential environmental impacts and Mitigations on different IEC and ISC during the pre-
construction, construction, and operation phases of the project are discussed in detail as below.

5.3.1 Physical-Chemical Environment

Air and Dust Pollution from Project Implementation
243. Pre-construction Stage. Exhaust from vehicles usually operating for earthwork within the
area may contribute to impairment of ambient air quality. Fugitive dust emissions from the material
stockyards may also affect ambient air quality. Regular maintenance of vehicles may improve
combustion efficiency of engines.

244. Construction Stage. Activities would involve excavation, movement of vehicles carrying
the construction materials. Exhaust emissions are likely to be generated by the construction
equipment during construction. Motor vehicles that will be used to carry construction materials
would cause air quality impact by emitting pollutants through exhaust emissions. All these
activities would give rise to emission of dust particles thereby affecting air quality marginally at
the site. But the impacts will not be significant, i.e., sporadic and temporary.

245. Operation Stage. SF6 is a non-toxic greenhouse gas used in substations as a dielectric
in circuit breakers, switch gear, and other electrical equipment. Very high-grade sealing system
and erection methodology is followed to keep the loss of SF6 within 0.1% every year. SF6 handling
is part of each contract technical specifications and required design and routine test are done
after manufacturing of the circuit breaker and gas insulated switchgear. SF 6 handling system for
evacuation and storage is always used for the maintenance of the circuit breaker and gas
insulated switchgear.
 113

246. Mitigation. Water can be sprayed to unpaved roads and stockyards can be covered to
contain dust or generation of suspended particulates. Area allocated as stockyard for construction
materials will be enclosed to minimize dispersion of dusts and located at least 500 m from any
residential properties. Covering of stockpiles, minimizing double handling and drop loads as well
as sprinkling of water during excavation will reduce the dust emission to a great extent. There is
no movement of loose soil at base of transmission tower, however, if any loose soil is removed
from substation site, it will be done using covered trucks to reduce dust27. Water will be sprayed
on roads, and temporary fencing will be used at construction sites, and camps. Workers will
require face masks to avoid dust inhalation. SF6 leakage records will be maintained in each
substation. This allows tracking of any release of SF6 to the atmosphere. SF6 emergency
response plan should be prepared.

Noise
247. The proposed project areas are in relatively rural locations. Generation of noise pollution
will occur, due to construction of the tower foundations, but these will be sporadic and temporary
activities over the landscape. Noise will be generated during the preconstruction phase of the
project with removal and/or cutting of vegetation in the RoW and during the movement of trucks
or other required vehicles.

248. Transmission tower foundations and pads are constructed using a standard drill rig to bore
to required depth, depending on geology. If water is encountered, pumps will be used to remove
the water to either adjacent defined areas without disposal to surface water or to waiting tanker
trucks for proper disposal. After the construction is completed, clearing and grading will happen.
The agricultural soils are compacted, and the RoW is cleaned up. All these activities might create
noise impacts for short periods at each location. Noise levels should not exceed 55 dBA (day
time) and 45 dBA (night time) in residential, institutional and educational settings and 70 dBA in
both day and night time in industrial and commercial areas (Guidelines values are for noise levels
measured out of doors. Source: Guidelines for Community Noise, World Health Organization
(WHO), 1999.). BAN standards which are more stringent in some locations will be referred to.

249. Noise impacts should not exceed the levels mentioned before or result in a maximum
increase in background levels of 3 dB at the nearest receptor location off-site. A noise and dust
control plan will be developed along with community and safety plans28. All vehicles will carry valid
fitness certificates issued by Bangladesh Road Traffic Authority and renewed annually under the
Motor Vehicles Ordinance 1983, Section 48, Chapter IV and the associated rules. Considering
the noise from the vehicles’ movement near locations with sensitive receptors, the transport of
construction materials will be limited to daytime without hooting. Construction activity (particularly
piling29 for towers) will take place during acceptable hours (between 6 am to 9 pm). Residents will
be informed in advance of the construction.

Surface and Groundwater

250. The construction and operation of the subprojects will not have major impacts on the
surface and groundwater quality in the area. Contamination of water bodies may result due to

27
Importing fill material must be covered and all trucks should be serviced and meet BAN emission standards, any
belching black smoke should be prohibited.
28
Contractor will measure the distance from the infrastructure to the receptor when the design is finalized to conduct
the noise impact assessment and develop the site-specific management plan.
29
EPC contractor will decide type of piling with recommendations from PGCB.
114

construction of access road to the substation site, spilling of construction materials and surface
runoff from the construction site joining the waterbody.

251. Hydrology/Drainage Congestion. Given the small footprint of the tower foundations and
their scattered location over the landscape, it is not expected that the construction works will result
in any disruption of hydrology or drainage.

252. River Course. Transmission tower platforms alongside the wider rivers such as Rupsha,
Katcha and Teesta will be placed such that single wire spans will cross the river (no foundations
required in the rivers). While there is a risk of some erosion if works are too close to the river, this
risk is expected to be small as the minimum distance from the river bank to the tower footing
would be 150 m.

253. Drainage Congestion. It is not expected that the tower foundations will impede drainage,
given their relatively small size and location mostly away from watercourses.

254. Irrigation Channels. The proposed transmission and LILO lines will have 1,156 towers,
most of which will occur in areas of intensely used agricultural land (mainly paddy), with potential
to cause disturbance of irrigation channels which are used in the dry months to irrigate crops,
particularly rice, using river or tube well water. Any temporary interference with irrigation activities
and associated destruction /loss of crops will be identified and compensated for as part of the RP.

255. Tube Wells and Groundwater. A tube well is found in the paddy land earmarked for the
construction of Maheshpur substation. It will be decommissioned to prevent the contamination of
groundwater. Proper well decommissioning consists of removing pump, fittings, pipes and debris
from tube well casing. The tube well is then filled from the bottom up with sealant materials.
Sealing materials are used to prevent water from migrating into or between aquifers. They are
commonly less permeable to water than the soil or rock on site. Bentonite chips or pellets, neat
cement, concrete grout, and high solids bentonite slurry are approved for tube well
decommissioning.

256. A new tube well within a 500 m radius from the existing tube well will be constructed. The
same volume of water will be provided as this area consists of the same aquifer. No additional
impacts will be expected due to the tube well relocation. PGCB will support the groundwater test
for free to the tube owner to ensure the water quality in the new location will not be worse than
the original one.

257. Care shall be taken to locate the temporary day-time construction worker sheds or toilets
500m away from waterbody. Drinking water facilities30, enclosed sanitary facilities, septic tank
(with soak pit) and drainage in the temporary sheds of construction workers should be provided
to avoid the surface water pollution. Provision of washing31 and toilet facilities in numbers and
facility should be made obligatory.

30 Drinking water must meet national drinking water standards (should be tested/certificates available).
31 Toilet connected to septic tanks, washing facilities of hot and cold water, male and female, separate area for
preparation of food away from toilet area, provision of gas for cooking etc. Numbers to be decided by EPC contractors
based on number of workers. EBRD guidance note on workers’ accomodation can be referred to.
https://www.ebrd.com/documents/environment/workers-accommodation-guidance-note.pdf?blobnocache=true
 115

Soil
258. Loss of Top Soil. About 1 acres of land will be impacted for the construction of tower
footings of transmission lines and 80.92 acres for substations. Works near watercourses will
require protection to guard against loss of soil that result in turbidity of water. Top and sub-soils
will be affected when the land is disturbed to make foundations for the transmission towers. On
the other hand, these soils will be pushed back around the foundations, so will remain in a
contained area. Proper handling of wastes will reduce the risk of soil contamination during
construction.

259. Pollution due to Wastes. Generation of construction wastes (such as solid wastes:
electric wire, pipes, stones, woods, rods etc., and liquid waste: paint, oil, bitumen, etc.) from the
construction camp and general wastes (solid wastes: papers, containers, residues of food, fruits
etc., and liquid waste: waste water from bathroom and kitchen, etc.) from workers’ camps (if
needed) could impact on the health and safety of the local community and workers, as well as on
the aesthetic beauty of the area. Proper arrangement, e.g. disposal to existing licensed sanitary
landfill etc. will be made for waste management, fuel oil and chemical storage at all work sites.

260. Waste. During the operation phase substances and oily waste might get leached through
soil by precipitation of water and percolate to the groundwater table, due to handling, disposal
and oil spills in substation sites. This results in groundwater pollution in nearby area. This situation
will increase during the rainy season and have a critical impact on soil, surface and groundwater.
PCB is not used in substation transformers or other project facilities or equipment. Battery,
transformer oils, and SF6 should be stored at substation sites with appropriate care, e.g.
impermeable surface bunded to 110% capacity etc.

5.3.2 Land and Agricultural Resources

Land Loss
261. A substantial loss of agricultural lands, waterbodies, 80.92 acres is anticipated for the
proposed fifteen and one existing substations (Satkhira) in Dhaka and Western zone transmission
networks. Natural habitats are not found in any of the sites proposed for the construction of
substations. Waste management and site drainage will be important during operation of the
substations, to prevent soil and water pollution. All sites will also require secure fencing to
maintain local community safety (no entry possible).

262. About one acre of land will be required for the footings of 1,156 towers. Once the towers
are constructed paddy and other seasonal crops would be planted between the footings of the
tower, therefore no land loss is anticipated. In addition, a small quantity of land will be required
temporarily for the construction camps nearby the tower sites. A Resettlement Plan (RP) has been
prepared in conjunction with the IEE to determine the land ownership, affected structures, trees,
and crops to determine the compensation. A large number of households were originally identified
within the chosen alignments and deviations to the routes were selected to reduce the number of
affected houses (see Table 6.1-3).

263. The Electricity Rule 1910 of the Power Division, Bangladesh does not provide provisions
for compensation for the land required for the foundations and platforms for transmission line
towers. ADB’s SPS 2009 requires compensation for loss of land at transmission tower sites. The
RP provides compensation details. The Electricity Act, 1910 has been repealed on 12th February
2018 by re-enacting the Electricity Act 2018 for ensuring better supply as well as use and for
meeting up the gradual accumulative demand of electrical energy all over the country.
116

Crop Production
264. Currently, rice crops are being cultivated on these lands. The standing crops will be
affected during the construction of tower bases and stringing. Further, there will be a small change
in land use with up to 1 acre lost for tower foundations, nearly all are on private lands. During
construction, activities will be phased to allow farmers to harvest standing crops and for
construction storage and vehicle activity, barren areas will be identified.

Land Price
265. The value of land may be affected by the proximity of overhead transmission lines. On the
other hand, land values in the general area are likely to increase because of the availability of
additional power supply resulting in changes in land use from agriculture to commercial and
industrial use.

Landscape
266. The transmission lines, mostly in rural areas, will change the appearance of the natural
landscape. This is unavoidable but can be minimised.

5.3.3 Fisheries Resources

Fish Habitat
267. During construction activities of substations and tower bases there will be some impacts
on floodplain fish habitat which predominates in the study area. In most cases, this loss will only
be temporary. However, there are two substation lands with a total extent of 3 acres waterbodies,
including Rupsha (1 acre) and Phultala (2 acres). One acre of waterbody provides maximum
income of Tka 10,000/year from fishing. As these waterbodies are open access, people normally
do not spend any money for fish cultivation.

268. Three acres of waterbody loss if any will be fully restored as the compensation will enable
waterbody owner to build similar water bodies within the paddy land they will buy. DC shall ensure
the compensation is for restoration of lost waterbodies with restoration of new waterbodies at
same size. The new waterbodies need to be installed before the old one is filled in to ensure
continuation of subsistence fishing.

5.3.4 Terrestrial Resources (Flora and Fauna)

Clearing of Vegetation
269. Prior to starting construction, the tower sites need to be cleared and as a result, standing
vegetation (e.g. crops, grass, bushes, trees etc.) will be lost. As mentioned earlier, a total of
22,790 trees will be partially or fully affected by trimming or cutting during construction of the
transmission lines (Table 5-11). In addition, the proposed overhead transmission lines stretch
approximately 394 km and require clearance of the RoW, resulting in temporary loss of
vegetation. However, most of the trees in the RoW need to be trimmed rather than cut, and thus
the impact will be only moderately significant. In general, vegetation destruction shall result in
some loss of biodiversity, as valuable trees, such as those of medicinal importance or producing
fruit may be adversely impacted. Trees also provide habitat for most birds, and some animals, so
these may also be affected, as vegetation cover of the understory is reduced. On the other hand,
most of the transmission alignment falls inside paddy fields/ floodplain areas, so tree felling will
mostly be restricted to settlement areas. Some additional vegetation damage will occur at sites
 117

required for storing construction materials, for construction activities, for labour camps, and for
construction vehicle storage.

Table 5-12: Number of Trees (taller than 5 m) Affected by Different Sub Projects
Total Affected Trees within 12 m
SL Subproject category RoW (Trees > 5 m in height) Total
Fruit trees Non- Fruit Medicinal
1 Transmission lines 12,745 9,024 344 22,113
2 LILOs 118 138 09 265
3 Underground/ Partially overhead
192 164 0 356
lines
4 New Substation 20 34 02 56
5 Existing substation with bay
0 0 0 0
extensions
Total 13,075 9,360 355 22,790

Table 5-13: Number of trees in the RoW of transmission lines (clearing width 12 m) and
substations to be removed and their market value
Item Fruit Trees Wood/Timber Trees Medicinal Total Trees
(> 10 m (5-10 m (> 10 m (5-10 m (> 10 m (5-10 m
height) height) height) height) height) height)
Transmission Lines
7054 5691 2525 6499 122 222 22113
Trees
Average 11783 9109 17588 12982 8000 6667
Rate Tk
Total 83,114,522 51,837,587 44,410,294 84,372,312 976,000 1,480,000 266,190,715
Value, Tk
LILOs
59 59 45 93 4 5 265
Trees
Average 11783 9109 17588 12982 8000 6667
Rate
Total 695,174 537,413 791,471 1,207,359 32,000 33,333 3,296,750
Value
Underground/Partially Overhead Lines
0 192 0 164 0 0 356
Trees
Average 11783 9109 17588 12982 8000 6667
Rate
Total 0 1,748,870 - 2,129,106 0 0 3,877,975
Value
Total TLs
7113 5942 2570 6756 126 227 22734
Trees
Average 11783 9109 17588 12982 8000 6667
Rate
Total 83,809,696 54,123,870 45,201,765 87,708,776 1,008,00 1,513,333 273,365,440
Value 0
New Sub-stations
15 5 0 34 2 0 56
Trees
Average 11783 9109 17588 12982 8000 6667
Rate
Total 176,739 45,543 - 441,400 16,000 - 679,683
Value
118

Item Fruit Trees Wood/Timber Trees Medicinal Total Trees

(> 10 m (5-10 m (> 10 m (5-10 m (> 10 m (5-10 m
height) height) height) height) height) height)
Overall
7128 5947 2570 6790 128 227 22790
Trees
Average 11783 9109 17588 12982 8000 6667
Rate
Total 83,986,435 54,169,413 45,201,765 88,150,176 1,024,00 1,513,333 274,045,122
Value 0

270. Secondary vegetation damage will occur during the stringing of conductors. Trees will
need to be lopped inside the RoW and at any settlement or farm areas falling inside the RoW.
Existing crop field vegetation may be damaged during stringing activities.

271. After completing of construction works, all herbaceous plants are expected to re-generate
within a few years. PGCB will pay compensation on trees that are cut during the project that
include the replanting cost of trees. However, existing vegetation patterns under the proposed
transmission line RoW will change to some extent as there will be a restriction for planting large
trees in the RoW, and regular pruning of vegetation will be required.

Disturbance of Wildlife
272. Project activities such as earthworks for tower foundations, movement of project heavy
equipment and transports (with noise especially during the night time) may disturb animals active
in night. However, most of the alignment occurs in agricultural land with minimal natural habitat.
Open areas under the lines could provide new browsing grounds for various animals. The
presence of construction workers in the project area may induce poaching (more likely fish than
anything else). Given that the alignment is mostly in agricultural land, few other animals would be
affected. Tower foundation works could disturb habitats for smaller mammals, such as rodents
(rats and mice).

273. The proposed transmission lines are not located close to the key breeding areas of birds.
Therefore, regular migratory bird movements are not expected in the project area. However,
further studies will take place prior to the construction. Bird deflectors are only likely to be needed
in areas with high bird movement, e.g. along ridge lines and across wetlands. On the other hand,
transmission towers and conductors may be supportive to local birds as resting, roosting and
look-out locations, so they will be positively impacted. All vegetation layers (emergent, canopy
and understory) allow for bird habitat and nesting, and therefore the removal of vegetation may
impact negatively on these activities.

5.3.5 Socioeconomic Resources

Objects of Cultural or Archaeological Importance
274. Bangladesh is a country where civilization has existed for thousands of years and
encountering physical and cultural monuments in construction related excavations is a distinct
possibility. During construction, with many small construction sites along the line alignment, there
is potential to unearth or discover objects of a cultural nature that will need to be protected. While
there is no evidence of such sites within the study area, there are various tombs, temples and
other sites in the country. It is, therefore, important to have a procedure in place to ensure that
there is a mechanism in place to handle any material culture finds.
 119

275. To protect cultural resources from accidental damage from construction, existing cultural
property will be treated as sensitive receptors. They will be avoided where possible and subject
to the control on air pollution and noise. Implement Chance Find Protocols as soon as
historical/cultural monuments are encountered during construction activities. Stop work and
inform the relevant authorities including the Ministry of Cultural Affairs, Bangladesh. The Ministry
would implement measures to avoid damage to monuments and valuable features which the
contractor is bound to follow.

Health and Safety

276. EMF (electromagnetic field). Overhead lines produce both electric and magnetic fields.
Electric fields are created by differences in voltage. The strength of the electric field is measured
in kilovolts per meter (kV/m). Any electrical wire that is charged will produce an associated electric
field. This field exists even when there is no current flowing. The higher the voltage, the stronger
the electric field at a given distance from the wire. Magnetic fields are created when electric
current flows; the greater the current, the stronger the magnetic field. Electric fields are strongest
close to a charge or charged conductor, and their strength rapidly diminishes with distance from
it. Magnetic fields arise from the motion of electric charges. The strength of the magnetic field is
measured in micro tesla, µT.

277. Health concerns over exposure to EMF are often raised when a new transmission line or
substation is proposed. However, in spite of all the studies that have been carried out over the
past 30 years, there is still no persuasive evidence that the fields pose any health risks.
Rehabilitation of existing power lines is unlikely to increase EMF, but new lines may induce EMF.
The transmission and LILO lines will traverse some populated areas. Therefore, inspection of
existing EMF along the selected routes of existing and new transmission lines in populated areas
would be important.

278. WHO (June 2007) recommends using exposure guidelines published by the International
Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP). The ICNIRP (2010) has set the limits
at 50 HZ for the public exposure as: (1) electric field strength (kV per meter) is 5 kV/m, and (2)
magnetic field strength (micro tesla) is 200 µT (equivalent to 160 A/m); while for the occupational
exposure as: (1) electric field strength is 10 kV/m and (2) magnetic field strength is 1000 µT.

279. Based on the literature review32, 33, the maximum electrical field generated by the 400kV
double circuit line is estimated at 5 kV/m, around the distance of 11 m from axis of line, equivalent
to the 5 kV/m safe limit for public specified by ICNIRP. The maximum magnetic field generated
by the proposed new lines is estimated to be 81.942 µT at the nearest distance from the line,
below the 200 µT limit specified by ICNIRP. Thus, in the future any residents living underneath or
very close to the proposed transmission lines are not expected to be exposed to an environment
above EMF limits. Community health and safety, placement of safety signages within the vicinity,
awareness training will be provided to the people in the vicinity.

280. Occupational Health and Safety. Construction workers are more likely to face
occupational health hazards such as minor or major injuries due to lack of general safety
requirements and precautions applicable while working at construction sites, and handling
machines and equipment, use of equipment and driving vehicles and so on. Poorly designed

32 Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) Fields (http://www.inchem.org/documents/ehc/ehc/ehc35.htm) published by WHO

1984.
33 Abu Izzeddin Salma, Berbari Kamal and Obeid Hiba. 2006. Electromagnetic Field from Power Lines. American

University of Beirut.
120

temporary labour camp and sanitation facilities may pose a health threat and nuisance to the
workers. Uncontrolled vending of food and drinking water at work sites may also pose a risk with
respect to the transmission of contagious diseases like typhoid, diarrhoea, malaria, and dengue
in particular. Although presently the total ratio of affected people in Bangladesh with HIV/AIDS is
far less than 0.1%, this percentage is slowly being increased due to injection drug users and
overseas migrant workers returning to Bangladesh. Only trained workers are permitted to work at
height. Construction workers will be required to handle materials such as cement, bitumen,
chemicals, fuels, and so on which will increase health risks if personal protective equipment is not
used (as noted above).

281. One of the phenomena associated with all energized electrical devices, including high-
voltage transmission lines, is corona. The localized electric field near a conductor can be
sufficiently concentrated to ionize air close to the conductors. This can result in a partial discharge
of electrical energy called a corona discharge, or corona. Several factors, including conductor
voltage, shape, and diameter, and surface irregularities such as scratches, nicks, dust, or water
drops, can affect a conductor’s electrical surface gradient and its corona performance. Corona is
the physical manifestation of energy loss and can transform discharged energy into very small
amounts of sound, radio noise, heat, and chemical reactions with the air components.

282. During corona activity34, transmission lines (primarily those rated at 345 kV and above)
can generate a small amount of sound energy. This audible noise can increase during bad
weather conditions. Water drops may collect on the surface of the conductors and increase
corona activity so that a crackling or humming sound may be heard near a transmission line.
Transmission line audible noise is measured in decibels using a special weighting scale, the “A”
scale, that responds to different sound characteristics similar to the response of the human ear.
Audible noise levels on typical 230 kV lines are very low and are usually not noticeable. For
example, the calculated rainy weather audible noise for a 230 kV transmission line at the right-of-
way edge is about 25 dBA, which is less than ambient levels in a library and much less than
background noise for wind and rain.

283. Overhead transmission lines do not, as a general rule, interfere with radio or TV reception.
There are two potential sources for interference: corona and gap discharges. The corona
discharges can sometimes generate unwanted electrical signals. Corona-generated electrical
noise decreases with distance from a transmission line and also decreases with higher
frequencies (when it is a problem, it is usually for AM radio and not the higher frequencies
associated with TV signals). Corona interference to radio and television reception is usually not a
design problem for transmission lines rated at 230 kV and lower. Calculated radio and TV
interference levels in fair weather and in rain are extremely low at the edge of RoW for a 230 kV
transmission line.

284. Community Health and Safety. Improper health policies at work sites may lead to an
outbreak of different diseases in the surrounding communities/public, if construction workers are

34
Deno, D. W. and J. M. Silva. 1985. “Probability and Consequence of Gasoline Ignition Under HVAC Transmission
Lines.” IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems. Vol. PAS104, No. 11. November. Electric Power
Research Institute. 1997. Susceptibility of Implanted Pacemakers and Defibrillators to Interference by Power-
Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields. August. Electric Power Research Institute. 1982. Transmission Line
Reference Book: 345 kV and Above. Second Edition. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. 1980. “Review
of Technical Considerations on limits to Interference from Power Lines and Stations.” IEEE Transactions on Power
Apparatus and Systems. Vol. PAS-99, No. 1. January/February. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. 1976.
The Location, Correction, and Prevention of RI and TVI Sources from Overhead Power Lines. IEEE Tutorial
Document. No. 76-CH1163-5-PWR. Miller, L. N. 1978. “Sound Levels of Rain and Wind in the Trees.” Noise Control
Engineering. Vol. 11, No. 3. November. Silva, Mike. Personal Communication with Karin Noack. August 6, 1999.
 121

sick. Further, construction vehicles will pose a risk to local communities. Collapse of towers
(possibly during a cyclone or earthquake) and broken lines could pose a risk to local communities.
The transmission lines should not pose a hazard to local communities, as long as they do not
climb them, or fly kites or drive tall items into the lines. The awareness raising of the risk will be
provided from pre-construction to operation. Substation will be fenced with authorized access.
Information and public awareness programs, as well as placement of safety signages within the
vicinity can reduce this risk. Traffic management will be required with special care in project sites
adjacent to public or project components requiring large number of trucks to transport the
construction materials.

285. Mitigations. The work force for construction will be sourced locally, as much as possible.
Camps will not be necessary for the transmission line construction, but there may be small camps
at the locations of proposed grid substations. These sites are away from any settlements; any
small camps for laborers will be provided with water supply and sanitation facilities. The whole
project work site will be fenced off and signs regarding potential hazards posted in conspicuous
locations. Access to the construction site will be under traffic controls when trucks enter and exit
(traffic managers with appropriate signs). Local communities will continue to be informed about
project construction activities, schedules, and possible health and safety risks. Given the risk of
damage to structures within right of way during construction, the contractor will prepare a
construction method statement for installation of transmission lines above structures including
community health and safety risk assessment and management plan, and provide compensation
for any damage caused. The project will ensure that Bangladesh Labor Code regulations and the
World Bank/IFC OHS standards are followed, including provision of safe working conditions and
all appropriate personal protection equipment (PPEs). The Contractor will establish a mechanism
for receiving and handling complaints about unfair treatment or unsafe living or working conditions
(without reprisal). Health/accident insurance for employees/contractor staff will be provided for
the duration of their contracts. A Health and Safety Officer (HSE tasks) will be designated and will
provide regular briefing on worksite risks and the need to protect local communities. An accident
reporting system will also be put in place, including notifications to ADB and Government of
Bangladesh, and annotation of situation remedies. Special consideration will be given to risks
associated with working at height and with electrical components (workers will be suitably trained
for these tasks and fitted with safety equipment).

286. Traffic Congestion/Road Accidents. Heavy construction vehicles will be required for
carrying of construction materials and equipment. Local vehicles (such as trucks, buses, jeeps,
microbuses, cars, rickshaw vans, motorbikes, bicycles), as well as students and local people
walking on the roads could result in traffic jams, especially during morning and evening times, as
observed during field survey. The construction vehicles will add more traffic and as a result, traffic
congestion and road accidents could increase. Traffic congestion may also occur if the stock piling
of construction materials will be at the road sides.

287. Interference with Road Crossing. The transmission lines will cross various major roads
in twenty districts and there are some minor roads to be crossed as well. The selected
transmission line alignment is never far from the local road network and various roads and access
tracks will be used during the construction of lines. Some access roads and road crossing
locations will be temporarily impacted during the process of accessing transmission tower
locations for erection of towers and stringing conductors between towers at the end of the
construction phase.

288. Traffic management plans will be put in place with public awareness programs and
warning signs at designated sites. Scaffolding will be placed over road crossing points while
122

stringing of conductors takes place. A detailed traffic plan will be prepared by EPC contractor after
consultation with relevant authorities.

Employment Generation/Income
289. During construction, considerable quantities of workers (both male & female) may be
required at various work sites. Some local people may also involve themselves in small
businesses (e.g. tea stall, grocery shop, etc.). Local people can be involved in the project
construction work as per their skills.

290. Employment Opportunities and Income Generation. During the 56-month construction
phase, there will be a need for both skilled and non-skilled labour to build the tower pads, erect
towers, and string conductors. Employment opportunities will be created for people in the
immediate area, as well as in the country. Contractors will be encouraged to provide opportunities
to local people. Jobs in construction and supporting industries will result in increased productivity
and capital income of the people.

Improvement of Social and Economic Life

291. Due to an increase of power transmission capacity and reliability of power supply, the
social life and economic condition of the people will be improved.

292. Community infrastructure. There is a risk of damage to existing access roads due to the
heavy load from trucks for transporting construction materials. The damages to the road or road
surface will be restored or improved after the construction phase by the contractors.
 123

6. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

293. At the planning stage itself, one of the factors that decides the location of the transmission
lines and substation sub-projects is the possible infringement of populated, forested and cultivated
lands. Wherever such infringements are substantial, different alternative options are to be
considered. During the route alignment, all possible efforts are made to avoid populated, forested
and cultivated areas (completely, if possible, or to keep infringement at a minimum). Wherever it
becomes unavoidable due to the geography or terrain, mitigation costs required to handle the
issue need to be worked out. While identifying the transmission system for Greater Dhaka and
Western zone, preliminary route selection was done by PGCB, based on the interpretation of
topographical and Google maps of the area.

294. Activities like construction of transmission lines and substations, subsequent operations
and maintenance are generally non-polluting in nature; environmental impacts are usually
minimal, generally restricted to RoW only, and further, usually only confined to the tower
foundations. Another feature which is also very crucial in making this statement is the inherent
flexibility available in alignment of transmission lines and locating substations, which helps in
avoiding environmentally sensitive areas such as fragile ecosystems with their inherent
biodiversity, and also dense human areas and areas of cultural significance.

295. All the potential environmental impacts of transmission lines and substations can be
avoided or mitigated through careful route and site selection as explained above. Keeping this
aspect in mind, due consideration has been provided in deciding the route alignment, including
study of different alternatives for the proposed transmission lines under the scope of the project.

6.1 Transmission and LILO Lines

296. PGCB usually undertakes route selection in close consultation with representatives from
government agencies and the local community. Although under national law PGCB has the RoW,
yet it considers alternative alignments during site selection, with minor alterations often added to
avoid environmentally sensitive areas and settlements at the implementation stage. For selection
of the optimal route, the following points are taken into consideration:

i) As a principle, alignments are generally sited at least 500 m away from major towns, whenever
possible, to account for future urban expansion and at least 50 m away from any houses or
structures;

ii) The route of the proposed transmission lines avoids human habitation as far as possible. Also,
the proposed route of a transmission line does not create any threat to the survival of any
community with special reference to indigenous/ tribal communities;

iii) Similarly, plantations/natural forests are avoided to the maximum extent possible. When it is
not possible, a route is selected in consultation with the Forest Department that causes
minimum damage to existing plantation/forest resources; and

iv) Care is taken to avoid/minimize any protected areas (national parks, sanctuaries, and other
declared protected areas/ecologically sensitive areas rich in biodiversity).
124

6.2 Grid Substations

297. For selection of appropriate sites and optimization of safeguards for substations, the
following points are taken into consideration:

i) Construction activities do not adversely affect the population living near the proposed
substations and do not create any threat to the survival of any community with special
reference to indigenous, tribal community etc.;

ii) The location of the substation does not affect any PCRs;

iii) No resettlement of households by the substation site, no loss of livelihoods, siting of

transformers away from schools, hospitals and other sensitive receptors, with due
consultation with the community and local government units concerned;

iv) Transformers and other equipment specifications compliant with government rules/regulations
and International Electro-Technical Commission standards shall be followed;

v) Construction techniques and machinery selection shall be made with a view to minimize
ground disturbance;

vi) While planning for substations, drainage lines shall also be marked and studied to avoid
seepage/leakages and pollution of water sources;

vii) Substation location/design to ensure that noise will not be a nuisance to neighbouring
properties. Provision of noise barriers near substation sites will be made;

viii) Substation design will comply with the limits of electromagnetic interference within the floor
area. Security fences will be erected around substations. Warning signs shall be displayed;

ix) PGCB shall adopt good practices and shall always strive for a high standard of housekeeping
for its substations and ancillary facilities;

x) PGCB shall incorporate the best technical practices to deal with environmental issues in its
workings;

xi) Site selection should consider seismicity and geography of the local area; the area should not
be prone to flooding, landslides or be unstable; and

xii) Design of substations shall be made to include modern fire control systems/ firewalls.
Provision of fire-fighting equipment would be made to be located close to transformers,
switchgears etc.

6.3 Evaluation of Alternatives

6.3.1 Evaluation of Alternative Route Alignments of transmission lines

298. Firstly, PGCB provided proposed routes of the transmission lines and LILO connections
in Keyhole Mark-up language Zipped (KMZ) format which provides satellite images of the earth.
After marking clearing widths of routes, structures inside the clearing width were pointed on the
map by conducting a desk study using the Google Earth software while identifying deviations for
 125

high impact areas. Secondly, selection of best deviations was based on the objective of
minimizing the number of structures within the clearing width of the line (12 m) and in the RoW.
After obtaining the concurrence of PGCB, deviations were merged into the PGCB proposed
routes which were dispatched to the safeguard survey team to conduct walk through surveys. The
survey team identified structures which aren’t visible on satellite images and proposed additional
deviations considering actual situation on the ground. Lastly, the final routes were prepared by
merging all deviations identified using satellite images and walk through surveys.

299. The three-stage alternatives status are listed below (Table 6.1). The detailed field survey
(stage 3) of six transmission line routes (T-1, T-3, T-5, T-7, T-9 and T-10) showed that the number
of structures was not different from Google Earth survey (stage 2).Therefore, the deviations to
the six transmission lines carried out in stage 2 were accepted as the final. Only the four
transmission lines (T-2, T-4, T-6, and T-8) had the deviations after the detailed field investigation
(stage 3). These deviations increased the length of transmission lines as well as number of angle
towers, to avoid structures that were recorded within the RoWs. The deviations were carried out
to avoid structures as there were no ecologically or environmentally sensitive areas in the RoW
of proposed line routes. River crossing of transmission lines cannot be avoided due to a large
number of rivers, canals and water bodies found in the project area. The comparisons of the
alternative studies are presented in Table 6.2 and Table 6.3.

Table 6-1: Final route selection through three stages

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3

RMA Route Final
Transmission Line/LILO (based on Route
satellite (Detailed
PGCB images & field Field
Route surveys) surveys)
T-1 Kaliganj (Gazipur)-Purbachal Yes Yes No
T-2 Rupsha-Satkhira Yes Yes Yes
T-3 Domar-Purba Sadipur Yes Yes No
T-4 Domar -Hatibanda Yes Yes Yes
T-5 Kaliganj-Maheshpur Yes Yes No
T-6 Manirampur-Satkhira Yes Yes Yes
T-7 Kushtia-Meherpur Yes Yes No
T-8 Bagerhat-Pirojpur-Bhandaria Yes Yes Yes
T-9 Gopalganj (N) – Shibchar Yes Yes No
T-10 Niamatpur-Patnitola Yes Yes No
LILO of Bagerhat-Goalpara 132 kV double
L-1 circuit line at Rupsha Yes Yes No
LILO of Barishal-Bhandaria 132 kV double
L-2 circuit line at Jhalokati Yes No No
LILO of Faridpur-Madaripur 132 kV double
L-3 circuit line at Bhanga Yes No No
LILO of Gallamari-Gopalganj 132 kV
L-4 double circuit line at Rupsha Yes No No
LILO of Khulna Central-Noapara 132 kV
L-5 double circuit line at Phultala Yes Yes No
126

LILO of Barishal-Bhola-Borhanuddin 230

L-6 kV double circuit line at Bhola Yes No No
LILO of Ghorashal-Tongi 230 kV double
L-7 circuit line at Kaliganj (Gazipur) Yes Yes No
LILO of Khulna (S)-Rupsha Power Plant
230 kV double circuit line at Rupsha
L-8 Substation Lines Run Over Rupsha Substation
LILO of Bhulta-Kaliakair 400 kV double
L-9 circuit line at Kaliganj (Gazipur) Lines Run Over Kaliganj Substation
LILO of Ghorashal-Tongi 400 kV double
L-10 circuit at Kaliganj (Gazipur) Yes Yes No
Purbachal-Purbachal 2 (Overhead
Section) Yes Yes No
U-1
Purbachal-Purbachal 2 (Underground
Section) Yes No No
U-2 Bashundhara - Rampura (Underground) Yes No No

6.3.2 No-Action Alternative for a 132 kV single circuit line

300. A proposed single circuit 132 kV line would traverse the Choto Raghunathpur High
School’s premises in the original project scope. The safeguards consultation mission had a
discussion, on 9th April 2019, with the teachers from the school. It is learned as follows:

301. This school was established in 1972. Currently, the school has 460 children and 13 staff
(3 female), including 216 boys and 244 girls. Classes are conducted from grades 6-10. They
informed that the line route should be changed to move it outside the school premises as they are
responsible to ensure the safety of children. The team informed them that it is a 132 kV line and
safety can be ensured according to WHO guidelines. Construction could take place during school
break to avoid disturbance. Then the school authorities said that they would be happy if safety
can be ensured. However, they requested changing the line route away from the school. When
asked whether school has had any adverse impacts from the distribution line which is traversing
closer to the school during its construction, they said that there was no disturbance.

302. Considering the concerns raised, the component was dropped off in the end as a No-
Action alternative chosen.
 127

Table 6-2: The details of PGCB proposed routes, alternative routes based on satellite images and final alternatives.
No. Transmission ALT/
ST/
line (Overhead ST/CW- ALT/ ST/ ST/CW- ST/ RMA/ ST/
PGCB ST/CW CW- ST/
line without AT RoW RMA AT CW RoW CW Field AT CW-
(km) (G) RoW CW (F)
LILO) (G) (km) (G) (G) (F) (km) RoW (F)
(F)
FINAL
1 Kaliganj
(Gazipur)- 17.8 15 14 16 17.7 15 2 8 1 0 18 15 1 0
Purbachal
2 Rupsha-Satkhira 57.5 32 57 121 58.3 68 5 29 31 4 62 80 21 4
3 Domar-Purba
44.3 25 28 55 46.0 46 0 4 3 0 46.5 46 3 0
Sadipur
4 Domar -
33.2 17 53 69 34.8 53 2 12 12 2 35 56 10 2
Hatibanda
5 Kaliganj-
25.3 8 14 11 27.9 12 0 0 1 0 28 12 1 0
Maheshpur
6 Manirampur-
31.9 18 25 30 33.0 26 1 6 10 1 33 33 3 1
Satkhira
7 Kushtia-
46.2 19 38 42 48.0 30 1 6 9 4 48 30 9 4
Meherpur
8 Bagerhat-
Pirojpur- 48.3 43 55 62 49.6 55 0 12 48 1 49.5 55 43 1
Bhandaria
9 Gopalganj (N) –
21.7 12 20 23 24.6 21 0 3 15 6 25 21 15 6
Shibchar
10 Niamatpur-
33.3 27 11 12 32.2 23 0 6 0 0 32.5 23 0 0
Patnitola
Subtotal 360 216 315 441 372 349 11 86 130 18 378 371 107 18
PGCB- Original line route and length given by the PGCB; AT- Angle tower; ST/CW (G)- Number of structures (houses/ buildings) found inside the Clearing Width
(CW) of the transmission line (12 m) using Google Earth; ST/CW-RoW (G)- Structures found outside CW but inside the RoW; ALT/RMA- Deviations of original
PGCB line done by RMA; ST/ CW (G)- Structures in CW, counted using Google Earth, ST/G, CW-RoW (G)- Structures found outside CW but inside RoW;
ALT/RMA/Field- Final route of transmission line after field survey; ST/CW (F)- Number of structures found during the field surveys of RMA line; ST/F CW-RoW (F)-
Number of structure found outside the CW but inside the RoW (RoW of 132 kV line 28 m, 230 kV line 40 m and 400 kV line 46 m)
128

Table 6-3: Length, number of households and primary structures found in the PGCB route,
alternative routes (based on satellite images and field surveys)
Transmissi PGCB Line Route Alternative Route (based on Alternative (Final) Route
on Line satellite images) (based on survey results)
componen Lengt No. No. Lengt No. No. Lengt No. No.
t including h Entities/H Primary h Entities/H Primary h Entities/H Primary
LILO (Km) Hs structur (Km) Hs structur (Km) Hs structur
es es es
inside inside inside
the the the
clearing clearing clearing
width width width
Transmissi
360 315 625 372 130 267 378 107 239
on Lines
Line-in-Line
13 16 33 13 9 21 16 9 18
Out
Undergroun
d and
Partially
37.1 2 3 28.2 3 6 14 3 3
Overhead
Transmissi
on Lines*
Total 410.1 333 661 413.2 142 294 408 119 260
*Turag river is next to the Purbachal 400/230 kV substation land. All lines starting from this substation have to cross
this river. Overhead sections are used to cross the river. After crossing overhead coverts to underground.

6.3.3 Analyses of Alternatives for Selection of Substations

303. For the fifteen proposed substation site selection, initially PGCB selected one or two
alternative sites, based on environmental and social aspects and technical requirements. Such
analysis considers various site-specific parameters that include availability of infrastructure
facilities such as access roads, water, distance from railways, type of land (government/private
land), and social impacts, such as number of families affected, common property resources,
including feasibility of acquisition.

304. By considering certain issues during project formulation, it is often possible to reduce or
eliminate some of the possible negative environmental impacts during both the construction and
operational phases of a project. For example, efforts to avoid, where possible, critical homestead
areas or crossing of rivers/hills/bamboo groves with the substation subprojects could greatly
reduce negative impacts during construction and operational phases. Such considerations at the
project formulation stage greatly reduce the possible negative impacts and facilitate proper
environmental management of a project. Many such environmental and social issues to be
considered for substation subprojects were identified as below and these issues were addressed
during the project formulation stage, as a part of overall environmental management.

• Use of government-owned land or vacant/ fallow (non-productive) land for construction of

substation, where possible; 

• Use of land located at proximity to existing power lines/load centers, and road network (for
easier transportation of material and equipment), where available; 

• Avoiding lands that are susceptible to inundation/ storm surge; 

• Avoiding government declared ecologically and environmentally critical areas while
selecting land for substations;
• Use of Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) instead of Air Insulated Switchgear (AIS), to
reduce the land requirement for a substation and avoid possible generation of toxic fumes
 129

in the control building, due to flashover inside the AIS (especially under high humidity and
saline conditions); 

• Ensuring purchase and installation of polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB)-free new
transformers; 

• In some existing substations that are going to augment under the project, treating PCB
contained in old transformers using available technologies; namely, super critical
oxidation, electro-chemical oxidation, solvated electron technology, chemical reduction
method, dehalogenation process, and thermal desorption using pyrolysis, catalyzed
dehalogenation and vitrification before disposal; and
• Designing substations considering maximum flood level and considering wind speed and
earthquake load suggested in the Bangladesh National Building Code.

305. Considering the above issues and site inspection/verification, the proposed substation
subproject land has been selected and finalized. The selected location for the substation
subprojects is given below. The social aspects were provided due weightage after technical
requirements in decision making for selection/finalization of land for substation. The details of the
selected sites for proposed substations are given in Table 6.4

Table 6-4: Extent, coordinates and land use of sites selected for proposed substations
No. Extent Location: Existing Land use
(Acres)35 Latitude /
Substation Longitude
1 2.03 23.41919/ Agriculture, Paddy & Jute
Bhanga GIS 89.96184
2 5 26.105169/ Agriculture, mainly paddy, irrigated
Domar GIS 88.803787
3 3.04 26.20759/ Agriculture with different crop patterns
Hatibanda GIS 89.09256
4 5 22.67789/ Agriculture, Paddy, irrigated
Jhalokati GIS 90.1975
5 3.03 23.79119/ Agriculture, paddy, irrigated
Maheshpur GIS 88.6796798
6 3 22.97617/ Paddy and other seasonal crops, such as,
Manirampur GIS 89.22928 coriander, sugarcane etc.
7 3 23.79119/ Paddy, Jute, irrigated land
Meherpur GIS 88.6796798
8 2 22.92388 Waterbody, Water lily cultivation in the
89.48595 waterbody and vegetables at the boundary
Phultala GIS of the waterbody
9 3 22.63538/ Agriculture and marshy land, Paddy,
Pirojpur GIS 89.95208 Coriander, sugarcane
10 5 23.3552513/ Agriculture, Paddy, irrigated
Shibchar GIS 90.1847076
11 5 22.57811/ Agriculture, Paddy, irrigated
Bhola GIS 90.66592
12 1.32 23.85394/ Highland, barren land
Purbachal-2 GIS 90.52116
13 5.35 22.77076/ Agriculture & waterbody, Paddy in the field,
89.61685 seasonal vegetables (pumpkin, cucumber,
Rupsha GIS papaya) at the boundary of the waterbody.

35 Access road will require 0.6-acre land.

130

No. Extent Location: Existing Land use

(Acres)35 Latitude /
Substation Longitude
14 Kaliganj (Gazipur) 18.05 23.587122/ Agriculture and marshy land, Paddy
GIS Future 132 kV 90.325799
Provision
15 14.10 23.853916/ Agriculture and marshy land, Paddy
Purbachal GIS 90.521263
Total 77.92

6.3.4 Reasons for the Final Selection

306. Considering the various reasons above, the alternatives selected were found to be the
most suitable as they involved lesser populated area, few homesteads in the RoW and in the
immediate surroundings36 . The alternatives will not have any infringement of environmentally
sensitive area, forest reserves, wildlife reserves, or Important Bird Areas. Maps of the
transmission lines are given in the Annex 1 to show the PGCB alignment and deviations to original
routes in 10 transmission lines.

36
Installation of transmission lines directly above to residential properties or other locations intended for
highly frequent human occupancy (e.g. schools or offices) should be avoided.
 131

7. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION

307. Information disclosure and public consultations were undertaken during the preparation of
the IEE to provide information on the concept of the Project, environmental issues or
inconveniences associated with the Project during the implementation stage and to obtain the
views of members of the immediate community and interested and project affected persons
(PAPs) within the sites and immediate areas of influence. The consultations were done with
people in the neighbourhood of the proposed sites and involved use of a semi-structured public
participation form.

308. ADB’s SPS 2009 specifies that “The borrower/client will carry out meaningful consultation
with affected people and other concerned stakeholders, including civil society, and facilitate their
informed participation. Meaningful consultation is a process that (i) begins early in the project
preparation stage and is carried out on an ongoing basis throughout the project cycle;1 (ii)
provides timely disclosure of relevant and adequate information that is understandable and readily
accessible to affected people; (iii) is undertaken in an atmosphere free of intimidation or coercion;
(iv) is gender inclusive and responsive, and tailored to the needs of disadvantaged and vulnerable
groups; and (v) enables the incorporation of all relevant views of affected people and other
stakeholders into decision making, such as project design, mitigation measures, the sharing of
development benefits and opportunities, and implementation issues. Consultation will be carried
out in a manner commensurate with the impacts on affected communities. The consultation
process and its results are to be documented and reflected in the environmental assessment
report.”

309. The public consultation was conducted in September and October 2018 through
stakeholder consultations, and individual meetings during the environmental study of the
proposed project in conformity with the DoE’s environmental guidelines to achieve the following
objectives:

• To share information on the subprojects (substations, transmission lines) of the proposed

project; 

• To understand stakeholders, including PAPs, concerns regarding various aspects of the
proposed project including existing power supply facilities/system and expected potential
environmental impacts along with possible mitigation measures during the construction and
operation stages of the proposed project; 

• To identify the conflict issues in advance and to find acceptable solutions; and, 

• To gather local knowledge before decision making on the proposed project.


7.1 Consultations with Stakeholders

310. The stakeholder consultations followed a participatory planning process in order to gain
local inputs in decision-making and policy development regarding compensation and social
development in the Project area. This chapter also focuses on plans for future consultations
during the project implementation stage, including information sharing and disclosure meetings
among the stakeholders.

7.2 Project Stakeholders

311. Prior to the consultation meetings, a mapping of the relevant stakeholders was conducted
to identify both primary and secondary stakeholders of the project (Figure 7-1).
132

Figure 7-1: Stakeholder Mapping

312. The primary stakeholders for consultations include all directly affected persons such as
HH’s that will be displaced due to the construction of transmission lines, title owners losing land
for 15 substations and squatters cultivate on proposed substation land or residing under the
proposed lines, as well as indirectly affected persons and communities’/host villages. Women,
children, physically handicapped or disabled are especially vulnerable and were therefore
consulted separately through FGDs. The section on the socio-economic baseline highlights their
status and the need for additional support. Secondary stakeholders pertain to those who may not
be directly affected but have interests that could contribute to the study, play a role in
implementation at some stage, or affect decision making on project aspects. A summary
description of primary and secondary stakeholders is presented in Table 7-1.

Table 7-1: Description of Primary and Secondary Stakeholders

A. Project Owner B. Government of Bangladesh
The Project Director, The Project Team -Bangladesh Planning Commission, Executive
Committee of the National Economic Council,
-Ministry of Power, Energy and Mineral Resources
(MPEMR), Power Division of the MPEMR,
- Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate
Change, (MEFCC) Department of Environment
(DoE), Forest Department (FD).
C. Affected Persons (Directly/Indirectly
Affected) D. Financiers/Development Partners
- Land owners on the right-of-way for transmission ADB, the Consultants, other development partners
lines and sub-stations with past, current or future projects in the area,
- Households living within RoW who are non-titled, related infrastructure Development Partners with
vulnerable groups, poor and female-headed interest in the area.
households
- Host area villagers
E. Local Administration G. Implementing NGOs and Contractors
Deputy Commissioner of districts where Implementing NGO, other local partner NGOs in
substations/ transmission line/ LILOs are located health, microfinance and education or safety net,
Upazila level land offices, Union level revenue Rights and Activist NGOs, and contractors of
offices, Local union parishad different packages
 133

H. Media
Local media, National media

7.3 Methodology

7.3.1 Approach
313. A systematic stepwise approach guided the consultation meetings starting from disclosing
the project interventions to the understanding of the area and the perceptions of the people in the
project area.

• First, conducted consultation meeting with the potential affected households due to
construction of transmission lines and households those will be affected due to the
substation land acquisition;
• Second, the team made efforts to understand the baseline conditions including the history
of energy consumption as well as the development of the transmission lines and
substation construction;
• Third, the listing of the key issues related to project impacts and mitigations became the
focus of the consultation meetings;
• Fourth, attention was paid to the women and the very poor through separate focus groups
discussions; and
• Finally, the consultation team assessed the responses and attitudes of the people to the
Project impacts and planned mitigation measures.

7.4 Tools and Process Used

314. Multiple tools and methods have been used during the consultation meetings. These
include: Key Informant Interviews; FGDs with various occupational/interest groups; Stakeholder
Consultation Meetings, Issue Specific Consultation Meetings; and Information and
Communication Meetings.

315. The use of a wide range of methods helped to fully involve all types of stakeholders and
engage them in meaningful consultations. Some of the participatory rural appraisal tools used
during community consultation meetings included group discussion, participatory mapping and
seasonality (Table 7-2).

316. The team carried out open meetings and FGDs in each substation location and conducted
consultations with potential affected households under proposed transmission lines. FGDs were
conducted with identified community groups, occupational groups as well as vulnerable groups.
The location and number of participants at public consultations and gender consultations are
given in Table 7-3 to 7-6.

Table 7-2: Tools Used in Consultation Meetings

Tools Methods
Group Discussion and Data Project data review
Analysis Identification of impacts – checklist
Local history, stories, local knowledge, social classification
Direct and participants’ observations
Analysis of group discussion and ranking of issues
Participatory Mapping Village/social mapping
Resource mapping
134

Historical and future vision mapping

Mobility mapping, including women
Gender relations and work matrix
Seasonality Village profile
Seasonal activity and timeline
Livelihood analysis
Impacts of grid lines construction
Positive impacts
Negative impacts
Potential mitigation measures
Community/social network analysis

Table 7-3: Location and number of participants at FGDs (Transmission Line - Environment)

No. of
Name of Male(M)/
SL. Venue Sub- Total Date
Transmissi District Female(F) Participants
NO. district
on line
M F
Domar-
1. Hatibandha
Doani Hatibanda Lalmonirhat 19 0 19 25/09/2018
Domar-
2. Hatibandha Melapanga Domar Nilphamari 16 8 24 22/09/2018
Kaliganj-
3. Maheshpur Moheshpur Moheshpur Jhenaidah 4 3 7 25/09/2018
Kaliganj-
4. Maheshpur Sundarpur Moheshpur Jhenaidah 12 2 14 25/09/2018
Kaliganj -
5. Purbachal Borkaw Kaliganj Gazipur 9 0 09 09/10/2018
Kaliganj -
6. Purbachal Pipulia Kaliganj Gazipur 5 3 08 08/10/2018
Meherpur- Meherpur
7. Kushtia
Khuksha
Sadar
Meherpur 13 2 15 27/09/2018
Purbasadipu
8. r- Domar
Gormollikpur Kaharol Dinajpur 12 5 17 19/09/2018
Purbasadipu Purbokathuri
9. r- Domar a
Domar Nilphamari 7 15 22 26/09/2018
Shibchar-
10. Gopalganj Gopalpur Shibchar Madaripur 14 1 15 19/09/2018

Table 7-4: Locations and Number of Participants at FGDs (Substation -Environment)

No. of
SL. Name of Venue Sub- Male(M)/ Total Date
District Female(F) Participants
NO. Substation district
M F
Manirampu
1. Manirampur Lauri Bazaar
r
Jashore 38 0 38 18/09/2018
Mamun’s
2. Phultala
shop
Phultala Khulna 25 0 25 29/09/2018

3. Rupsha Alam’s shop Fakirhat Bagerhat 26 0 26 02/10/2018

 135

No. of
SL. Name of Venue Sub- Male(M)/ Total Date
District Female(F) Participants
NO. Substation district
M F
Taltola
Satkhira
4. Satkhira Eidgah
Sadar
Satkhira 30 0 30 22/09/2018
Intersection
Bhanga
5. (LILO)
Madobpur Bhanga Faridpur 6 1 7 21/09/2018
Paschim
6. Domar
Chikonmati
Domar Nilphamari 21 13 34 20/09/2018

7. Hatibandha Romniganj Hatibanda Lalmonirhat 21 4 25 25/09/2018

8. Kaliganj Fuldi Kaliganj Gazipur 11 0 11 13/10/2018
Meherpur
9. Meherpur Meherpur
Sadar
Meherpur 5 3 08 27/09/2018
Purbachal
10. Fuldi Kaliganj Gazipur 7 0 07 11/10/2018

11. Shibchar Maler Kandi Shibchar Madaripur 4 4 08 17/09/2018

Table 7-5: Location and Number of Participants at Gender Consultations for Substations

No. of
Name of Male(M)/
SL. Venue Sub- Total Date
Substation/ District Female(F) participants
NO. district
TL
M F
Kawsar’s
1. Phultala
resident
Phultala Khulna 0 12 12 29/09/2018
Borhan’s
2. Manirampur resident
Manirampur Jashore 0 12 12 18/09/2018
Farid’s
3. Bhola
resident
Dawlatkhan Bhola 0 13 13 15/10/2018
Paschim
4. Domar
Chikonmati
Domar Nilphamari 0 13 13 26/09/2018

5. Hatibandha Romniganj Hatibandha Lalmonir 0 12 12 25/09/2018

Ibdul Islam’s Satkhira
6. Satkhira
resident Sadar
Satkhira 0 13 13 25/09/2018
Humayun
7. Rupsha Kabir’s Fakirhat Bagerhat 0 12 12 01/10/2018
resident
Shanti
Ranjan Pirojpur
8. Pirojpur
Saha’s Sadar
Pirojpur 0 12 12 12/10/2018
resident
Hanif’s Jhalokathi
9. Jhalokathi resident Sadar
Jhalokathi 0 10 10 14/10/2018
Rafiqudin
10. Bhanga Talukdar’s Bhanga Faridpur 0 11 11 21/09/2018
resident
Abdul Awal’s
11. Kaliganj resident
Kaliganj Gazipur 0 12 12 10/10/2018
136

Salma
Meherpur Meherpur
12. Begum’s Meherpur 0 14 14 26/09/2018
Sadar
resident
Abdul
Maheshpur
13. Baten’s Moheshpur Jhenaidah 0 9 09 25/09/2018
resident
Muslem
14. Shibchar Howladar’s Shibchar Madaripur 1 15 16 18/09/2018
resident

Table 7-6: Location and Number of participants of Gender Consultation for Transmission Line

No. of
Name of Male(M)/ Total
SL. Venue Sub- Date
Transmission District Female(F) particip
NO. district
Line ants
M F
Bijoy Saha’s
1. Pirojpur-Bagerhat resident
Kachua Satkhira 0 12 12 07/10/2018
Domar-
2. Hatibandha Baburhat Dimla Nilphamari 0 14 14 25/09/2018
Meherpur- Md. Jibrail’s Meherpur
3. Kushtia resident Sadar
Meherpur 0 12 12 27/09/2018
Monir’s
Niyamatpur-
4. Patnitola Mango Niyamatpur Naogaon 0 13 13 30/09/2018
Garden
Purbasadipur - Paschim
5. Domar Chikonmati
Domar Nilphamari 0 8 8 26/09/2018
Muktar’s
6. Satkhira-Rupsha resident
Tala Satkhira 0 11 11 23/09/2018

7.5 Summary of consultations on Environment

317. Ten FGDs on transmission line environment and eleven on substations were held in
September and October 2018 during the field survey. Fourteen Gender Consultations for
substations and six for transmission lines were held as well. Details of FGDs and gender
consultations are given in the Annex 5, and the photographs are in Annex 4. The main points are
summarized below:

• In most of the places people mentioned that they came to know about the project from the
ADB consultants (RMA consulting firm) field team. After knowing that the objective of the
Project is to increase the supply of electricity, majority appreciated;
• The proposed areas for 15 substations are currently using for cultivation. Therefore, most
people of the community will lose cultivating lands which were a source of their yearly
agricultural income. The survey team informed them that the compensation will be paid
for lands three times of the market value;
• People concerned about some environmental impacts on the area due to the construction.
The survey team explained those impacts will be temporary and can be mitigated to minor
level;
 137

• People requested proper compensation for the trees and structures, if affected. The
survey team informed them that the funds have been allocated to pay compensation for
structures and replanting of trees.
• They have also raised the issue of cutting a large number of trees which will have an
impact on environment. These trees save them during the cyclone and natural disasters.
Therefore, the project should provide them additional compensation to plant trees. The
survey team informed that cutting of trees will be confined to about 12 m width. If one tree
is removed, the project should provide funds to plant 3 trees. This can be considered as
a livelihood restoration plan; and
• People wanted to make sure that tower construction does not create any negative impacts
on river flow or fish migration. The survey team informed that the distance between the
tower foundation and the river bank would be minimum 150 m. Therefore, soil erosion to
river would not take place.

318. Awareness of child labour issues and the contractors’ obligation to adhere to core labour
standards will be further strengthened through trainings together with HIV/AIDS awareness
improvement trainings.
138

8. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM

8.1 Introduction

319. A Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM), consistent with the requirements of ADB’s SPS
2009 will be established to prevent and address community concerns, reduce risks, and assist
the project to maximize environmental and social benefits. In addition to serving as a platform to
resolve grievances, the GRM has been designed to help achieve the following objectives: (i) open
channels for effective communication, including the identification of new environmental issues of
concern arising from the project; (ii) demonstrate concerns about community members and their
environmental well-being; and (iii) prevent and mitigate any adverse environmental impacts on
communities caused by project implementation and operations. The GRM is accessible to diverse
members of the community, including more vulnerable groups such as women and youth.
Opportunities for confidentiality and privacy for complainants are to be honoured where this is
seen as important.

320. Unforeseen problems and issues may arise due to construction and operational impacts.
The impacts of the project may raise numerous grievances and complaints on the part of affected
persons. These are land related or several other non-land acquisition-based grievances and
complaints. Therefore, to resolve these issues, PGCB will establish a mechanism to receive and
facilitate resolution of affected peoples’ concerns, complaints, and grievances about the project’s
environmental performance. The clearance of standing trees and way-leaves within the RoW of
the transmission lines can adversely affect the livelihoods and incomes of households; civil
construction works can cause destructions to standing crops; stringing of transmission lines over
private properties can lead to property devaluation and raise people’s concerns over their
personal safety; and construction work of the project could also result in various inconveniences
to the general public such as access difficulties, restrictions to public places, damages to privately
owned built structures and common property resources, disturbances causing from noise and
dust, and issues related to labour influx etc.

321. However, the legal framework of the country may not have all-inclusive provisions nor the
institutional mechanisms to effectively address all the grievances mentioned above. The Deputy
Commissioner in a district may not have the legal provisions to resolve all the issues arising from
land acquisitions. On the other hand, not all the project affected parties will be able to resort to
legal action which is costly, time consuming and non-affordable to the poor segments of the
population.

322. Therefore, the project will establish a project-based grievance redress mechanism (GRM)
which is easily accessible to the aggrieved parties, transparent and accountable in grievance
handling and responding both effectively and efficiently to the grievances reported by the affected
parties while winning the confidence of the complainants. A well-established and well-functioning
GRM would be able to resolve the grievances locally, and avoid lengthy court procedures which
on the other hand could generate adverse implications on the timely implementation of the project
together with reputational risks to key stakeholders.

323. PGCB will ensure that local people can express their legitimate grievance or file a
complaint about the project by establishing a process to address issues raised. This can be
achieved by careful implementation of the EMP, continuing consultation and communication with
stakeholders during implementation by PGCB, through the project management unit (PMU) of
 139

PGCB, various contractor(s), and local government authorities. Contact details of the PMU for
filing complaints will be posted in each village in the project area.

8.2 Objectives of Grievance Redress Mechanism

324. GRM is a locally based, project-specific extra-legal way to deal with and resolve
complaints and grievances faster and thus enhance project performance standards in terms of
environmental, social and resettlement management. The fundamental objectives of the GRM,
implemented through a Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) serving as a para-legal body, are
to resolve any environmental and resettlement related grievances in consultation with the
aggrieved party to facilitate smooth implementation of environmental and resettlement plans and
establish accountability of the affected people.

8.3 Guidelines to Redress Grievances

325. PGCB will establish a procedure to deal with and resolve queries as well as address
complaints and grievances. A policy and/or guideline will be prepared and adopted for assessing
and mitigating potential social and environmental impacts through the GRM. A GRC will be formed
to receive and resolve complaints as well as grievances from aggrieved persons from the local
stakeholders including the Project-affected persons. Based on consensus, the procedure will help
to resolve issues/conflicts amicably and quickly, saving the aggrieved persons from having to
resort to expensive, time-consuming legal actions. The procedure will, however, not prevent a
person’s right to go to the courts of law. The GRC will be established through a gazette notification
from the Ministry of Power, Energy and Mineral Resources; therefore, the GRC will be a legally
constituted body.

8.4 Complaints and Grievance Mechanism

326. Affected persons may appeal any disagreeable decision, practice or activity arising from
project related activities to the GRC. Affected persons will be fully informed of their rights and of
the procedures for addressing complaints, either verbally or in writing during consultation, survey,
and time of compensation.

8.5 Grievances Redress Committees

327. The project will establish a three-tier GRM, which will function throughout the life cycle of
the project implementation and PGCB will ensure its accessibility to affected parties, and
transparency and efficiency in grievance resolution. However, it will not deal or interfere with any
matters which are already placed before the country’s courts of law. The Project will provide wider
publicity for the GRM established using a variety of media such as brochures and leaflets printed
in Bengali, and through community level awareness raising programs. The roles and functions of
the GRM and its different tiers, specific locations where the different tires are established,
grievance reporting procedures, time frames for grievance resolution at each level etc. will be
disseminated to the affected persons as well as the general public using the above-mentioned
modes of communication. Furthermore, the Project will provide orientation and training to the
members of the GRM on effective grievance handling procedures.
140

328. GRM – Level 1: Level 1 of the GRM will be the project officers appointed by PGCB. The
persons can be sub assistant engineers, or any other engineers appointed by PGCB to the sites.37
Also, contractors on project sites can be windows for field level grievances. In case of grievances
that are urgent and minor, aggrieved parties can easily approach PGCB’s field officers and/or
contractors. Contact phone numbers, mails and names of the focal persons will be posted at all
construction sites at visible locations. Considering female complainants, a contact point of a
female focal will be posted too. The field officers of PGCB and focal persons of the contractors
will record the name of the complainants, the dates of complaints and the nature of the complaints.
The field officers of PGCB and/or focal persons of contractors will communicate with the
complainants to reach an amicable settlement within a period of two weeks.

329. GRM – Level 2: Level 2 of the GRM will be the Local Grievance Redress Committee
(LGRC) chaired by one of the Executive Engineers. PGCB will establish five LGRCs, one for each
Division under the project namely, Dhaka, Barishal, Khulna, Rajshai and Rangpur. The rest of the
members of the GRC with special care of gender balance will include (i) the project officers from
concerned project areas; (ii) the focal persons from the contractors; (iii) representatives of the
concerned Unions; and (iv) representatives of the relevant government offices such as DC.
Grievances that cannot be resolved at GRM-Level 1 or else if the affected persons were
dissatisfied with the Level 1 resolution can submit their grievances to LGRC. The meetings of the
LGRC will be held at the local office of PGCB or the union office in the area where the complaint
originated. The LGRC can convene the affected person to explain his/her grievance at the
meeting. The complainant can also send his/her nominee to the LGRC, if he/she is unable to
physically participate in the LGRC. During the committee deliberations, LGRC will clarify the
issues involved, and would try its best to reach a settlement acceptable to both the affected person
and the project within a period of two weeks. The executive engineer can also consult the deputy
project director (DPD) for advice and guidance if necessary. If an agreement or resolution is
reached, the key points of the agreement/resolution will be summarized, documented and signed
by both the affected person and the members of the GRC. The project officer of PGCB at site
level from where the complaint is submitted to LGRC will assist in the documentation and record
keeping, summaries of which will also be reported to ADB through monitoring reports.

330. GRM – Level 3: Level 3 of the GRM will be the Project Management Unit (PMU) of PGCB.
The GRC at the PMU with special care of gender balance will be chaired by Project Director (PD)
and comprise (i) External monitor for resettlement; (ii) dedicated safeguards specialist(s) under
PMU/ESU; (iii) relevant technicians and engineers from PGCB and contractor; and (iv)
representatives of the relevant government offices. The complainant and/or representative will be
called to appear before the Level 3 GRC and explain his/her grievance. An officer from ESU/PMU
will coordinate with the complainant. The complainant can send his/her nominee to the GRC, and
in the event of both being unable to physically participate in the GRC, the ESU/PMU officer will
explain the grievances on behalf of the complainant. If necessary, GRC members will undertake
field inspections to verify the issues reported. Level 3 GRC will reach a settlement through
consensus among its membership, failing which the decision may be taken on a majority vote.
The GRC located at PMU will conclude its proceedings within a period of one month since the
submission of the grievance and inform the complaint the conclusion. Any significant grievances
which may pose a life-and-death scenario should be resolved immediately. Also, in the case of
critical issues to be resolved, PD can also consult the managing director of PGCB for advice and
guidance. The ESU/PMU officer will assist in the documentation and record keeping, and

37 The DWZTGEP envisages recruiting 2 deputy project directors, 12 sub-divisional engineers and 42 assistant
engineers. (DPP, April 2019)
 141

summary outcomes will be reported to ADB through monitoring reports. Also, the external monitor
will take a role as a liaison between the GRC and ADB.

331. Apart from the above described three levels of GRM, contractors will also establish GRM
at site level which will exclusively address the issues and grievances of the labour teams.
However, whenever necessary, the aggrieved laborers also have the choice of approaching the
project based GRM.

332. The GRM does not impede access to the legal system. Affected persons can resort to
legal action through the country’s judiciary system at any time. They can also submit their
grievances to ADB’s Accountability Mechanism, which has both a problem-solving function to
respond to concerns of project affected people and a compliance review function where there is
discrepancy with implementation of ADBs operational policies.

333. The member secretary of GRCs will be regularly available and accessible for affected
persons to address concerns and grievances. The legal advisor of the PGCB will support the
GRCs in the regular process.

Table 8-1: Hierarchy of GRMs

Level Members at Different Levels & Time Frame
Project officers appointed by PGCB
Field Level
(Time frame is two weeks)
1. Executive engineer of the project;
2. Contractor or his representative;
Local Community 3. A male and a female member of the concerned Union;
Level 4. A representative of the aggrieved party (the representative should be a
female if the aggrieved party is a female).
(Time frame is two weeks)
1. Project Director of the relevant subproject;
2. Resettlement Specialist of the environmental and social unit;
3.Team Leader of the contractor;
PMU Level 4. The one responsible for land acquisition;
5. A representative of the aggrieved party;
6. A representative of the civil society.
(Time frame is one month)

8.6 Scope and Jurisdiction of GRC

334. The scope of work and jurisdiction of the GRC are:

i) The GRC shall evaluate, consider and resolve grievances, related to social/resettlement
and environmental mitigations during implementation, received by the committee;

ii) Major grievances that might require mitigations include construction site waste disposal,
soil erosion to agricultural lands, access roads, and site preparation activities; fugitive dust
and other emissions (e.g. from vehicle traffic, land clearing activities, and materials
stockpiles), noise from heavy equipment and traffic, materials and oil spills associated with
heavy equipment operation and fuelling activities. Any grievances presented to the GRC
should ideally be resolved on the first day of the hearing, and no more than a period of
two weeks, in cases of complicated cases requiring additional investigations. Grievances
of indirectly affected persons and/or persons affected during project implementation will
also be reviewed by GRC;
142

iii) The GRC will not engage in any review of the legal standing of an “awardee” other than in
direct losses or distribution of shares of acquired property among the legal owners and
associated compensation or entitlement issues;

iv) GRC decisions should ideally be arrived at through consensus, failing which resolution will
be based on majority vote. Any decision made by the GRC must be within the purview of
social, resettlement and environmental policy framework;

v) The GRC will not deal with any matters pending in the court of law. However, if the parties
agree through a written appeal, GRC can mediate. The parties will withdraw the litigation;

vi) A minimum of three members shall form the quorum for the meeting of the GRC; and

vii) The Legal Adviser will not play role as a member but will put his/her lawful advice/
suggestion during GRC sessions

8.7 Filing Grievance Cases and Documentation

335. Grievances will be filed without any fear and stress. The contractors will support the
affected persons in drafting the grievances. All grievances must be submitted in writing to the
Chair, GRC. The affected person himself/herself or appointed agent such as local elected
officials/legal advisors are to represent the complainants. The judgment made by GRC will be
communicated to the concerned affected person mainly in writing, also will be made allowances
for those that are illiterate to be able to access. If dissatisfied, and with the agreement of the GRC,
the affected person may request a further review of the judgment of GRC by the Project-level
GRC. In such cases, the case will be forwarded to the Convener of the project-level GRC with all
documentations. If he/she remains unsatisfied, he/she can go to the formal court of law or
accountability mechanism for SPS related grievances.

336. Through community meetings, notices and pamphlets in the local language (Bangla) and
the GRC procedures and operational rules will be publicized widely, so that APs are aware of
their rights and obligations, and procedure of grievance redresses.

337. GRC meetings will be held as agreed by the Committee, in the respective field offices of
the contractors/PGCB or other location(s). If required, GRC members may carry out field visits to
verify and review the issues at dispute, including titles/shares, the reason for any delay in
payments or other relevant matters. Through the process described below the affected persons
will address the complaints and grievances.

Table 8-2: Grievance Resolution Process

Step 1 • Complaint relating to the environmental impacts such as construction site waste disposal,
soil erosion to agricultural lands, access roads, and site preparation activities, fugitive dust
and other emissions (e.g. from vehicle traffic, land clearing activities, and materials
stockpiles), noise from heavy equipment and traffic, materials and oil spills associated with
heavy equipment operation and fuelling activities will be entertained by the GRC
Step 2 • The contractor assists the aggrieved affected persons to produce a written complaint to
the convener of GRC with stories and expectations. 38 The contractor counsels the
aggrieved persons on the mandate and procedure of grievance resolution.

38
Contractor should solve minor grievances if they can resolve at once, with documentation to show responsiveness.
 143

• GRC scrutinize the case records and sort out cases to be referred to the Deputy
Commissioner or the court of law and those to be resolved in GRC.
• Hearing is organized on cases with merit at the GRC secretariat or at Union
Parishad/Municipality Offices at local level and resolution is given by the GRC in one
month of receiving the complaints.
• Aggrieved APs satisfied with the resolution approach the executing agency for assistance
under the provision of the EMP/ RP. The agreed resolution is forward to PGCB for
approval by the Project Director.
• In case the resolution is not acceptable to the aggrieved person, he/she approaches the
Project Director through the GRC convener with assistance from the contractor for further
review.
• Aggrieved APs may opt to approach to the Court of Law, if the resolution at PGCB is not
acceptable to him/her.
Step 3 • The resolution accepted by the aggrieved persons at any level (local, PMU) is approved
by the Project Director and forwarded back to the Conveners’ office keeping records at
his/her office.
EA = executing agency, DP = Displaced Person, GRC = grievance redress committee, NGO = non-governmental
organization, PGCB = Power Grid Company of Bangladesh, PMU = Project Management Unit.

Figure 8-1: Grievance Redress Flow Chart

Referred to
DC
Further clarification
through field visit Resolved Unresolved
Note:
the

Unresolved Court of Law

(District Judge Court)

Grievance Resolution
Resolved
At Project level, Dhaka
Time Frame- two weeks Deputy Commissioner
Resolved (DC)/
District LA Office
Unresolved

Compensation under Law

Grievance Resolution
at local level- Time Frame- two Grievance
weeks Resolved
Payment under RP/EMP

Valid
complains
APs are aware &
Disclosure and Counselling APs approach for
satisfied / accept
contractor/PGCB field office compensation/assistance
grievance resolution

Project Affected Persons and Communities

ongoing issues which pose a life- and – death scenario shall be resolved immediately.
144

338. The project level GRC at headquarters will keep records of complaints received for its use,
as well as for use by ADB during regular supervisions. The GRM does not impede access to the
legal system. Affected persons can resort to legal action through the country’s judiciary system at
any time. They can also submit their grievances to ADB’s Accountability Mechanism.

8.8 Approval of GRCs and Entitlements of GRC Members

339. All the decisions and proceedings of GRC meetings at any level will be finally approved
by the contractor and PGCB.

340. All GRC members will attend a training and orientation meeting earlier, before
commencement of their work. Project staff and consultants/environment specialists will conduct
the training.

341. Grievances will be heard once a month by GRC. Before starting project work, the
resettlement process must be completed, the GRC may meet more than once in every 30 days
depending upon the number of such cases. Within two weeks of the hearing of the grievances
the LGRC will inform the concerned aggrieved persons of their decision. If necessary, GRC will
conclude its proceedings based on field inspection within a period of one month since the
submission of grievances.

8.9 Grievance Redress Monitoring

342. The Project Directors of PMU will keep records of all the grievances and their redress in
monthly cumulative formats, which will be provided by the contractor and to be signed by the
convener of the GRC. The format will contain information on the number of grievances received
with nature, those resolved, and the number of unresolved grievances.
 145

9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

343. ADB’s SPS 2009 requires that an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) be prepared
as part of an IEE report. This EMP aims to (i) comply with ADB requirements and guidance, (ii)
comply with applicable environmental requirements of the Government of Bangladesh, which
requires an EMP to be part of an IEE or EIA, (iii) achieve sustainable and environmentally and
socially acceptable development interventions for transmission line and substation development,
and (iv) inform the Government of Bangladesh involved agencies and the future contractors on
environmental management strategies.

344. The EMP has been prepared for the substation and transmission line subprojects. It
describes the anticipated impacts, monitoring requirements, and development of mitigation
measures with respect to the following stages: (i) pre-construction, (ii) construction, and (iii)
operation and maintenance. Detailed, mitigation measures and monitoring plans are developed
and will be implemented during the project implementation phase.

345. The EMP for the project identifies feasible and cost-effective mitigation and remediation
measures to be taken to reduce potential significant, adverse impacts to acceptable levels. Here,
proper mitigation measures are proposed for each potential impact, including details of
responsible parties for implementation of the mitigation measures and the associated monitoring
program.

346. Table 9-1 to Table 9-5 show the EMP and Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMoP) and the
costs for supporting the activities. Environmental monitoring reports will be submitted to ADB on
a semi-annual basis by the Design and Supervision Consultant (DSC) & PGCB. If any of the
safeguard requirements that are covenanted in the legal agreements are found not to be
satisfactorily complied, an appropriate corrective action plan (CAP) will be developed and
implemented as agreed upon with ADB to rectify unsatisfactory safeguard compliance. The
environment monitoring reports, the CAP and the updated IEE if any, submitted by PGCB during
project implementation are disclosed locally and on the ADB website upon receipt.
146

Table 9-1: Environmental Management Plan39 for the Impacts of the Substation Subprojects in Components 1 and 2
Environmen
Implementation Super-vision
tal Issues/ Environmental Impacts Mitigation Measures
Agency Agency
Parameters
(a) Preconstruction/Construction Stage
Prior to commencement of construction activities,
Loss of 80.92 acres of land for the construction the owners of the affected lands must be notified
of 15 substations and one existing (Satkhira) and provided proper compensation in time as per
Land substation (mainly agricultural/ paddy, the government and ADB guidelines.
acquisition/ waterbody, marsh) permanently at substation As per the government and ADB guidelines, RP DC DSC/ PGCB
requisition sites. should be prepared for land acquisition/ requisition/
Temporary loss of land (requisition) for compensation and follow it.
construction camps etc. Use GIS instead of AIS, in order to reduce land
requirement.
As the lands, except Purbachal 2, are paddy Site specific mitigation measures will be required in
Top soil fields removal of top soil might not be required 14 substation lands, except at Purbachal -2 GSS Contractor DSC/ PGCB
before the land filling. site
Lands selected for the construction of 15 Prior to the start of removal of trees/ clearing of
substations are paddy fields, including small vegetation, provide adequate compensation to the
extents of marshy lands and waterbodies. Only owners.
Cutting of
the land earmarked for Purbachal-2 substation
trees/
(Dhaka) is a highland. Fifty-six trees (> 5 m in Contractor DSC/ PGCB
Clearing of
height) to be removed from these lands. Loss of
vegetation
standing crops (if any), grass and bushes at
substation sites and construction camp sites is
anticipated.
3 acres of waterbody loss might be fully restored as
the compensation will enable waterbody owner to
Possible 3-acre waterbody loss.
build similar water bodies within the paddy land
Disturbance of wildlife due to project activities
Fauna they will buy. DC shall ensure the compensation is DC DSC/
such as earthworks, moving of project
(Wildlife) for restoration of lost waterbodies with restoration Contractor PGCB
equipment and transports, especially during
of new waterbodies at same size prior to the old
night time.
waterbodies to be filled up.

39
Site-specific environmental management plans with quantified impacts and their mitigations will be prepared by contractors and endorsed by
PGCB prior to access to the sites permitted.
 147

Prepare construction management plan (CMP, by

the contractor) to be approved by PGCB before
access to site is permitted and follow it properly.
Follow the government rules and regulations, EHS
guidelines and WHO noise guidance whichever is
more stringent on noise.
Project workers should not disturb or kill any
wildlife. Fishing is not allowed.
Use of durable, long-lasting materials that will not
need to be replaced as often, thereby reducing the
amount of construction waste generated over time.
Provision of facilities for handling and storage of
construction materials to reduce the amount of
waste caused by damage or exposure to the
elements.
Purchase of perishable construction materials such
as paints incrementally to ensure reduced spoilage
of unused materials.
Construction Generation of construction wastes from the DSC/
Use of building materials that have minimal Contractor
Waste construction materials. PGCB
packaging to avoid the generation of excessive
packaging waste.
Use of construction materials containing recycled
content when possible and in accordance with
accepted standards.
Adequate collection, separation, and storage of
waste on site and safe transportation to the
disposal sites and disposal methods at designated,
licensed, engineered and sanitary landfills shall be
provided.
Provide culverts enough for accommodating flood
Reducing floodplain storage area and increase
flows in the access road of the substation.
local flooding, due to earth filling of substation
Ensure timely monitoring, especially if construction
sites and access roads above highest flood
works are carried out during the monsoon period.
level (HFL). This will be a major environment
Drainage Provision for pumping of congested water, if
impact as the 14 lands selected for construction DSC/
congestion needed. No discharge to the surface water. Contractor
of substations consist of paddy lands, marshes PGCB
and flooding Consideration of the HFL during design of
and waterbodies.
substations, to avoid inundation.
Drainage congestion if the surrounding sites are
Substation civil designs will include drainage and
blocked by the earth embankment.
flood control measures to avoid adverse impacts by
148

land filling in new substation lands and also specify

that the soil/sand shall be sourced only from
existing licensed suppliers who are authorised by
the government to supply soil/sand for land filling.
Use of noise reducers in heavy construction
equipment.
It is required that no construction should be allowed
during night time (9 PM to 6 AM).
As per EHS guidelines, avoid prolonged exposure
to noise (produced by equipment) by workers.
Noise pollution due to construction activities, Regulate use of horns and avoid use of hydraulic DSC/
Noise level Contractor
generators and construction vehicle movement. horns in project vehicles. PGCB
Generators should be placed within rooms
(concrete walls with roof).
Noise levels will continue to be monitored in pre-
construction and construction, and if there is
exceedance at the village edges, noise baffles will
be constructed.
All vehicles (e.g., trucks, equipment, and other
vehicles that support construction works) shall be
well maintained and not emit dark or smoky
emissions in excess of the limits described in the
EQS.
Specific training will be focused on minimizing dust
and exhaust gas emissions from heavy
construction vehicles. Drivers of vehicles used
during construction will be under strict instructions
Air pollution and dust generation due to
to minimize unnecessary trips and minimize idling
Air quality construction activities especially due to the DSC/
of engines. Dust suppression facilities (water Contractor
and dust underground cabling, generators and PGCB
sprayer) shall be available where earth and cement
construction vehicle movements.
works are required.
Spray water on dry and loose surfaces of the
construction sites regularly.
Maintain adequate moisture content of soil to
minimize dust during transportation, compaction
and handling.
Construction materials (sand, gravel, and rocks)
and spoil materials will be transported in trucks
covered with tarpaulins.
 149

Sprinkle and cover stockpiles of loose construction

materials (e.g., fine aggregates, sand).
Avoid use of equipment such as stone crushers at
the sites, which produce significant amount of
particulate matter.
N95 masks should be provided to all personnel in
areas prone to dust emissions throughout the
period of construction.
Laboratory analysis of the river bed materials to be
confirmed prior to starting collection from the river
by existing licensed suppliers.
Prevention of spillage and leakage of liquids at
DSC/
Soil quality Soil pollution construction sites and camp. Contractor
PGCB
Ensure no use of transformers containing PCB to
avoid soil and air pollution. Oil storage in drums
stored on impermeable surface with 110% bunded
capacity.
Prior to the start of clearing of vegetation, provide
adequate compensation to the owners in time.
Removal of vegetation such as grass, standing
Locate construction camps away from residential
Siting of crops (if any) shrubs and trees.
settlements, cultural sites, water bodies, etc. DSC/
construction Environmental pollution (such as air/dust, noise, Contractor
(minimum 0.5 km). PGCB
camps water, wastes, excess soil) affecting nearby the
Try to use fallow land to avoid crop damage.
settlements.
Just after completion of the construction, hand over
the camp sites to the owners as in earlier condition.
Follow Bangladesh Road Traffic Authority (BRTA)
traffic rules and regulations to develop a traffic
plan.
Schedule deliveries of materials/ equipment during
off-peak hours.
Traffic Engage flagmen especially at the entry of the
congestion/ Traffic congestion and road accidents due to substation sites and construction camps for traffic DSC/
Contractor
road movement of construction vehicles. control. PGCB
accident Engage experienced drivers to drive project
vehicles.
Arrange for signal lights at night.
Prepare and follow proper traffic management to
be approved by PGCB before the access to site
granted.
150

Avoid stockpiling of materials, especially at the

road sides, that could disturb traffic movement.
Solid wastes collection system will be essential,
which should include separation and collection of
solid wastes in the dustbins/waste containers
throughout the work sites, construction yard/ labour
camps.
Wastes such as pieces of rods and wood,
newspapers, containers etc. can be sold to the
Pollution due to wastes (construction wastes vendors and the rest of the waste must be taken to
Pollution due DSC/
from construction activities and general wastes the licensed, engineered sanitary landfill by the Contractor
to wastes PGCB
from workers’ camps) contractor or licensed third party.
A log of the disposal of toxic and other waste
materials is to be kept by the Contractors.
Prior to the start of construction, contractor should
prepare waste management plan (WMP) based on
the EMP, for approval by PGCB before access to
site reflecting national and EHS guideline
requirements.
Safety barriers and warning signs surrounding the
construction site.
Community Generators should be placed in closed rooms.
Community H&S nearby the substation site DSC/
health and Formulate and implement an emergency risk Contractor
could be affected. PGCB
safety (H&S) management plan, for approval by PGCB before
access to site reflecting national and EHS
Guideline requirements.
An experienced Health & Safety (H&S) Manager
must be engaged on each works package with
appropriate qualifications and experience and not
doubling up on any other job by the contractor prior
to start of construction.
Before access to site granted, contractor to prepare
Occupationa
H&S plan based on risk assessment for approval DSC/
l health and Health and safety risks of construction workers. Contractor
by PGCB following national and EHS guideline PGCB
safety (H&S)
requirements.
Only permit trained and certified workers to work
with any electrical equipment.
Safety induction by the H&S Manager should be
provided for the workers and visitors before they
will be allowed to access the site.
 151

Prior to starting work, a tool box meeting should be

arranged by the H&S Manager for the workers.
First Aid Box and personal protective equipment,
PPE (such as safety helmets, safety shoes, eye
protection glasses, ear plugs/muffs, waist belts,
masks, hand gloves, body protective aprons and
insulating boots) must be provided to the workers
and ensure their use by the workers.
Safety signs, health signs, prohibition signs,
warning signs, mandatory signs, emergency
escape signs, first-aid signs, information signs,
signboards, supplementary signboards, safety
collar, symbol, pictogram, illuminated signs,
acoustic signals, verbal communication and hand
signals must be fitted at the designated sites of the
subproject areas.
Physical Chance Find Procedure to be developed following
Possibility of damage to Physical Cultural DSC/
Cultural the IFC Guidance Note 8 and BAN regulations Contractor
Resources. PGCB
Resources
Employment Employ local people, especially PAPs, for the
Employment opportunities for the local people, DSC/
generation/ project activities (as much as possible). Contractor
especially for PAPs. PGCB
income
(b) Operation Stage
Planting of 75,000 saplings to replace felled trees,
on the side slopes of the access roads, during the
A total of 75,000 indigenous tree species (three
monsoon period.
Tree times the number of affected trees from both
The number of saplings which die within 3 years of FD PGCB
replantation substations and transmission line) can be
planting should be replaced by new saplings.
planted in home gardens and govt. lands
Nursing period of planted saplings should not less
than 3 years.
Drainage congestion could occur in the surface Clean the drains, especially during the monsoon,
Drainage
drains within the substation area, if proper O&M regularly. PGCB PGCB
congestion
is not done regularly. Ensure adequate monitoring.
Safety barriers and warning signs surrounding the
Community substation sites with awareness raising
health and Community H&S nearby the substation site. programme. PGCB PGCB
safety Generators should be placed in the closed rooms.
operational H&S risk assessment to be undertaken.
152

Ensure security of substation in collaboration with

law enforcement agencies.
Safety and
Risk to continuous power supply and even Keep complaint book in the substation for recording
security of PGCB PGCB
damage of substation. of people’s complaints.
workers
Ensure availability of adequate safety gear for
substation operations.
Due to adequate reliability of power supply, O&M of the substations should be done in time for
Power
social life and economic condition of the people adequate power generation. PGCB PGCB
Supply
will be improved.
Short
Due to a possible short circuit of the substation, O&M of substations should be done in time by
Circuit/Accid PGCB PGCB
disruption of power and accident could occur. experienced personnel.
ent
ADB = Asian Development Bank, BRTA= Bangladesh Road Traffic Authority, CMP = Construction Management Plan, DC = Deputy Commissioner, DSC = Design
and Supervision Consultants, EMP = Environmental Management Plan, EQS = Environment Quality Standards, FD = Forest Department, GoB = Government of
Bangladesh, H&S = health and safety, HFL = highest flood level, km = kilometre, m = meter, O&M = operations and maintenance, PAP = project affected person,
PCB = polychlorinated biphenyl, PGCB = Power Grid Company of Bangladesh, PPE = personal protective equipment, RP = Resettlement Plan, WMP = waste
management plan.
 153

Table 9-2: Budget for Tree Planting and Environment Management Plan (EMP) implementation
Cost

Total Amount
Item Qty Rate
($)

75,000 seedlings/ saplings to be

Tree planting (three times of trees
planted in home gardens and govt. Lump sum 50,000
removed for project interventions)
lands, maintenance for three years
Contractor’s EMP implementation
1.5% of the contractor’s civil cost Lump sum 1,550,000*
cost
Sub total 1,600,000
Environmental quality Monitoring
(water, air, noise, soil etc.)
Laboratory analysis (see Table 9.6) Lump sum 200,000*

Sub Total
200,000
Total Cost 1,800,000
1,800,000
*cost will be included in the contractor’s turnkey price
154

Table 9-3: Mitigation Measures for the Impacts of Transmission Lines, LILO and underground cabling subprojects in Components 1 &
240
Environmental
Implementation Supervision
Issues/ Environmental Impacts Mitigation Measures
Agency Agency
Parameters
(a) Preconstruction/Construction Stage
Tree felling, 22,790 trees (>5 m in height) Prior to the start of clearing of vegetation, provide adequate
Clearing of will be directly affected by compensation to the owners.
vegetation cutting and trimming, as well DSC/
Contractor
as standing crops (if any) and PGCB
bushes along the RoW will
also be affected.
Requisition of land Loss of 14.92 acres (6.0 ha) Prior to commencement of construction activities, the owners
(loss of 10.6 acres land permanently for 1,140 of the affected land must be notified and provided proper
of land for the tower bases of the TL/LILO compensation as per GoB and ADB guidelines.
DC DSC/ PGCB
construction period lines.
of about 3- 4 years, As per GoB and ADB guidelines, RP should be prepared for
and beyond) land acquisition/requisition/compensation and follow it.
Fauna (Wildlife) Disturbance of wildlife, Preparation of construction management plan (approved by
especially birds, due to project PGCB before access to site is permitted) by the contractor
activities such as moving of and follow it. DSC/
Contractor
project equipment and Follow GoB rules and regulations on noise. PGCB
transports (especially during Project workers should not disturb or kill birds or other
night time). animals.
Construction Waste Generation of construction Use of durable, long-lasting materials that will not need to be
wastes from the construction replaced as often, thereby reducing the amount of
materials. construction waste generated over time.
Provision of facilities for proper handling and storage of
construction materials to reduce the amount of waste caused
by damage or exposure to the elements DSC/
Contractor
Purchase of perishable construction materials such as paints PGCB
incrementally to ensure reduced spoilage of unused materials
Use of building materials that have minimal packaging to
avoid the generation of excessive packaging waste.
Use of construction materials containing recycled content
when possible and in accordance with accepted standards.

40
Site-specific environmental management plans with quantified impacts and their mitigations will be prepared by contractors and endorsed by
PGCB prior to access to the sites permitted.
 155

Environmental
Implementation Supervision
Issues/ Environmental Impacts Mitigation Measures
Agency Agency
Parameters
Adequate collection and storage of waste on site and safe
transportation to the disposal sites and disposal methods at
designated, licensed, engineered and sanitary landfill shall be
provided.
Noise level Noise pollution due to It is recommended that no construction should be allowed
construction activities, during night time (9 PM to 6 AM).
generators, and construction Avoid using of construction equipment producing excessive
vehicle movement. noise at any time.
Avoid prolonged exposure to noise (produced by equipment)
DSC/
by workers. Contractor
PGCB
Regulate use of horns and avoid use of hydraulic horns in
project vehicles.
Follow the government rules and regulations, EHS guidelines
and WHO noise guidance whoever is more stringent on
noise.
Air quality and dust Air pollution and dust All vehicles (e.g., trucks, equipment, and other vehicles that
generation due to construction support construction works) shall be well maintained and not
activities, especially during the emit dark or smoky emissions in excess of the limits
underground cabling, described in the Environment Quality Standards (EQS).
generators and construction Specific training will be focused on minimizing dust and
vehicle movement. exhaust gas emissions from heavy construction vehicles.
Drivers of vehicles used during construction will be under
strict instructions to minimize unnecessary trips and minimize
idling of engines. Dust suppression facilities (back pack water
sprayer) shall be available where earth and cement works are
required. DSC/
Contractor
Spray water on dry and loose surfaces of the construction PGCB
sites regularly to minimize dust.
Maintain adequate moisture content of soil during
transportation, compaction and handling.
Construction materials (sand, gravel, and rocks) and spoil
materials will be transported in trucks covered with tarpaulins.
Sprinkle and cover stockpiles of loose construction materials
(e.g., fine aggregates, sand).
Dust masks should be provided to all personnel in areas
prone to dust emissions throughout the period of
construction.
156

Environmental
Implementation Supervision
Issues/ Environmental Impacts Mitigation Measures
Agency Agency
Parameters
Soil quality Soil pollution. Prevention of spillage and leakage of liquid at tower sites. DSC/
Contractor
PGCB
Sitting of Temporary loss of land for the Prior to commencement of construction activities, the owners
construction camps construction camps for towers. of the affected land must be notified and provided proper
(if needed for tower Clearing of standing crops (if compensation as per GoB and ADB guidelines.
construction) any), grass and bushes. As per GoB and ADB guidelines, RP should be prepared for
Environmental pollution (such land acquisition/ requisition /compensation.
as air, noise, water, wastes Prior to the start of clearing of vegetation, provide adequate DSC/
Contractor
and soil) affecting nearby the compensation to the owners in time. PGCB
settlements. Locate construction camps away from residential settlements,
cultural sites, water bodies etc. (minimum 0.5 km).
Try to use fallow land and just after completion of
construction, hand over camp sites to the owners as in earlier
condition.
Traffic Traffic congestion and Follow Bangladesh Road Transport Authority (BRTA) traffic
congestion/road road/railway accident due to rules and regulations to develop a traffic plan.
accident movement of construction Schedule deliveries of material/ equipment during off-peak
vehicles. hours.
Engage flagman where needed. DSC/
Contractor
Engage experienced drivers to drive project vehicles. PGCB
Arrange for signal lights at night, for proper traffic
management.
Avoiding stockpiling of materials, especially at the roadsides,
that could hamper traffic movement.
Pollution due to Pollution due to wastes Solid wastes collection system will be essential, which should
wastes (construction wastes from include separation and collection of solid wastes in the
construction activities and dustbins/waste containers throughout the tower work sites.
general wastes from workers’ Wastes, such as pieces of rods and wood, newspapers,
camps). containers etc. can be sold to vendors and the rest must be
taken to the licensed, engineered sanitary landfill by the DSC/
Contractor
Contractors or licensed third party. PGCB
A log of the disposal of toxic and other waste materials is to
be kept by the Contractors.
Contractor should prepare a waste management plan based
on the EMP, for approval by PGCB before access to site
reflecting national and EHS guideline requirements.
 157

Environmental
Implementation Supervision
Issues/ Environmental Impacts Mitigation Measures
Agency Agency
Parameters
Community health Community H&S along the Safety barriers and warning signs surrounding the tower
and safety (H&S) transmission line. construction site.
For structures remaining in the RoW a targeted consultation
with residents will be undertaken prior to determining final
alignment to discuss the health and safety implications, with
education program for residents and communities on how to
minimize the risks involved.
Given the risk of damage to structures within RoW, during
construction the contractor will prepare a construction method
statement for installation of transmission lines above
structures including community health and safety risk
assessment and management plan, and provide
compensation for any damage caused. Further, final
DSC/
alignment will be reviewed if structures can be relocated out Contractor
PGCB
of the right of way with particular emphasis on avoiding
schools. Lightening conductor and earth wire will be installed
on the transmission line. Resistance of turbine tower feet will
be designed to limit lightning back voltage. Metallic
components on structures located within the right of way will
be grounded, where directly under transmission line.
If there are structures with more than about 500m 2 of metal
surface, provision for reconstruction in alternative materials. If
there are structures used to store highly flammable materials,
alternative storage arrangements will need to be provided.
Formulate and implement an emergency risk management
plan, for approval by PGCB before access to site reflecting
national and EHS guideline requirements.
Occupational health Health and safety risks of An experienced H&S Manager must be engaged on each
and safety (H&S) construction workers. work package with appropriate qualifications and experience
and not doubling up on any other jobs by the contractor prior
to the start of construction of the towers.
DSC/
Only permitting trained and certified workers to work with any Contractor
PGCB
electrical equipment.
Before access to site granted, contractor to prepare H$S plan
based on risk assessment for approval by PGCB following
national and EHS guideline requirements.
158

Environmental
Implementation Supervision
Issues/ Environmental Impacts Mitigation Measures
Agency Agency
Parameters
Safety instruction by the E&H Manager should be provided
for the workers and visitors before they will be allowed to
access the site.
First aid box and personal protective equipment, PPE (such
as helmet, safety shoes, eye protection glass, ear plugs,
waist belt, mask, hand gloves, body protective apron, ear
muff and insulating boots, as needed) must be provided to
the workers, and ensure their use by workers.
Safety signs as needed at the tower sites.
Employment Employment opportunities for Employ local people, especially PAPs, for the tower
DSC/
generation/ income the local people, especially for construction activities as much as possible. Contractor
PGCB
PAPs.
(b) Operation Stage:
Tree replantation A total of 75,000 indigenous Planting of 75,000 saplings to replace felled trees, on the side
tree species (three times the slopes of the access roads, during the monsoon period.
number of affected trees from The number of saplings which die within 3 years of planting
both substations and should be replaced by new saplings. FD PGCB
transmission line) can be Nursing period of planted saplings should not less than 3
planted in home gardens and years.
govt. lands
Community health Community H&S along the Safety barriers and warning signs at each tower with
and safety transmission lines. awareness raising programme. PGCB PGCB
Operational H&S risk assessment to be undertaken.
Safety and security Risk to continuous power Ensure security of transmission towers in collaboration with
of workers supply. law enforcing agencies.
PGCB PGCB
Ensure availability of adequate safety gear for tower
maintenance workers.
Power Supply Due to adequate reliability of O&M of towers should be done in time to ensure their
power supply, social life and integrity.
PGCB PGCB
economic condition of the
people will be improved
 159

Environmental
Implementation Supervision
Issues/ Environmental Impacts Mitigation Measures
Agency Agency
Parameters
EMF Due to EMF, human health For housing structures41, clearance between the transmission
may be affected line and roof tops should be 6.5 m - 8 m and for river
crossings it will 14.6 m -15.9 m, warning signs of TL will be PGCB PGCB
needed on the river for navigations/fishing. Note that no
houses will be directly affected by the TL/LILO lines.
ADB = Asian Development Bank, BRTA= Bangladesh Road Traffic Authority, DC = Deputy Commissioner, DSC = Design and Supervision Consultants, EMF =
electromagnetic field, EMP = Environmental Management Plan, EQS = Environment Quality Standards, GoB = Government of Bangladesh, H&S = health and safety,
ha = hectare, km = kilometre, LILO = line-in line-out, m = meter, O&M = operations and maintenance, PAP = project affected person, PGCB = Power Grid Company
of Bangladesh, PPE = personal protective equipment, RoW = right of way, RP = Resettlement Plan, TL = transmission line.

41
Currently no housing or school structures directly underneath the lines, during the final alignment selection, PGCB will try every efforts to avoid housing or school
structures directly underneath the line. For structures remaining in the right of way a targeted consultation with residents will be undertaken prior to determining final
alignment to discuss the health and safety implications, with education program for residents and communities on how to minimize the risks involved.
 160

Table 9-4: Environmental Monitoring Plan for Substation Subprojects

Environmental Standards/ Means of Implementati Supervision

Monitoring Parameters Frequency Location
Issues/Parameters Guidelines Monitoring on Agency Agency
Preconstruction42/Construction Stage
Clearing of Checking whether proper DoE/FD Inspection Regular Within the Contractor/FD DSC/PGCB
vegetation compensation as frequency during substation land
mentioned in the RP is site clearing and access
received by PAPs. operations. road sites
Fauna (Wildlife) Checking whether wildlife DoE/FD Inspection Weekly Substation sites Contractor/FD DSC/PGCB
is disturbed/ killed by the
workers.
Drainage Congestion/ Checking drainage Hydrological/ Inspection Regularly during Substation sites Contractor DSC/PGCB
Flooding congestion and top of Drainage earthworks
substation site above study
HFL.
Noise Pollution Ambient noise level DoE Noise Measurement Regularly during At construction Contractor DSC/PGCB
Pollution construction at sites, roadsides
Control Rules, the substation and camps
2006 sites and during
piling works

Monitor noise of
traffic movements
at substation
sites with
exceptionally
large volume of
infills during peak
movements
Dust Pollution Dust should be controlled DoE Inspection Regularly Substation sites Contractor DSC/PGCB
by water spraying guidelines During land fill
regularly, especially works should do
during dry period. quantitative dust
monitoring at
substation sites

42
The EPC contractor will collect a set of baseline data prior to any civil work commencement.
 161

Surface Water pH, BOD5, COD, NH3-N, DoE Sampling and Quarterly for Nearby Contractor DSC/PGCB
Quality Total Petroleum Standards Laboratory substation sites Waterbodies
Hydrocarbons (TPH), Analysis
coliforms, PO4
Ground pH, Mn, Fe, As, TC, FC, DoE Sampling and Quarterly at all At construction Contractor DSC/PGCB
Water/Drinking TPH Standards Laboratory tube wells within camps
Water Quality Analysis 500m
Pollution due to Checking collection, DoE Inspection Regular Construction Contractor DSC/PGCB
Wastes storage, transportation, guidelines camps
and disposal of waste.

Waste from construction

sites to be collected and
disposed safely to the
designated sites.
Wastes from labor camp
to be disposed properly at
the designated sites.
Traffic Congestion/ Checking meeting points BRTA Inspection Regular Meeting point Contractor DSC/PGCB
Road Accident of existing road and of existing road
access road and access
road
Occupational health Checking health, use of DoE/IFC Inspection and Regular At construction Contractor DSC/PGCB
and safety PPE and first aid facilities, guidelines testing of sites and
DWQ, sanitation and DWQ camps
accommodation.

Record of all occupational

H&S incidents, any people
lost time or fatal must be
reported to ADB within
48hrs with corrective
action plan.
Community health Awareness of local people DoE/IFC Inspection Regular At construction Contractor DSC/PGCB
and safety and staying guidelines site and camps
safely away from the
project activities

Record of all community

H&S incidents, any people
 162

lost or fatal must be

reported to ADB within
48hrs with corrective
action plan.
Physical Cultural Chance find procedure to DoE/IFC Inspection Regular At construction Contractor DSC/PGCB
Resources be developed guidelines site
Operation Stage
Tree replantation Replanting of saplings and FD Inspection QuarterlyQuaterly Access road FD PGCB
checking replacement of side slopes
dead saplings, and
watering and fertilizing of
saplings for 3 years
Drainage congestion Checking drainage Hydrological Inspection As and when Substation sites PGCB PGCB
congestion in the /Drainage required during
substation sites during study monsoon
monsoon
Community health Community H&S nearby DoE/IFC Inspection Regular Substation sites PGCB PGCB
and safety the substation site. guidelines

Record of all community

H&S incidents, any people
lost time or fatal must be
reported to ADB within
48hrs with corrective
action plan.
Safety and security of Checking use of PPE and DoE/IFC Inspection Regular Substation sites PGCB PGCB
substation and duties of security force. guidelines
workers
Record of all occupational
H&S incidents, any people
lost time or fatal must be
reported to ADB within
48hrs with corrective
action plan.

As = arsenic, BRTA= Bangladesh Road Traffic Authority, COD = chemical oxygen demand, BOD5 = five-day biochemical oxygen demand, DoE = Department of
Environment, DSC = Design and Supervision Consultants, DWQ = Drinking Water Quality, FC = Faecal Contamination , FD = Forest Department, Fe = iron, H&S =
health and safety, HFL = highest flood level, IFC = International Finance Corporation, NH3-N = ammonia nitrogen, PAP = project affected person, PGCB = Power Grid
Company of Bangladesh, PO4 = phosphate, PPE = personal protective equipment, Mn = manganese, RP = Resettlement Plan, TC =Total Coliform .
 163

Table 9-5: Environmental Monitoring Plan for TL/LILO Line Subprojects

Implement
Environmental Standards/ Means of Supervisio
Monitoring Parameters Frequency Location ation
Issues/Parameters Guidelines Monitoring n Agency
Agency
Preconstruction43/Construction Stage
Requirement of land Ensure that PAPs get As per RP Inspection As per RP RoW of the DC DSC/PGCB
compensation as per RP TL/LILO lines
Trimming of trees Checking whether proper DoE/FD Inspection Regular Trimming of FD DSC/PGCB
within RoW and compensation as mentioned in during trees within
clearing vegetation RP is received by PAPs. tree felling RoW and
from the tower and clearing
bases of the site clearing vegetation from
TL/LILO lines. operations the tower bases
of the TL/LILO
lines.
Noise Pollution Ambient noise level DoE standards Measureme Regularly At adjacent Contractor DSC/PGCB
nt during subproject
construction cultural sites and
at the construction
locations camps
with
sensitive
receptors
and during
piling works
if any
Pollution due to Checking storage, transportation, DoE guidelines Inspection Regular Construction sites Contractor DSC/PGCB
Wastes handling, and disposal of wastes. and camps
Wastes from construction sites
and camps to be disposed
properly at the designated waste
dumping sites.
Surface Water pH, BOD5, COD, NH3-N, PO4, DoE Standards Sampling At all river River Crossing Contractor DSC/PGCB
Quality TPH and coliforms and crossings Sites near towers
Laboratory within 500m

43
The EPC contractor will collect a set of baseline data prior to any civil work commencement.
 164

Analysis of
waterbodies
before and
after works
Groundwater pH, Mn, Fe, As, TC, FC, TPH DoE Standards Sampling Quarterly at At representative Contractor DSC/PGCB
/Drinking Water and all tube wells tower construction
Quality Laboratory within 500m sites
Analysis
Traffic Checking road crossing points, BRTA Inspection Regular At road/railway. Contractor DSC/PGCB
congestion/ roads adjacent to towers. crossing points
Road and
Accident roads adjacent to
towers
Cultural sites (such as a Checking whether cultural sites DoE guidelines Inspection As and when Contractor DSC/PGCB
mosque) are affected by the project required
activities such as noise, wastes,
etc.
Physical Cultural Chance find procedure to be DoE/IFC guidelines Inspection Regular At construction Contractor DSC/PGCB
Resources developed site
Occupational health Use of PPE, general health, DoE/IFC guidelines Inspection Regular At construction Contractor DSC/PGCB
and safety water supply and sanitation. sites and camps

Record of all occupational H&S

incidents, any people lost time or
fatal must be reported to ADB
within 48hrs with corrective action
plan.
Community health Awareness of local people. DoE/IFC guidelines Inspection Regular At tower Contractor DSC/PGCB
and safety construction
Record of all community H&S sites and crossing
incidents, any people lost time or of roads
fatal must be reported to ADB
within 48hrs with corrective action
plan.
Operation Stage
Tree replantation Replanting of saplings and FD Inspection Quarterly Access road FD PGCB
checking replacement of dead side slopes
saplings, and watering and
fertilizing of saplings for 3 years
 165

Tall trees Trimming of tall trees under the FD Inspection Once every Along the PGCB PGCB
transmission line year and as TL/LILO Lines
directed by
the
relevant
engineer of
PGCB
EMF Checking of clearance of Australian Inspection As and when At populated PGCB PGCB
transmission line and tops of Standard required /housing areas
houses (for housing structures) for the safety of where TL/LILO
and for river crossing clearance power lines (No BD lines pass over
from HFL to TL standard and no
device
available in BD)
Short circuit/ Safety DoE guidelines Inspection Regular Along the PGCB PGCB
accident TL/LILO lines
Occupational and Use of PPE. As required Inspection Regular Along the TL/LILO PGCB PGCB
Community lines
Health and Safety Record of all occupational and
community H&S incidents, any
people lost time or fatal must be
reported to ADB within 48hrs with
corrective action plan.
Power Supply Access to electricity in the rural DoE/PDB Inspection Whole Along the PGCB PGCB
area on priority basis. guidelines project TL/LILO lines
period
As = arsenic, BD = Bangladesh, BOD5 = five-day biochemical oxygen demand, BRTA= Bangladesh Road Traffic Authority, COD = chemical oxygen demand, DC =
Deputy Commissioner, DoE = Department of Environment, DSC = Design and Supervision Consultants, EMF = electromagnetic field, FC = faecal coliform, Fe = iron,
HFL = highest flood level, IFC = International Finance Corporation, LILO = line-in line-out, m = meter, Mn = manganese, NH3-N = ammonia nitrogen, OHS = Occupational
Health and Safety, PAP = project affected person, PDB = Power Development Board , PGCB = Power Grid Company of Bangladesh, PO4 = phosphate, PPE = personal
protective equipment, RoW = right of way, RP = Resettlement Plan, TC = total coliform, TL = transmission line.
 166

Table 9-6: Cost of Laboratory-based Environmental Monitoring

Environmental Monitoring Standards/ Means of Implementing Monitoring
Parameter Parameter Guidelines Monitoring Frequency Location Agency Agency Cost (Tk)
Ambient Air Quality SPM, PM10, EQS/ DOE Sampling/ Before Substation land Contractor PGCB 50,000 ($600)/
Parameters PM2.5, SOx, NOx, laboratory construction, and location
Co & Pb- 24hr analysis then quarterly surroundings 15 x new
monitoring substations
(before
construction &
every six months/
2 years
Tk 3,000,000
($35,545)
Noise level Leq day and Leq EQS/DOE Measurement Before Substation land Contractor PGCB 5,000 ($60)/
monitoring night Ambient Noise construction & and location
Noise Level pollution when required surroundings, 15 x substations
control near settlements (before
Rules, 2006 where tower construction &
bases/ towers every six months/
are constructed 2 years)
Tower bases
near settlements
20 locations x 2
measurements
Tk500,000
($5924)
Surface Water pH, Turbidity, EQS/DOE Sampling/ Before Substation land Contractor PGCB 30,000 ($360)/
Quality Monitoring BOD5, COD, Standards laboratory construction & and location
TDS, TSS, DO, analysis when required surroundings, 15 x substations
Total Coliform, near settlements (before
Ammonia- where tower construction &
Nitrogen, Oil and bases/ towers every six months/
grease are constructed 2 years)
20 locations in
PCB in existing TLs x 2
substations with measurements
PCB contained Tk3,000,000
transformers ($35,545)
Groundwater/Drinking pH, Turbidity, EQS/DOE Sampling/ Before Substation land Contractor PGCB 20,000 ($240)/
water Quality manganese, Iron, Standards laboratory construction & and location 15 x
Arsenic, EC, analysis when required surroundings, substations
Chloride near settlements
 167

where tower (before

PCB in existing bases/ towers construction &
substations with are constructed every six months/
PCB contained 2 years)
transformers 20 locations in
TLs x 2
measurements
Tk 2,000,000
($23,696)
Soil Pollution pH, Texture, EQS/DOE Sampling/ Before Substation land Contractor PGCB 20,000 ($240)/
Organic content, Standards laboratory construction & and location 17 x
Lead, Copper, analysis when required surroundings, substations
Chromium, near settlements (before
Cadmium where tower construction &
bases/ towers every six months)
PCB in existing are constructed 20 locations in
substations with TLs x 2
PCB contained measurements
transformers Tk 2,000,000
($23,696)
Expenses to carry Tk,10,500,000 (=
out sampling $ 124,406) + cost
(traveling and other of sampling
cost to do the (Tk15,000 per
location x 460)
sampling) 6,900,000 (=
81,753)
Total $ 206,159*
* A round off value of this cost has been added in the total EMP implementation budget.
Laboratory analysis will be carried out at Atomic Energy Commission, Bangladesh (Air and Noise measurements); Bangladesh Council of Scientific and
Industrial Research (Surface & Groundwater quality) and Soil Research Development Institute (soil parameters).
168

10. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION

347. The proposed DWZTGEP will ensure the capacity of electricity supply in Greater Dhaka
area and the Western Bangladesh through improvements in the technical efficiency of the
transmission system. It will also focus on expanding the local transmission network to deliver
electricity to new and expanding load centres while meeting the network operating criteria.
Development of transmission and distribution network in line with generation has been identified
as a key element of the power sector strategy in the ‘Bangladesh Seventh Five Year Plan FY2016
– FY2020’. Development of an inter-region transmission network is required due to the disparity
in concentration of generation and demand, while local network expansions are required to cater
the increasing demand at new load centres.

348. The proposed project is expected to provide support for the construction of 15 new
substations, ten overhead transmission lines, ten LILOs, two underground (with overhead)
transmission lines and construction of bay extensions in nine substations.

349. The DWZTGEP contains three (3) main components:

Component 1: Transmission system in Greater Dhaka expanded. The project will construct
and commission substations with a total capacity of 4,450 MVA and 40 km of transmission lines
in Greater Dhaka.

Component 2: Transmission system in Western Zone expanded. The project will construct
and commission substations with a total capacity of 3,070 MVA and 368 km of transmission lines
in western zone.

Component 3: Institutional Capacity of PGCB strengthened. The project will enhance

capacity by (a) supporting installation and operation of an enterprise resource planning (ERP)
system to assist PGCB in optimally managing its capital-intensive assets; (b) establishing a Drone
Inspection Center within the operation and maintenance department of PGCB with some gender
equality element.

350. The scope of the IEE included:

a. Legislation study;
b. Review of relevant information/data/documents from secondary sources, and
identification of gaps to be filled, relevant to the environmental screening needs from
primary surveys;
c. Provision of a description of the environment (such as baseline data on physical,
biological/ecological and socio-economic characteristics of the subproject sites along with
impact area);
d. Primary surveys where needed to include baseline data (trees in the clearing width of
transmission lines, LILOs and substations) and proposed environmental quality monitoring
at representative and sensitive locations, and identification of all macro-level
environmental issues within the project influenced area;
e. Survey of the environmentally sensitive locations, if any, at and along the sub-projects and
within the project influenced area;
f. Arrangement of stakeholder consultations/individual consultations with the local people
from all professions to find out their opinions on the subprojects;
g. Analysis of alternatives to the proposed subproject;
 169

h. Identification and assessment of potential environmental impacts due to implementation

of the subprojects; and
i. Formulation of an EMP.

351. The 408 km of transmission lines follows low lying lands which is extensively farmed
(mainly with paddy and seasonal crops), and terrestrial lands with homesteads. The proposed
transmission lines will cross several rivers. There will be 1,156 towers (42 terminal towers, 387
angle towers, 727 suspension towers) to carry the transmission line conductors.

352. Alternatives for the ten transmission lines were studied. Environmental screening and
assessment for these ten transmission lines were carried out to identify the potential impacts
based on the collected baseline information/data by the safeguard survey team, during Sept. and
October 2018. Lands in predominantly agricultural areas were selected for all substations and
alternatives were not identified, as these areas avoid the resettlements, and individual
homesteads. Only a few trees were found in most of lands chosen for construction of substations.
These are away from ecologically sensitive areas, forest reserves, and protected areas in the
country. Important Bird Areas (IBAs) are not found in the vicinity of any of the subproject sites.

353. About 80.92 acres of agricultural lands will be permanently changed by the construction
of 15 substations and one bay extension in existing Satkhira substation. There are two substation
lands with a total extent of 3 acres waterbodies. A total size of 1 acres for tower footings will be
permanently changed for the tower construction. Land acquisition is not required for tower bases
in transmission lines. Once the tower construction is completed the tower base area would be
utilized for cultivation of crops including paddy. The total tower footings of 1-acre land will be
permanently lost. There will be no loss of residential homes or property. Various project activities
will, however, have adverse impacts during the construction phase of the project. There will be
some damage to vegetation and standing crops in the fields to access each of the transmission
tower locations. There will be further damage during stringing of conductors between the towers.
Construction activities will affect crop production and there will be some crop loss and lopping of
fruit and economically important trees. During the operation phase of the Project, there will be
restriction for planting large trees and pruning in the transmission line RoW. The vegetation
pattern will be changed in some locations within the transmission line RoW. At most tower
locations, herbaceous plants will re-generate within a few years and agricultural practices will
return to normal.

354. During the implementation of the project, measures will be undertaken to keep impacts to
a minimum. The EMP included in this IEE defines mitigation measures and responsibility for
implementation. Measures for mitigation will be included in construction contracts to ensure that
materials are properly stored and proper disposal of waste materials. Work camps will be
controlled and will be fully equipped with fire-fighting equipment. PPE and emergency rescue
items will also be available.

355. A set of mitigation measures has been designed to protect community health and safety.
These include, traffic control measures to ensure public safety, safety measures such as fences,
signs, controlled entrances; training to communities (especially children) on the dangers of
transmission lines, towers, and substations, include providing access of people to all community
properties and facilities during the construction period; informing the public on the timing and
duration of any disruption to water, electricity, roads, postal, telecommunications, or other
services; avoiding damage to utilities by ensuring that vehicles and equipment are operated by
trained personnel, that operations are adequately supervised, and that the construction of towers
and other facilities does not cause damage to underground utilities; and avoiding conflicts with
170

local communities by providing resources for worker requirements at camp stores and regulating
outside visits.

356. Crop and tree losses because of the project have been assessed and affected people will
be compensated under the Resettlement Plan. EMP includes a budget for planting of seedlings,
and it is recommended that 3 trees be planted for every tree that is removed, or as directed by
the Bangladesh Forest Department.

357. Community level public consultations were conducted in 44 locations in the different
project impact areas during September and October 2018. These included 25 at proposed sites
for different transmission lines, and 19 at sites proposed for new substations and bay extensions
to existing substations. Participants at consultations included persons to be potentially affected
by the use of their land for transmission line corridors, owners/claimants of the lands to be
acquired for substations and their dependents such as tenants and sharecroppers, vulnerable
groups and members of local government authorities (Union Paishad) and civil society
organizations. Participants at these consultations altogether comprised 1,208 community
members of whom included 966 men and 242 women. Furthermore, separate consultations were
conducted in the same 25 locations with women and men to specifically discuss their gender
perspectives on the proposed project and its environmental and social impacts, understanding
women’s socioeconomic conditions, and the possibilities of how women could be involved in the
project implementation and benefit sharing. These women’s consultations were attended by 118
women and 25 men. Such consultations also led to identifying the special safeguard measures
that need to be adopted to secure the rights of women and children during project construction
and operation. The transmission line will not supply electricity directly to the people along the line
route. However, during the public consultations people expressed keen interests/supports for
implementation of the transmission line and substation subprojects. Their main reason is that
overall development in the power sector would contribute to the national development from which
they along with others can benefit.

358. Construction of the subprojects will require skilled and non-skilled laborers and thus will
create employment opportunities for people in the area. The additional power supply made
possible by the transmission line will impact positively on industrial development.

359. A three-tire GRM will be established to deal with and resolve complaints and grievances
faster and thus enhance project performance standards in terms of environmental and social
management. Health and safety risks exist at substations and transmission lines. These need to
be addressed through detailed Health & Safety and Emergency Response Plans to be developed
by the Contractor.

360. In conclusion, there will be some minor negative impacts caused by the Project during
implementation. Compensation will be paid for loss of land, trees, and crops. There are no
protected or environmentally sensitive areas impacted by the project. The impacts identified in
the IEE can be mitigated with implementation of the EMP and monitoring measures included in
the IEE. PGCB has formed a PMU and will strengthen its capacity to implement and monitor the
DWZTGEP.

361. For implementing the EMP, a total amount of $ 1,800,000 has been budgeted. Assuming
that mitigation measures and monitoring requirements in the EMP are effectively implemented,
the DWZTGEP is not expected to have any significant adverse environmental impacts.
 171

Annex 1 - Detailed project description of 46 subprojects in Greater Dhaka and Western zone
1. Names of 46 subprojects, sub-district, district and division under Component 1 and 2 of
DWZTGEP are provided in Table 1. Distance to nearest property and distance to nearest
waterbody and tube well will be measured during the pre-construction baseline collection.

Table 1: Location Details of 46 Subprojects in DWZTGEP

No. Subproject Upazila Zila Division
Component 1. Transmission Network Development in Greater Dhaka
Kaliganj (Gazipur) 400/230 kV indoor gas insulated
1 switchgear (GIS) substation (18 acre + 0.05 acre Kaliganj Gazipur Dhaka
for access road)
Purbachal 400/230 kV indoor GIS substation (14
2 Rupganj Narayanganj Dhaka
acre + 0.1 acre for access road)
Purbachal-2 230/132 kV indoor GIS substation
3 Rupganj Narayanganj Dhaka
(1.32 acre)
Kaliganj (Gazipur)-Purbachal 400 kV double circuit Gazipur Sadar
4 Gazipur Dhaka
transmission line (18 km) Kaliganj
Purbachal-Purbachal-2 230 kV double circuit
5 underground transmission cable with overhead Kaliganj Gazipur Dhaka
transmission line section (5 km UG/0.5 km OHL)
Basundhara-Rampura 132 kV double circuit
6 Basundara Dhaka Dhaka
underground transmission cable, 9 km
Line-in line-out connection from Bhulta-Kaliakair
7 400 kV double circuit transmission line to Kaliganj Kaliganj Gazipur Dhaka
(Gazipur) substation 0.5 km
Line-in line-out connection from Ghorashal-Tongi
8 400 kV double circuit transmission line to Kaliganj Kaliganj Gazipur Dhaka
(Gazipur) substation (3.5 km)
Line-in line-out connection from Ghorashal-Tongi
9 230 kV double circuit transmission line to Kaliganj Kaliganj Gazipur Dhaka
(Gazipur) substation (3.5 km)
Component 2. Transmission Network Development in Western Zone
1 Bhola 230/33 kV indoor GIS substation (5 acre) Daulat Khan Bhola Khulna
2 Rupsha 230/132/33 kV indoor GIS substation (5 Fakirhat Bagerhat Khulna
acre)
3 Bhanga 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation (2 acre) Bhanga Faridpur Dhaka
4 Domar 132/33 kV outdoor GIS substation (5 acre) Domar Nilphamari Rangpur
5 Hatibanda 132/33 kV outdoor GIS substation (3 Hatibanda Lalmonirhat Rangpur
acre)
6 Jhalokati 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation (5 acre) Jhalokati Sadar Jhalokati Barishal
7 Maheshpur 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation (3 Maheshpur Jhenaidah Khulna
acre)
8 Manirampur 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation (3 Manirampur Jashore Khulna
acre)
9 Meherpur 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation (3 acre) Meherpur Sadar Meherpur Khulna
10 Phultala 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation (2 acre) Phultola Khulna Khulna
11 Pirojpur 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation (3 acre) Pirojpur Sadar Pirojpur Barishal
12 Shibchar 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation (5 acre) Shibchar Madaripur Dhaka
13 Rupsha-Satkhira 230 kV double circuit Fakirhat Batiaghata Bagerhat, Khulna
transmission line (62 km) DumuriaSatkhira Khulna,
Sadar, Tala Satkhira
14 Domar-Purba Sadipur 230 kV double circuit Birganj Kaharole Dinajpur Rangpur
transmission line (46.5 km) Khansama Domar Niphamari
Nilphamari Sadar
172

15 Domar-Hatibanda 132 kV double circuit Hatibanda Dimla Lalmonihat Rangpur

transmission line (35 km) Domar Nilphamari
16 Kaliganj-Maheshpur 132 kV double circuit Kaliganj Jenaidah Khulna
transmission line (28 km) Kotchandpur
Maheshpur
17 Manirampur-Satkhira 132 kV double circuit Keshabpur Jeshore Khulna
transmission line (33 km) Manirampur Satkhira
Patkelghata
Satkhira Sadar,
Tala
18 Kushtia-Meherpur 132 kV double circuit Kushtia Sadar Kushtia Khulna
transmission line (48 km) Mirpur, Gangni Meherpur
19 Bagerhat-Pirojpur-Bhandaria 132 kV double circuit Bagerhat Sadar Bagerhat Khulna
transmission line (49.5 km) Kachua Bhandaria Pirojpur Barishal
Kawkhali Pirojpur
20 Gopalganj (North)-Shibchar 230 kV double circuit Bhanga Rajoir Faridpur Dhaka
transmission line (25 km) Shibchar Madaripur
21 Niamatpur-Patnitola 132 kV double circuit Mahadebpur Naogoan Rajshahi
transmission line (32.5 km) Niamatpur Patnitala
22 Line-in line-out connection from Barishal-Bhola- Daulat Khan Bhola Barishal
Burhanuddin 230 kV double circuit transmission
line to Bhola substation (1 km)
23 Line-in line-out connection from Bagerhat- Rupsha Khulna Khulna
Goalpara 132 kV double circuit transmission line to
Rupsha substation (3.5 km)
24 Line-in line-out connection from Gallamari- Fakirhat Bagerhat Khulna
Gopalganj 132 kV double circuit transmission line
to Rupsha substation (0.5 km)
25 Line-in line-out connection from Khulna (South)- Rupsha Rupsha Khulna
Rupsha power plant 230 kV double circuit
transmission line to Rupsha substation (0.5km)
26 Line-in line-out connection from Faridpur- Bangha Faridpur Dhaka
Madaripur 132 kV double circuit transmission line
to Bhanga substation (0.5 km)
27 Line-in line-out connection from Barishal- Jhalokati Sadar Jhalokati Barishal
Bhandaria 132 kV double circuit transmission line
to Jhalokati substation (1.5 km)
28 Line-in line-out connection from Khulna Central- Phultola Khulna Khulna
Noapara 132 kV double circuit transmission line to
Phultala substation (1 km)
29 132 kV air insulated switchgear (AIS) bay Satkhira Sadar Satkhira Khulna
extensions at Satkhira substation (3 acre)
30 132 kV outdoor GIS bay extensions at Purba Sadipur Dinajpur Rangpur
Sadipur substation
31 132 kV AIS bay extensions at Kaliganj substation, Kaliganj Gazipur Dhaka
32 132 kV outdoor GIS bay extensions at Kushtia Kushtia Sadar Kushtia Khulna
substation
33 132 kV outdoor GIS bay extensions at Bagerhat Bagerhat Sadar Bagerhat Khulna
substation
34 132 kV outdoor GIS bay extensions at Bhandaria Bhandaria Pirojpur Barishal
substation
35 132 kV AIS bay extensions at Gopalganj (North) Mukshdpur Gopalganj Dhaka
substation
36 32 kV AIS bay extensions at Niamatpur substation Niamatpur Naogaon Rajshahi
37 32 kV AIS bay extensions at Patnitola substation Patnitola Naogaon Rajshahi
 173

Detailed Project Description

1. Component 1 – Transmission system development in Greater Dhaka

2. This component consists of fifteen subprojects; construction of three new substations, a

transmission line, one underground transmission line, one underground transmission
cables with overhead transmission line sections, and three LILOs. Details of these
subprojects are given below.

Table 2: Land required for Substations (acres) - Component 1-Greater Dhaka Region
SL Substation Name Area Area Total
required for required for Required
Substations access road Land
New Substations
1 Kaliganj GIS SS, (Gazipur) (Future 132 kV 18.00 0.05
Provision) 18.05
2 Purbachal GIS SS 400/230 kV 14.00 0.10 14.10
3 Purbachal 2 GIS SS, 230/132 kV 1.32 0.00 1.32
Total 33.32 0.15 33.47

(i) Kaliganj (Gazipur) 400/230 kV indoor gas insulated switchgear (GIS) substation (18
acres)

3. The site selected for the construction of Kaliganj substation is located in Baktarpur union,
Fulldi mouza, Kaliganj sub-district in Gazipur district (Dhaka Division) (Figure 1). It is an
eighteen-acre agricultural and marshy land with few isolated trees (fruit trees- 04, timber
trees- 06). The coordinates of the proposed land are 23.587122N, 90.325799E. Farmers
cultivate paddy in one season and participate in fish cultivation during the rainy season.
There are no other structures on the land. Fulldi-jame mosque, Kapashia- Kaliganj road,
local market, transmission and distribution lines, culvert and a canal are found within 500
m radius of the land. Number of owners of this land is one hundred and details of 71
owners found during the census survey. Remaining 29 landowners reside either abroad
or in other cities. The land must be filled about 3-4 m before construction of the substation.
The sand for landfilling will be provided by the government registered sand suppliers.
Three LILO lines are proposed to be connected at proposed Kaliganj substation. These
are (i) Line-in line-out connection from Bhulta-Kaliakair 400 kV double circuit transmission
line, (ii) Line-in line-out connection from Ghorashal-Tongi 400 kV double circuit
transmission line, (iii) Line-in line-out connection from Ghorashal-Tongi 230 kV double
circuit transmission line.
174

Figure 1: Location of Kaliganj (Gazipur) GIS Substation

Table 3: Physical Features of proposed Kaliganj (Gazipur) Grid Substation (18.05 acres)
Features Specification
Land ownership Private Land
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Indoor
Voltage 400/230 kV
Switchgear type Gas-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system

Plate 3.1 Land identified for the construction of Kaliganj (Gazipur) substation
 175

(ii) Purbachal 400/230 kV indoor GIS substation (14 acres)

4. The land selected for proposed Purbachal substation is located in Bokkaw and Talna
mouza, Nagari union in Rupganj sub-district of Narayanganj district (Dhaka Division)
(Figure 2). It is an irrigated agricultural land. Farmers cultivate paddy in this land in two
seasons. There is also a marshy area in the 14-acre land earmarked for the construction
of substation. The geographical coordinates are 23.86195N, 90.47150E. Farmers
cultivate paddy in one season. Thirty-two landowners were recorded during the census
survey. Turag river is about 100 m of the proposed substation land. Ulukhola- Khordi road,
local market, Hordi bazar, Jame Mosque and power distribution lines are found within the
500 m radius of the land. The land filling must be carried out up to about 5-7 m, before
commencing the construction activities of the substation. The sand for landfilling will be
provided by the government registered sand suppliers.

Table 4: Physical Features of Proposed Purbachal Grid Substation (14.10 acres)

Features Specification
Land ownership Private Land
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Indoor
Voltage 400/230 kV
Switchgear type Gas-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system
176

Figure 2: Location of Purbachal 400/230 Indoor GIS Substation

Plate 3.2 Land selected for the Purbachal substation, Turag river in the foreground

(iii) Purbachal-2 230/132 kV indoor GIS substation (1.32 acres)

5. The land identified for the construction of Purbachal- 2 substation is located in Daoutpur
union in sub-district Rupganj of Narayanganj district (Figure 3). The extent of the land is
1.32 acres and coordinates are 23.85394N, 90.52116E. This is a RAJUK allocated land
 177

to PGCB, at present it is a barren/degraded land having about 15 m elevation. Land filling

is not required for the construction activities.

Figure 3: Location of Purbachal-2 230/132 kV Indoor GIS Substation

Table 5: Physical Features of Proposed Purbachal-2 Grid Substation (1.32 acres)

Features Specification
Land ownership Rajuk Land
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Indoor
Voltage 230/132 kV
Switchgear type Gas-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system
178

Plate 3.3 The RAJUK land earmarked for the Purbachal-2 substation

(iv) Kaliganj (Gazipur)-Purbachal 400 kV double circuit transmission line (18 km)

6. Kaliganj-Purbachal 400 kV transmission line, 18 km in length, is located in Gazipur Sadar

and Kaliganj sub-districts of Gazipur in Dhaka Division (Figure 4). This line passes through
paddy fields (10.6 km), agricultural lands, water bodies, marshy areas and home gardens
(5.2 km). Turag river is found between angle points 5-6, 7-8, 10-11, 13-14, and 14-15. It
crosses ponds and canals between angle points 7-8, 8-9 and 13-14. No forest or wildlife
reserves along or the vicinity of the line. Two terminal towers, seventeen angle towers and
27 suspension towers are needed to cover the length of the line. The line is accessible
through several roads; Bokterpur- Delanbazar, Sataripara-Sikulia, Dhaka bypass,
Morkun- Bindar, Tongi- Ulokhula, Abdullahpur- Ulokhula, Klokhula- Hadibazar,
Joyramber- Tumulia and Tongi- Kaliganj highway. The RoW is 46 m and the land under
the clearing width of 12 m is 21.2 ha. This line crosses 230/132 kV existing line between
4-5 and 7-8 angle points and 33 kV line between 7-8. The proposed line crosses main
roads in ten different locations and highways in three locations. Thirty-eight timber trees
and 32 fruit trees (> 5 m in height) were recorded within the clearing width of the line.
Banana and bamboo were also found within the RoW. Average elevation of the line is 10
m. Dhaka international airport is 16 km away from the line. Avian authority will be consulted
to issue the clearance during domestic approval process. Bokterpur, Sumusingh, Harbaid,
Bindar, Rayerdia, Taliya, Hatkhula, Borkaw, Madla, Joyramber, Boro Koir,
Pipulia,Pipuliya,and Dimati are the villages found along the line.

Table 6: Physical Features of Proposed Kaliganj (Gazipur)-Purbachal 400 kV Double Circuit

Transmission Line
Sl.
Physical Features Attribute
No.
1 Voltage rating 400 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 46 m
4 No of transmission towers 42
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 50.52 meters
11 m (ground clearance measured from the highest
6 Transmission line clearances
flood level)
7 Type of line support Steel 400 kV lattice
8 Conductor material Aluminium Conductor Composite Core
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
 179

10 Type of connection Kaliganj (Gazipur) and Purbachal Grid Substations

11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 3 years

Figure 4: Kaliganj (Gazipur)-Purbachal 400 kV Double Circuit Transmission Line

(v) Purbachal-Purbachal-2 230 kV double circuit underground transmission cable with

overhead transmission line section (5km UG +0.5 km OH)
180

7. The length of the overhead section of Purbachal-Purbachal-2 230 kV transmission line is

0.5 km. It crosses Balo river between angle towers 1 and 2 (Figure 5). This section is
accessed through Hulokhula- Hordibazar road. Two angle towers and a single suspension
tower is required for the overhead section. About 300 m of the line passes through paddy
fields and marshy area. Dhaka International airport is about 34 km away from the line. The
nearest village is Borkaw.

Figure 5: Underground Transmission Cable from Purbachal to Purbachal-2

Table
7:

Physical Features of Purbachal-Purbachal-2 230 kV Double Circuit Underground Transmission

Cable with Overhead Transmission Line

Sl. No. Physical Features Attribute

Underground Section
1 Voltage rating 230 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 No of transmission towers Underground cable
4 Conductor material 2,000 mm2 Copper
5 Type of connection Overhead section and Purbachal 2 substation
6 Duration of project implementation Approximately 5 years
Overhead Section
1 Voltage rating 230 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 40 m
4 No of transmission towers 2 AT
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 37 meters
8 m (ground clearance measured from the highest
6 Transmission line clearances
flood level)
 181

7 Type of line support Steel 230 kV lattice

8 Conductor material Aluminium Conductor Steel Reinforced
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
10 Type of connection Purbachal substation and underground section
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 3 years

(vi) Basundhara-Rampura 132 kV double circuit underground transmission cable (9 km)

8. The proposed underground 132 kV transmission line is 9 km in length. It is located in

Dhaka North City Corporation, Vatara and Badda sub-districts of Dhaka (Dhaka Division).
The line traverses Bashundara Residential area (0- 3 km), Madani Avenue between 3 and
4 km, Notun Bazar (4-6 km), Badda Link road (6-7 km), Moddha Badda (7-8 km) and Merul
Badda (8.-8.85 km). The road network of underground cabling as follows: Rampura
substation- Jahirul Islam Avenue/Aftab Nagar main road - Bir Uttam Rafiqul Islam Avenue
- Hatir Jeel link road - Bir Uttam Mir Shawkat Sarak - Shaheed Tajuddin Ahmed Avenue -
Bir Uttam A K Khandakar Road - Gulshan Avenue - Road 34 - Gulshan Bridge -Road 19A
- Kamal Ataturk Avenue - Madani Avenue - Pragati Avenue - Kuril-Bishwa Road – and
Purbachal Express Highway.

9. Underground cabling affects 140 Coconut trees which are more than 5 m in height,
between 1-3 km, about 160 Krishnachura (Delonix regia) trees between 3 to 5 km of the
line and 50 Bakul (Mimusops elengi) trees in 8- 9 km.

Table 8: Physical Features of Basundhara-Rampura 132 kV Double Circuit Underground

Transmission Cable
Sl.
Physical Features Attribute
No.
1 Voltage rating 132 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 No of transmission towers Underground cable
4 Conductor material 2,000 mm2 Copper
5 Type of connection Bashundhara and Rampura Grid Substations
6 Duration of project implementation Approximately 3 years
182

Figure 6: Rampura Existing Substation and Underground Cable (proposed)

 183

Figure 7: Rampura- Basundhara Underground 132 kV Transmission Cable

184

(vii) Line-in line-out connection from Bhulta-Kaliakair 400 kV double circuit transmission
line to Kaliganj (Gazipur) substation

10. The proposed land for the construction of Kaliganj (Gazipur) substation is underneath the
Bhulta-Kaliakair 400 kV line. Therefore, the length of LILO is not exceeding 0.5 km.

Table 9: Physical Features of LILO from Bhulta- Kaliakair Line to Kaliganj Substation
Sl.
Physical Features Attribute
No.
1 Voltage rating 400 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 46 m
4 No of transmission towers Line over the substation
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 50.52 meters
11 m (ground clearance measured from the highest
6 Transmission line clearances
flood level)
7 Type of line support Steel 400 kV lattice
8 Conductor material Aluminium Conductor Steel Reinforced
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
LILO connection to Kaliganj (Gazipur) substation
10 Type of connection from Bhulta-Kaliakair 400 kV transmission line
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 2 years

(viii) Line-in line-out connection from Ghorashal-Tongi 400 kV double circuit transmission
line to Kaliganj (Gazipur) substation (3.5 km)

11. The proposed 3.5 km, overhead 400 kV transmission line is located in Kaliganj sub-district
of Gazipur (Dhaka Division) (Figure 4). The line crosses marshy area and a canal between
the terminal tower and the angle point No.1, pond between angle points 1 and 2. No forest
area or wildlife reserves in the project area and distance to a forest or wildlife area is more
than 50 km. Elevation at Ghorashal is 3 m and 16 m at Tongi. The line will have six
angle/terminal towers and 4 suspension towers. RoW is 46 m and the land under the 12
m clearing width is 4.1 ha. About 2.0 km of the line passes through marshy lands and 160
m through home gardens. The line route is accessible through Mohani-Bokterpur road.
The nearest villages are Fuldi, Boketpur and Durbati. The line is about 5 km away from
Dhaka International Airport. Thirty-four timber and five fruit trees, >5m in height, in the
clearing width will be affected.

Table 10: Physical Features of LILO from Ghorashal-Tongi 400 kV Line to Kaliganj Substation

Sl.
Physical Features Attribute
No.
1 Voltage rating 400 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 46 m
4 No of transmission towers 04 AT
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 50.52 meters
11 m (ground clearance measured from the highest
6 Transmission line clearances
flood level)
 185

7 Type of line support Steel 400 kV lattice

8 Conductor material Aluminum Conductor Steel Reinforced
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
LILO connection to Kaliganj (Gazipur) substation
10 Type of connection from Ghorashal-Tongi 400 kV transmission line
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 2 years

(ix) Line-in line-out connection from Ghorashal-Tongi 230 kV double circuit transmission
line to Kaliganj (Gazipur) substation (3.5 km)

12. The proposed 3.5 km, 230 kV transmission line is located in Kaliganj sub-district of Gazipur
(Dhaka Division) (Figure 4). The line crosses marshy area and a canal between the
terminal tower and the angle point No.1, pond between angle points 1 and 2. No forest
area or wildlife reserves in the project area and distance to a forest or wildlife area is more
than 50 km. Elevation at Ghorashal is 3 m and 16 m at Tongi. The line will have six
angle/terminal towers and 4 suspension towers. RoW is 40 m and the land under the 12
m clearing width is 4.0 ha. About 2.6 km of the line passes through paddy and agricultural
lands. The line route is accessible through Dalanbazar- Kaliganj, Kaliganj- Kapasia and
Batira- Boktepur roads. The nearest villages are Fuldi, Batira and Batiya. The line is about
5 km away from Dhaka International Airport. Only the seven trees in the clearing width will
be affected.

Table 11: Physical Features of LILO from Ghorashal-Tongi 230 kV Line to Kaliganj Substation
Sl.
Physical Features Attribute
No.
1 Voltage rating 230 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 40 m
4 No of transmission towers 4 AT
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 37 meters
8 m (ground clearance measured from the highest
6 Transmission line clearances
flood level)
7 Type of line support Steel 230 kV lattice
Thermal-resistant Aluminium-alloy Conductor, Steel
8 Conductor material
Reinforced (TACSR)
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
LILO connection to Kaliganj (Gazipur) substation
10 Type of connection from Ghorashal-Tongi 230 kV transmission line
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 5 years

2. Component 2: Transmission Network Development in the Western Zone

13. This component consists of thirty-seven subprojects; construction of twelve new

substations, nine transmission line projects, seven LILOs, and nine bay extension
projects. Details of these subprojects are given below.

Table 12: Total required Land for Substations (acres)- South & Northwest region
186

SL Substation Name Area Area Total

required for required for Required
Substations access road Land
New Substations
1 Bhola GIS 230/33 kV 5.00 0.00 5.00
2 Rupsha GIS 230/132 kV + 132/33 kV 5.00 0.35 5.35
3 Bhanga GIS 132/33 kV 2.00 0.03 2.03
4 Domar GIS 132/33 kV 5.00 0.00 5.00
5 Hatibandha GIS 132/33 kV 3.00 0.04 3.04
6 Jhalokhati GIS 132/33 kV 5.00 0.00 5.00
7 Maheshpur GIS 132/33 kV 3.00 0.03 3.03
8 Manirampur GIS 132/33 kV 3.00 0.00 3.00
9 Meherpur GIS 132/33 kV 3.00 0.00 3.00
10 Phultala GIS 132/33 kV 2.00 0.00 2.00
11 Pirojpur GIS 132/33 kV 3.00 0.00 3.00
12 Shibchar GIS 132/33 kV 5.00 0.00 5.00
Sub-Total New Substation 44.0 0.45 44.45
Existing substations which will be augmented under
the project
1 Satkhira GIS 3 0.00 3.00
Total 47.0 0.45 47.45

Table 13: Name of substations, extent, area under waterbody in substation land and status of
water body.
Substation Area (acre) Waterbody (acre)
1 Rupsha 5.00 1-acre
2 Phultala 2.00 2-acre

(i) Bhola 230/33 kV indoor GIS substation

14. The proposed Bhola substation will be constructed in an irrigated paddy land which is
under cultivation at present (3 harvest seasons annually). The extent of the land required
for the substation is 5 acres. This land is found in Dakshin Joynagar union, Pashchim
Joynagar and Madhya Jaynagar mouza in Daulat Khal sub district of Bhola (Barishal
Division) (Figure 8). Coordinates are 22.57811 N and 90.66592 E. Charfashion-Bhola
highway is located within 500 m of the substation land. There are no built structures on
land at present, and the land filling (approx. 1.5 m) is required before the construction of
substation.

Table 14: Physical Features of proposed Bhola Grid Substation

Features Specification
Land ownership Private
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Indoor
Voltage 230/33 kV
Switchgear type Gas-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system
 187

Figure 8: Location of the Bhola 230/33 kV Substation

Plate 3.4 Land identified for the proposed Bhola substation

(ii) Rupsha 230/132/33 kV indoor GIS substation (5 acre)

188

15. The five-acre land selected for the construction of Rupsha Grid Substation is located in
Lokhpur union, Khajura and Khajura mouza in Fakirhat subdistrict of Bagerhat district
(Figure 9). The coordinates are 22.77076 N 89.61685 E. The type of land is agricultural
and main crop is paddy. The owners cultivate paddy in 2 seasons and vegetables in one
season. Pumpkin, cucumber, and papaya are cultivated on the bank of the waterbody. A
1-acre waterbody is found adjacent to the land. The filling of the land (1.5 m – 3 m) might
be required before the construction of the substation. Khulna-Mongla highway is about
200 m from the centre of substation land. Three LILO connection are proposed at the
Rupsha substation from (i) Bagerhat- Goalpara 132 double circuit line, (ii) Gallamari-
Gopalganj 132 kV double circuit line and (iii) Khulna (South)- Ruphsha power plant 230
kV double circuit transmission line.

Table 15: Physical Features of Proposed Rupsha Grid Substation

Features Specification
Land ownership Private Land
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Indoor
Voltage 230/132 kV + 132/33 kV
Switchgear type Gas-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system

Figure 9: Location of Rupsha Grid Substation

 189

Plate 3.5 Agricultural land (5 acres) selected for the construction of Rupsha substation

(iii) Bhanga 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation (2 acres)

16. The land for proposed Bhanga Grid Substation is located in Madhabpur mouza in Bhanga
sub district of Faridpur district (Figure 10). Two acres of land is required for the
construction of substation and the geographical coordinates are 23.41919 N, 89.96184 E.
The land is irrigated; paddy and jutes are cultivated in two seasons per year. Bangha-
Faridpur highway, transmission line, distribution line, technical college, Madhabpur- Jame
mosque and a local market are found within the 500 m radius of the substation land.

Table 16: Physical Features of Proposed Bhanga Grid Substation

Features Specification
Land ownership Private
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Indoor
Voltage 132/33 kV
Switchgear type Gas-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system
190

Figure 10: Location of Bhanga Grid Substation

Plate 3.6 Land earmarked for the construction of Bhanga substation

(iv) Domar 132/33 kV outdoor GIS substation (5 acres)

17. The total extent of land required for Domar substation is five acres. The selected land is
located in Bara Rawta mouza in Domar sub-district of Nilphamari district (Rangpur
 191

Division) (Figure 11). The geographical coordinates of the land are 26.105169N,
88.803787 E. The land is irrigated and at present it is under cultivation, mainly paddy and
seasonal crops such as corn and potato. The proposed land border the Debiganj – Domar
road (Z5003). Other structures found within the 500 m radius are Domar Union Parishad
market (35 shops), Boro Ratwa primary school and Domar filling station. There are 23
timber trees and three fruit trees found in the land. One irrigation pump is used for
commercial purposes and it is covered with thatched structure. The land belongs to four
land owners and they are interested to sell the land to the project if and only they receive
compensation according to current market price and if they are able to buy similar type of
land in the vicinity. Land filling is required up to about 1.5 m.

Table 17: Physical Features of Proposed Domar Grid Substation (5 acres)

Features Specification
Land ownership Private
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Outdoor
Voltage 132/33 kV
Switchgear type Gas-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system

Figure 11: Location of Domar Grid Substation

192

Plate 3.7 The land earmarked for the construction of Domar substation

(v) Hatibanda 132/33 kV outdoor GIS substation (3 acres)

18. The land selected for construction of Hatibanda substation is located in Romoniganj and
Ramganj mouza in Hatibanda sub-district of Lalmonirhat district (Rangpur Division)
(Figure 12). The construction of substation requires 3 acres of land and the geographic
coordinates are 26.20759 N, 89.09256 E. This is an irrigated agricultural land with different
crop patterns and at present it is under cultivation; three seasons annually. Dalia-
Borokhata road is close to the land, within 500 m. The filling of land up to 3 m is required
before the construction of substation.

Table 18: Physical Features of Proposed Hatibanda Grid Substation (3 acres)

Features Specification
Land ownership Private
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Outdoor
Voltage 132/33 kV
Switchgear type Gas-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system
 193

Figure 12: Location of Hatibanda Grid Substation

Plate 3.8 The land identified for the construction of Hatibanda substations

(vi) Jhalokati 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation (5 acres)

19. The construction of Jhalokati substation requires five acres of land. The selected land is
found in Kunihari and Uttar Piplita mouza in Jhalokati Sadar sub-district of Jhalokhati
194

district (Figure 13). The coordinates of the land are 22.67789N, 90.1975E. It is an irrigated
agricultural land and at present under paddy cultivation. The land is cultivated with paddy
and other seasonal crops in three seasons, annually. Kunihari Khal/Basanda river is west
of the proposed land. Chamata bazar road, college intersection, electricity distribution
lines, and brick kiln is found within 500 m radius. No trees or structures are found in the
land. The land filling up to 1.5 m is required before the construction.

Table 19: Physical Features of Proposed Jhalokati Grid Substation (5 acres)

Features Specification
Land ownership Private
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Indoor
Voltage 132/33 kV
Switchgear type Gas-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system

Figure 13: The Location of Proposed Jhalokati Grid Substation

 195

Plate 3.9 The land earmarked for the Jhalokathi substation

(vii) Maheshpur 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation (3 acres)

20. The land identified for Maheshpur substation is located in Jalilpur mouza in Maheshpur
sub-district of Jhenaidah (Khulna Division) (Figure 14). The total extent of the land
required is three acres and the coordinates are 23.3422317N, 88.9123916E. This is an
irrigated agricultural land and at present it is cultivated with paddy (2 seasons).
Paurashava Mohila Degree College, Maheshpur High School, Maheshpur- Jadoppur
road, Patibilapoura govt. primary school, Maheshpur bazar, and a mosque are found
within the 500m radius of the land. A tube well is found in the land. Filing of the land up to
2-3 m is required.

Table 20: Physical Features of Proposed Maheshpur Grid Substation (3 acres)

Features Specification
Land ownership Private
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Indoor
Voltage 132/33 kV
Switchgear type Gas-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system
196

Figure 14: Location of Maheshpur Grid Substation

Plate 3.10 The land ideintified for the proposed Maheshpur substation.

(viii) Manirampur 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation (3 acre)

 197

21. The proposed three-acre land for Manirampur grid substation is located in Jamla and
Jamla mouza in Manirampur sub-district of Jashore (Khulna Division) (Figure 15). The
geographical coordinates are 22.97617N, 89.22928E. This is an agricultural land; paddy
and crops such as coriander, and sugar cane are cultivated. Trees are not found in the
land. Land filling up to 1.5 m is required before the construction work of substation.

Table 21: Physical Features of Proposed Manirampur Grid Substation (3 acres)

Features Specification
Land ownership Private
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Indoor
Voltage 132/33 kV
Switchgear type Gas-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system

Figure 15: The Location of Manirampur Indoor GIS Substation

198

Plate 3.11 The land allocated for the construction of Manirampur substation

(ix) Meherpur 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation (3 acre)

22. A three-acre land for the proposed substation is assigned in Notun Modnadanga and
Alampur mouza in Meherpur Sadar sub-district of Meherpur (Khulna Division) (Figure 16).
Geographical coordinates are 23.79119N, 88.6796798 E. This is an irrigated agricultural
land, paddy and jute are cultivated in two seasons annually. The structures such as
Meherpur Upazila Mohila Degree College, Meherpur primary school and high school,
Notun Madnadanga Jame mosque and local market within 500 m radius of the land. No
trees or built structures are found on the land.

Table 22: Physical Features of Proposed Meherpur Grid Substation (3 acres)

Features Specification
Land ownership Private
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Indoor
Voltage 132/33 kV
Switchgear type Gas-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system
 199

Figure 16: Location of Meherpur Grid Substation

Plate 3.12 Mererpur substation land

(x) Phultala 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation (2 acre)

23. A 2-acre land allocated for the construction of Phultala substation is located in
Mattomdanga and Mashsli mouza in Phultala sub-district of Khulna (Khulna Division)
(Figure 17). The type of land is a waterbody. Water lily is cultivated in the waterbody and
different vegetables at the boundary of the waterbody. A part of the waterbody is leased
to the local prawn farmers. Khulna city bypass road and a jute mill are found within 500 m
radius of the land. Fourteen trees were recorded from the land. Approximately, 3 m land
200

filling is required before the construction of substation. A detailed drainage plan will be
prepared by EPC contractor after consultation with relevant authorities.

Table 23: Physical Features of Proposed Phultala Grid Substation (2 acres)

Features Specification
Land ownership Private
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Indoor
Voltage 132/33 kV
Switchgear type Gas-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system

Figure 17: Location of Proposed Phultala Grid Substation

 201

Plate 3.13 The land allocated for Phultala substation

(xi) Pirojpur 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation (3 acre)

24. A three-acre land is allocated for the construction of Pirojpir substation. It is situated in
Kadamtola and Kadamtola mouza in Pirojpur Sadar of Pirojpur (Barishal Division) (Figure
18). Geographical coordinates are 22.63538N, 89.95208E. This is an irrigated agricultural
and marshy land. Paddy, Coriander and sugarcane are cultivated in the land at present.
Pirojpur- Najipur- Gopalganj highway, Kadamtola school, mosque, local market, canal and
electricity lines are found with the 500 m radius of land. Fifteen fruit trees and 12 timber
trees are found in the land. Land filling up to 2 m is required for the construction of
substation.

Table 24: Physical Features of Proposed Pirojpur Grid Substation (3 acres)

Features Specification
Land ownership Private
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Indoor
Voltage 132/33 kV
Switchgear type Gas-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system
202

Figure 18: Location of Pirojpur GIS Substation in Pirojpur District

Plate 3.14 The land allocated for the construction of Pirojpur substation

(xii) Shibchar 132/33 kV indoor GIS substation (5 acre)

25. The land selected for the proposed Shibchar substation is located in Maler Kandhi mouza
in sub-district Shibchar of Madaripur district (Dhaka Division) (Figure 19). The total extent
of land required for the substation is five acres and the coordinates are 23.3552513N,
90.1847076E. The land is an irrigated agricultural land. Paddy is cultivated in two seasons.
Few trees are found within the land (3 fruit trees, 2 medicinal trees). Arial Khan river,
Shariatpur road, Madarasha, Malerkandhi-jame mosque, and Malerkandhi canal are
 203

found within 500 m radius of the land. The land filling up to 3 m is required before the
construction activities.

Table 25: Physical Features of Proposed Shibchar Grid Substation (5 acres)

Features Specification
Land ownership Private
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Indoor
Voltage 132/33 kV
Switchgear type Gas-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system

Figure 19: Location of Shibchar GIS Substation in Madaripur District

204

Plate 3.15 The land identified for the construction of Shibchar substation

(xiii) Rupsha-Satkhira 230 kV double circuit transmission line (62 km)

26. The proposed Rupsha-Satkhira 230 kV transmission line traverses 55 villages in five sub-
districts (Fakirhat, Batiaghata, Dumuria, Satkhira Sadar, Tala) of Bagerhat, Khulna, and
Satkhira distrcits in Khulna Division (Figure 20). It crosses 9 rivers, six canals and one
Khal. No forest or scrublands are found along the line route. The main land uses along
the route are agriculture, home gardens and water bodies (river, canal, Khal). Two terminal
towers, 80 angle towers and 82 suspension towers are required for the length of 62 km.
The line route is accessible via 53 roads including two highways. The line crosses national
highway Jessore-Satkhira, between 0-1 km, Khulna- Satkhira highway between 2-3 km
chainage of the line, and 45 other roads. 23 km of the total length of the line pass through
marshy areas. Paddy fields are found along 46 km stretch of the line. Elevation of Satkhira
is 11 m while Ruphsha having 9 m elevation. Number of trees in 12 m clearing width for
the line of 58.3 km records 2,516 trees which are more than 5 m in height (excluding
bamboo and banana). The common trees are Mahogany, Albizia, date palm, Areca palm
and coconut.

Figure 20: Satkhira- Rupsha 230 kV and Satkhira- Manirampur 132 kV Transmission Lines
 205

Table 26: Physical Features of Rupsha-Satkhira 230 kV Transmission Line

Sl. No. Physical Features Attribute
1 Voltage rating 230 kV (Initially operated at 132 kV)
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 40 m
4 No of transmission towers 162
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 37 meters
8 m (ground clearance measured from the highest
6 Transmission line clearances
flood level)
7 Type of line support Steel 230 kV lattice
8 Conductor material Aluminium Conductor Composite Core
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
10 Type of connection Rupsha and Satkhira Grid Substations
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 3 years

(xiv) Domar-Purba Sadipur 230 kV double circuit transmission line (46.5 km)

27. The total length of the transmission line is estimated at 46.5 km as reported in the
Development Project Proposal (DPP) of PGCB. The proposed line traverses 41 villages,
five upazilas (Birganj, Kaharole, Khansama, Domar and Nilphamari Sadar) in Dinajpur
and Niphamari districts (Rangpur Division) (Figure 21). The line traverses various land
uses and habitats such as agricultural fields, rivers, canals, ponds, homesteads and
unutilized degraded and open lands. No forest or wildlife reserves are found in the
alignment. The Ramsagar National Park is about 25 km south from the transmission line.
The line crosses Atrai river between 10 and 11 km, Shewraphull river at 19-20 km and 20-
21 km, Karotoya river at 21-22 km, a pond in 29-30 km and Gorgram canal at 30-31 km.
48 angle towers and 75 suspension towers are required for the line. The line is accessible
through 40 roads and crosses 39 roads.

28. The RoW for 230 kV transmission line is established at 20 m either way from the centre
of the line/ tower which is considered as the project impact area. Number of trees in 12 m
clearing width for the line of 46.2 km records 1,432, which are more than 5 m in height
(excluding bamboo and banana). The common trees are Eucalyptus, Acacia, Litchi,
Margosa, Samanea saman (Renty Korol) and Mahogany.

Table 27: Physical Features of Domar-Purba Sadipur 230 kV Transmission Line

Sl.
Physical Features Attribute
No.
1 Voltage rating 230 kV (Initially operated at 132 kV)
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 40 m
4 No of transmission towers 121
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 37 meters
8 m (ground clearance measured from the highest
6 Transmission line clearances
flood level)
7 Type of line support Steel 230 kV lattice
8 Conductor material Aluminium Conductor Composite Core
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
10 Type of connection Domar and Purba Sadipur Grid Substations
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 3 years
206

Figure 21: Domar-Purba Sadipur 230 kV Transmission Line

(xv) Domar-Hatibanda 132 kV double circuit transmission line (35 km)

29. The total length of the transmission line is 35 km. It passes through 25 villages in three
upazila (Domar, Dimla, Hatibanda) in two districts; Lalmonirhat and Nilphamari (Rangpur
Division) (Figure 22). The RoW for 132 kV line is established at 14 m either way from the
centre of the line/ tower, which is considered as the project impact area. The land under
the RoW is private and government lands which are utilized for settlements, as well as
cultivation of paddy and vegetables. The coordinates of angle towers of final alignment
are given in the Annex 2.

30. The line is accessible from 31 roads and it crosses six rivers, four canals, and 28 roads in
its entire length of 35 km. About 0.04 ha forest area is found in the RoW and Teesta
 207

Barrage Park is about 400 m from the line at chainage 29-31. 56 angle 50 suspension and
two terminal towers are needed for the line. The line crosses existing 33/ 11 kV lines
several times. Length of line in marshy and paddy cultivated area is 28.9 km. The elevation
at Domar and Hatibhanda is 38 m and 14 m, respectively. The area under the clearing
width of 12 m is 41.7 ha. Bamboo represents the dominant tree in the clearing width with
6,040 individuals. The other tree species such as Eucalyptus, Albizia, Acacia and
Mahogany having 1,187 individuals which are more than 5 m in height.

Figure 22: Domar-Hatibanda 132 kV Transmission Line

Table 28: Physical Features of Domar-Hatibanda 132 kV Transmission Line

Sl.
Physical Features Attribute
No.
1 Voltage rating 132 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 28 m
4 No of transmission towers 106
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 28.963 meters
7 m (ground clearance measured from the highest
6 Transmission line clearances
flood level)
7 Type of line support Steel 132 kV lattice
8 Conductor material Aluminium Conductor Composite Core
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
10 Type of connection Domar and Hatibanda Grid Substations
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 3 years
208

(xvi) Kaliganj-Maheshpur 132 kV double circuit transmission line (28 km)

31. The total length of Kaliganj-Maheshpur 132 kV transmission line is estimated at 25.3 km
by the PGCB. After conducting the field survey of the route, the length of line was
increased to 28 km, due to some deviations to the original line route. The line traverses
26 villages in Kaliganj, Kotchandpur and Maheshpur sub-districts of Jhenaidah district
(Khulna Division) (Figure 23). The line is accessible through 15 roads. It crosses
Kapotakha and Chitra rivers and 13 roads including Jeshore- Chuadanga highway and
Dhaka- Khulna railway. The line requires two terminal towers, 12 angle towers and 72
suspension towers. The main land use along the line is agriculture/ paddy, 23.1 km of the
line.

32. The number of trees estimated in the 12 m clearing width of the line was 667 (>5 m in
height). The common trees are Mahogany, Date palm (Khejur) and Palmyra. The number
of trees in the clearing width which are less than 5 m was 1,129.

Figure 23: Kaliganj-Maheshpur 132 kV Transmission Line

Table 29: Physical Features of Kaliganj-Maheshpur 132 kV Transmission Line

Sl.
Physical Features Attribute
No.
1 Voltage rating 132 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 28 m
 209

Sl.
Physical Features Attribute
No.
4 No of transmission towers 84
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 28.963 meters
7 m (ground clearance measured from the
6 Transmission line clearances
highest flood level)
7 Type of line support Steel 132 kV lattice
8 Conductor material Aluminium Conductor Composite Core
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
10 Type of connection Kaliganj and Maheshpur Grid Substations
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 3 years

(xvii) Manirampur-Satkhira 132 kV double circuit transmission line (33.0 km)

33. The total length of Manirampur-Satkhira 132 kV transmission line is estimated at 31.9 km
by the PGCB. After conducting the field survey of the route, the length of line was
increased to 33.0 km, due to some deviations to the original line route. This line requires
two terminal, 33 angle and 66 suspension towers. The line traverses 28 villages in
Keshabpur, Manirampur, Patkelghata, Satkhira Sadar and Tala sub-districts of Jashore
and Satkhira districts (Khulna Division) (Figure 20). The line crosses 18 roads, four rivers
(Kapotaksha, Betna, Buri Bhadra, Harihar) and two canals (Khuchakhali and Gajasri). It
is accessible through 21 roads including Jessore- Satkhira highway.

34. Forest, scrublands or wildlife reserves are not found along the line route. Agricultural/
paddy lands, marshes, water bodies and home gardens are the main land uses along the
line. Elevation at Satkhira and Manirampur is 11 and 12 m, respectively. Jassore airport
is 52 km from the project site.

35. The number of trees estimated in the 12 m clearing width of the line was 1,597 (>5 m in
height). The common trees are Areca nut palm, Date palm (Khejur), Mahogany, Mango,
Margosa, and Palmyra. The number of trees in the clearing width which are less than 5 m
was 969.

Table 30: Physical Features of Manirampur-Satkhira 132 kV Transmission Line

Sl.
Physical Features Attribute
No.
1 Voltage rating 132 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 28 m
4 No of transmission towers 101
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 28.963 meters
7 m (ground clearance measured from the highest
6 Transmission line clearances
flood level)
7 Type of line support Steel 132 kV lattice
8 Conductor material Aluminium Conductor Composite Core
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
10 Type of connection Manirampur and Satkhira Grid Substations
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 3 years
210

(xviii) Kushtia-Meherpur 132 kV double circuit transmission line (48.0 km)

36. The total length of Kushtia-Meherpur 132 kV line is estimated at 46.2 km by the PGCB.
After the field surveys the total length of the line has been increased to 48.0 km with some
deviations of the alignment. The line traverses 39 villages in Kushtia Sadar, Mirpur and
Gangni sub- districts of Kushtia and Meherpur districts (Khulna Division) (Figure 24). The
line crosses 29 roads, four rivers (Kajla, Mathavanga, Pangashi, Sagar), 7 canals, and
two ponds along the length of the line. Forest or wildlife habitats are not found in the project
area. The line requires two terminal, 30 angle and 115 suspension towers. The line is
accessible through 29 roads including Meherpur- Kushtia, Kushtia- Jhenaidah and Kushtia
Chuadanga highways. Average elevation at Kushtia is 27 m and 24 m in Meherpur.

37. The total number of trees which are more than 5 m in height, recorded in 12 m clearing
width of the line is 717, excluding the bamboo and banana trees. Trees which are less
than 5 m in height were also estimated at 1,704 in 12 m width, however, these trees will
not be cut down for the construction of the line.

Table 31: Physical Features of Kushtia-Meherpur 132 kV Transmission Line

Sl.
Physical Features Attribute
No.
1 Voltage rating 132 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 28 m
4 No of transmission towers 145
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 28.963 meters
7 m (ground clearance measured from the highest
6 Transmission line clearances
flood level)
7 Type of line support Steel 132 kV lattice
8 Conductor material Aluminium Conductor Composite Core
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
10 Type of connection Kushitia and Meherpur Grid Substations
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 3 years
 211

Figure 24: Kushtia-Meherpur 132 kV Transmission Line

(xix) Bagerhat-Pirojpur-Bhandaria 132 kV double circuit transmission line (49.5 km)

38. Bagerhat- Pirojpur- Bhandaria 132 kV transmission line traverses 41 villages in five sub-
districts (Bagerhat Sadar, Kachua, Bhandaria, Kawkhali, Pirojpur) in Bagerhat, Pirojpur
and Jalokathi districts (Khulna/ Barishal Divisions) (Figure 25). It crosses five rivers, 15
canals and one Khal. The line is accessible via 44 roads, it crosses 35 roads and
Bagerhat-Pirojpur highway. Forests or wildlife reserves are not found in the line route. This
line requires two terminal, 55 angle and 94 suspension towers.

39. The land under the clearing width of 12 m is 58.9 ha. The number of trees found in this
area is 24,449, including the bamboo and trees which are less than 5 m in height. Total
number of trees which are more than 5 m in height is 12,674, excluding the bamboo. The
dominant trees are Betel nut, coconut, date palm, Mahogany and Samanea saman (Renty
Korol). The average elevation in Bagerhat, Pirojpur and Bhandaria is 2-3 m.
212

Figure 25: Bagerhat-Pirojpur-Bandharia 132 kV Transmission Line

Table 32: Physical Features of Pirojpur-Bandharia 132 kV Transmission Line

Sl. No. Physical Features Attribute
1 Voltage rating 132 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 28 m
4 No of transmission towers 149
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 28.963 meters
7 m (ground clearance measured from the
6 Transmission line clearances
highest flood level)
7 Type of line support Steel 132 kV lattice
8 Conductor material Aluminium Conductor Composite Core
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
Bagerhat, Pirojpur and Bhandaria Grid
10 Type of connection
Substations
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 3 years

(xx) Gopalganj (North)-Shibchar 230 kV double circuit transmission line (25 km)

40. The total length of 230 kV transmission line is estimated at 21.7 km by the PGCB. After
the field surveys the length of the line has been increased to 25 km due to some deviations
to the original line route. The line traverses 23 villages in Bhanga, Rajoir and Shibchar
sub- districts of Faridpur and Madaripur (Dhaka Division) (Figure 26). The line crosses 18
 213

roads including the Barishal-Faridpur highway, Kumar and Arialkha rivers, village local
canal system, Purbo Kakoir, Moraganj and West Kachikat canals. The line is accessible
through 21 roads including the Barishal- Faridpur highway. Wildlife reserves or forests are
not found along the proposed line route. Two terminal, 21 angle and 43 suspension towers
are required for the line. The main land uses along the line are agriculture, homesteads
open degraded lands and water bodies (river, canal, pond).

41. The trees which are greater than 5 m in height found in the direct impact zone (12 m
clearing width) of the transmission line is 1,525, excluding bamboo and banana trees. The
trees less than 5 m in height recorded at 3,362 within the direct impact zone. The common
tree species are Albizia (Karol), Mahogany, Mango, Palmyra, Dalbergia (Shisu), Jackfruit,
Date palm, Acacia and Chamble.

Table 33: Physical Features of Gopalganj (N)-Shibchar 230 kV Transmission Line

Sl.
Physical Features Attribute
No.
1 Voltage rating 230 kV (Initially operated at 132 kV)
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 40 m
4 No of transmission towers 64
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 37 meters
8 m (ground clearance measured from the
6 Transmission line clearances
highest flood level)
7 Type of line support Steel 230 kV lattice
8 Conductor material Aluminium Conductor Composite Core
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
10 Type of connection Gopalganj (N) and Shibchar Grid Substations
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 3 years

Figure 26 - Gopalganj (N)–Shibchar 230 kV Transmission Line

(xxi) Niamatpur-Patnitola 132 kV double circuit transmission line (33 km)

214

42. The total length of Niamatpur-Patnitola 132 kV transmission line is estimated at 33.3 by
the PGCB. After the field surveys the length of the line has been decreased to 33 km due
to few deviations to the original line route. The line traverses 30 villages in Mahadepur,
Niamatpur and Patnitola sub-districts of Naogoan (Rajshahi Division) (Figure 27). The line
is accessible through 22 roads. It crosses 18 roads including Chandash- Mahadebpur
highway and three canals (Chatra, Singhadi, Esapur). Two terminal, 23 angle and 74
suspension towers are required for the line. The main land uses along the line are
agriculture, homesteads open degraded lands and water bodies (canal, pond). Elevation
at Niamatpur and Patnitola is 15 and 22 m, respectively. Saidpur airport is 55 km away
from the project site.

43. The trees which are greater than 5 m in height found in the direct impact zone (12 m
clearing width) of the transmission line is 301. The trees less than 5 m in height recorded
at 73 within the direct impact zone. The common tree species are Eucalyptus, Mahogany,
Margosa, Palmyra, and Dalbergia (Shisu).

Table 34: Physical Features of Niamatpur-Patnitola 132 kV Transmission Line

Sl. No. Physical Features Attribute
1 Voltage rating 132 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 28 m
4 No of transmission towers 97
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 28.963 meters
7 m (ground clearance measured from the
6 Transmission line clearances
highest flood level)
7 Type of line support Steel 132 kV lattice
8 Conductor material Aluminium Conductor Composite Core
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
10 Type of connection Niamatpur and Patnitola Grid Substations
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 3 years
 215

Figure 27: Niamatpur-Patnitola 132 kV Transmission Line

(xxii)

Line-in line-out connection from Barishal-Bhola-Burhanuddin 230 kV double circuit

transmission line to Bhola substation (1 km)
216

44. The LILO connection from Barishal-Bhola-Burhanuddin 230 kV line to Bhola substation is
1 km in length. It is located in Banglabazar village, Daulat Khan sub-district in Bhola
(Barishal Division) (Figure 28). River, canals, forest or wildlife reserves are not found along
the line. One angel tower and two terminal towers are required for the line. It passes
through Kharut- Banglabazar road. No trees are recorded within the RoW. Average
elevation is 2 m.

Table 35: Physical Features of LILO Connection from Barishal-Bhola-Burhanuddin 230 kV Double
Circuit Transmission Line to Bhola Substation
Sl.
Physical Features Attribute
No.
1 Voltage rating 230 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 40 m
4 No of transmission towers 1
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 37 meters
8 m (ground clearance measured from the highest
6 Transmission line clearances
flood level)
7 Type of line support Steel 230 kV lattice
8 Conductor material Aluminium Conductor Steel Reinforced
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
LILO connection to Bhola substation from Barishal-
10 Type of connection Bhola-Borhanuddin 230 kV transmission line
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 3 years

Figure 28: LILO Connection to Bhola Substation

 217

(xxiii) Line-in line-out connection from Bagerhat-Goalpara 132 kV double circuit

transmission line to Rupsha substation (3.5 km)

45. LILO from Bagerhat–Goalpara 132 kV line to Rupsha substation is located in Tilok, Tilok
Moddha para villages, Rupsha sub-district in Khulna (Division Khulna) (Figure 29). The
length of line is 3.5 km and it passes through agricultural lands and home gardens. Forest
or wildlife reserves are not found in the project area. The line crosses Poddabil canal in
angle towers 3-4, 4-5 and 5-6. Two terminal, 6 angle and 4 suspension towers are required
for the line. Road accessibility is via Khulna city bypass road, Khulna- Mongla road and
Tilok- Khadiza road and the line crosses all three roads. The clearing width is 12 m and
the land area underneath is 4 ha along the entire line. The tree inventory recorded 92
timber trees, 9 trees with medicinal value and 112 fruit trees which are > 5 m in height.
The elevation at Bagerhat is 2 m, and 35 m at Goalpara. Barishal airport is 35 km away
from the project area.

Table 36: Physical Features of LILO Connection from Bagerhat-Goalpara 132 kV Line to Rupsha
Substation
Sl.
Physical Features Attribute
No.
1 Voltage rating 132 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 28 m
4 No of transmission towers 10
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 28.963 meters
7 m (ground clearance measured from the highest
6 Transmission line clearances
flood level)
7 Type of line support Steel 132 kV lattice
8 Conductor material Aluminium Conductor Steel Reinforced
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
LILO connection to Rupsha substation from
10 Type of connection Bagerhat-Goalpara 132 kV transmission line
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 3 years
218

Figure 29: LILO connections at Rupsha substation, Bagerhat- Goalpara and Gallamari- Gopalganj
 219

(xxiv) Line-in line-out connection from Gallamari-Gopalganj 132 kV double circuit

transmission line to Rupsha substation (0.5 km)

46. The length of LILO connection from Gallamari-Gopalganj 132 line to Rupsha substation is
0.5 km. It is located in Tilok village, Fakirhat sub-district in Bagerhat district (Khulna
Division) (Figure 29). It passes through agricultural land and home gardens. Elevation at
Gallamari is 5 m and 10 m at Gopalganj. No trees have to be removed for the line and
only two angel towers are required for the line.

Table 37: Physical Features of LILO Connection from Gallamari-Gopalganj 132 kV Line to Rupsha
Substation
Sl. No. Physical Features Attribute
1 Voltage rating 132 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 28 m
4 No of transmission towers
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 28.963 meters
7 m (ground clearance measured from the highest
6 Transmission line clearances
flood level)
7 Type of line support Steel 132 kV lattice
8 Conductor material Aluminium Conductor Steel Reinforced
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
LILO connection to Rupsha substation from
10 Type of connection Gallamari-Gopalganj 132 kV transmission line
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 3 years

(xxv) Line-in line-out connection from Khulna (South)-Rupsha power plant 230 kV double
circuit transmission line to Rupsha substation (0.5 km)

47. The transmission line from Khulna (South) to Rupsha power plant passes through the land
identified for the Rupsha substation. Therefore, the substation land is underneath the line
(Figure 29). None of the subprojects including this are for exclusive use of existing or
future power generation or any other facilities. Therefore, this project does not have any
associated facilities to be parallelly evaluated.

Table 38: Physical Features of LILO Connection from Khulna (S)-Rupsha 230 kV Line to Rupsha
Substation
Sl. No. Physical Features Attribute
1 Voltage rating 230 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 40 m
4 No of transmission towers Line over the substation
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 37 meters
8 m (ground clearance measured from the highest
6 Transmission line clearances
flood level)
7 Type of line support Steel 230 kV lattice
8 Conductor material Aluminium Conductor Composite Core
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
LILO connection to Rupsha substation from Khulna
10 Type of connection (S) - Rupsha Power Plant 230 kV transmission line
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 3 years
220

(xxvi) Line-in line-out connection from Faridpur-Madaripur 132 kV double circuit

transmission line to Bhanga substation (0.5 km)

48. The length of LILO from Faridpur–Madaripur 132 kV line to Bhanga substation is 0.5 km
and only two angle towers are required for the line. The line is located in Hamirdi village,
Bhanga sub- district in Faridpur district (Dhaka Division) (Figure 30). This line can be
reached by Bhanga- Faridpur highway. The line crosses agricultural lands and home
gardens. Forest or wildlife reserves are not located nearby. Tree cutting is not required for
the line. Elevation at Bhanga is 7 m, 15 m at Faridpur and 10 m at Madaripur. Barishal
airport is 43 km away from the project area.

Table 39: Physical Features of LILO Connection from Faridpur-Madaripur 132 kV Line to Bhanga
Substation
Sl.
Physical Features Attribute
No.
1 Voltage rating 132 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 28 m
4 No of transmission towers
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 28.963 meters
7 m (ground clearance measured from the highest
6 Transmission line clearances
flood level)
7 Type of line support Steel 132 kV lattice
8 Conductor material Aluminium Conductor Composite Core
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
LILO connection to Bhanga substation from Faridpur-
10 Type of connection Madaripur 132 kV transmission line
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 3 years

Figure 30: LILO Connection from Faridpur-Madaripur 132 kV Line to Bhanga Substation
 221

(xxvii) Line-in line-out connection from Barishal-Bhandaria 132 kV double circuit

transmission line to Jhalokati substation (1.5km)

49. This line is located in Sakhari village, Jhalokati Sadar sub-district in Jhalokati district
(Barishal Division) (Figure 31). The length of the LILO is 1.5 km. Two terminal, one angle
and two suspension towers are required for the line. Road accessibility is through Sakhari
road. Line passes through agricultural lands and home gardens. Elevation at Barishal is
1.2 m and it is 2 m at Bhandaria. The project site is 42 km away from Barishal airport.

Table 40: Physical features of LILO Connection from Barishal- Bhandaria 132 kV Line to Jhalokati
Substation
Sl.
Physical Features Attribute
No.
1 Voltage rating 132 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 28 m
4 No of transmission towers 3
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 28.963 meters
7 m (ground clearance measured from the highest
6 Transmission line clearances
flood level)
7 Type of line support Steel 132 kV lattice
8 Conductor material Aluminium Conductor Steel Reinforced
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
LILO connection to Jhalokati substation from
10 Type of connection Barishal-Bhandaria 132 kV transmission line
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 3 years
222

Figure 31: LILO Connection at Jhalokati Substation

(xxviii) Line-in line-out connection from Khulna Central-Noapara 132 kV double circuit
transmission line to Phultala substation (1 km)

50. The length of LILO is 1 km and located in Atraji tala village, Phultala sub-district in Khulna
district (Division Khulna) (Figure 32). The line will not cross any river, canal or road. The
line passes through agricultural land and home gardens. Road accessibility is through
Atraji tala village road. Two angle towers and one suspension tower are required for the
line. The elevation at Khulna is 9 m and 2 km to the Khulna airport.

Table 41: Physical Features of LILO Connection from Khulna Central-Noapara 132 kV Line to
Phultala Substation
Sl.
Physical Features Attribute
No.
1 Voltage rating 132 kV
2 Type of transmission line Double circuit
3 Width of TL RoW 28 m
4 No of transmission towers 1
5 Transmission towers heights Standard towers: 28.963 meters
7 m (ground clearance measured from the highest
6 Transmission line clearances
flood level)
7 Type of line support Steel 132 kV lattice
8 Conductor material Aluminium Conductor Composite Core
9 Line insulator Disc type, porcelain
 223

LILO connection to Phultala substation from Khulna

10 Type of connection Central-Noapara 132 kV transmission line
11 Duration of project implementation Approximately 3 years

Figure 32: LILO Connection at Phultala Substation

(xxix) 132 kV air insulated switchgear (AIS) bay extensions at Satkhira substation

51. Satkhira substation was commissioned in 2005 and located in Taltola and Binerpota
mouza, Satkhira Sadar sub-district in Satkhira district (Khulna Division) (Figure 33). The
total extent of the land of the substation is 5 acres. The bay extension will require 3 acres
of land and this is available adjacent to the existing substation. Several land owners will
be affected and the land could be purchased at the current market price.
224

Figure 33: Location of Proposed Satkhira Substation and proposed 3-acre Extension for the Bay
Extension

Table 42: Physical Features of Satkhira Grid Substation – Bay Extension

Features Specification
Status Existing
Land ownership PGCB
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Outdoor
Voltage 132/33 kV
Existing: Air-insulated
Switchgear type
Bay Extension: Air-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system
 225

Plate 3.16 Satkhira substation

Plate 3.17 Satkhira substation and the adjacent land (3 acre) identified for the bay extension

(xxx) 132 kV outdoor GIS bay extensions at Purba Sadipur substation

52. Purba Sadipur substation is located in Sundapur union, Ward- 5 village in Sadipur sub-
district of Dinajpur district (Rangpur Division) (Figure 34). Total extent of the land of the
substation is 10.44 acres and the proposed bay extension requires 0.5 acre, found within
the substation premises. The substation was commissioned in 1980.

Table 43: Physical Features of Purbasadipur Grid Substation – Bay Extension

Features Specification
Status Existing
Land ownership PGCB
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Outdoor
Voltage 230/132 kV
Existing: Air-insulated
Switchgear type
Bay Extension: Gas-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
226

Features Specification
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system
Figure 34: Location of Purba Sadipur Existing Grid Substation

Plate 3.18 Puba Sadipur substation

 227

Plate 3.19 The land allocated for the bay extension

(xxxi) 132 kV AIS bay extensions at Kaliganj substation

53. Kaliganj substation is under construction at present and it will be commissioned in 2020.
It is located in Kaliganj mouza in Jhenaidah district (Khulna Division) (Figure 35). Total
extent of the land under the substation is 5 acres.
228

Figure 35: Location Map of Kaliganj Proposed Grid Substation

Table 44: Physical Features of Kaliganj Grid Substation – Bay Extension

Features Specification
Status Under construction
Land ownership PGCB
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Outdoor
Voltage 132/33 kV
Existing: Air-insulated
Switchgear type
Bay Extension: Air-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system

(xxxii) 132 kV outdoor GIS bay extensions at Kushtia substation

54. Kushtia substation is located in Bottoil village in Kushtia Sadar of Kushtia district (Khulna
Division) (Figure 36). The substation is in operation since 1968. Total extent of the land of
the substation is 14.3 acres and the proposed bay extension required 0.5 acre which is
available within the premises. Few trees such as Mango, Jackfruit, and Papaya have to
be removed from the land.
 229

Figure 36: Location of Kushtia Existing Grid Substation

Table 45: Physical Features of Kushtia Grid Substation – Bay Extension

Features Specification
Status Existing
Land ownership PGCB
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Outdoor
Voltage 132/33 kV
Existing: Air-insulated
Switchgear type
Bay Extension: Air-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system
230

Plate 3.20 Kushtia substation and the land allocated for the proposed bay extension

(xxxiii) 132 kV outdoor GIS bay extensions at Bagerhat substation

55. Bagerhat substation is located in Bagerhat Pourashova village in Bagerhat Sadar sub-
district of Bagerhat (Khulna Division) (Figure 37). It has been commissioned in 1980 and
the extent of the land of the substation is 7.6 acres. The space for the bay extension is
available with the premises and only a few trees are found in the land.

Table 46: Physical Features of Bagerhat Grid Substation – Bay Extension

Features Specification
Status Existing
Land ownership PGCB
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Outdoor
Voltage 132/33 kV
Switchgear type Air-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system
 231

Figure 37: Location of Bagerhat Existing Grid Substation

Plate 3.21 Bagerhat substation and the land earmarked for the bay extension

(xxxiv) 132 kV outdoor GIS bay extensions at Bhandaria substation

56. Bhandaria substation is situated in Purbo Bhandaria Ward No. 5 village in Bhandaria sub-
district of Pirojpur (Barishal Division). This was commissioned in 1994 and the land extent
is 2 acres. Land for the proposed bay extension has to be acquired as no space is
available within the premises.

Table 47: Physical Features of Bhandaria Grid Substation – Bay Extension

Features Specification
Status Existing
232

Features Specification
Land ownership PGCB
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Outdoor
Voltage 132/33 kV
Existing: Air-insulated
Switchgear type
Bay Extension: Air-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system

Plate 3.22 Bhandaria substation

(xxxv) 132 kV AIS bay extensions at Gopalganj (North) substation

57. Gopalganj substation is under construction and it will be commissioned in 2020. The
substation is located in Sagalsira village in Mukshedpur sub-district of Gopalganj district
(Dhaka Division) (Figure 38). The land filing activities were in progress during the field visit
to the substation in December 2018. Total extent of the land of the substation is 63 acres.
Bhanga- Takerhat road is in the eastern part of the project site.

Table 48: Physical Features of Gopalganj (N) Grid Substation – Bay Extension
Features Specification
Status Under construction
Land ownership PGCB
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Outdoor
Voltage 400/132 kV
Existing: Air-insulated
Switchgear type
Bay Extension: Air-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system
 233

Figure 38: Location Map of Gopalganj (N) Grid Substation

Plate 3.23 Land filling in Gopalganj is in progress, Bhanga- Takerhat road border the project site

(xxxvi) 132 kV AIS bay extensions at Niamatpur substation

58. Niamatpur substation is located in Korkoria village in Niamatpur sub-district of Naogoan

district (Rajshali Division) (Figure 39). It was commissioned in 2010 and the extent of land
of the substation is 5 acres. The proposed bay extension required about 1 acre and this
extent is available with the substation premises.
234

Figure 39: Location of Niamatpur Existing Grid Substation

Table 49: Physical Features of Niamatpur Grid Substation – Bay Extension

Features Specification
Status Existing
Land ownership PGCB
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Outdoor
Voltage 132/33 kV
Existing: Air-insulated
Switchgear type
Bay Extension: Air-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system
 235

Plate 3.24 Substation entrance and the land set aside for the proposed bay extension

(xxxvii) 132 kV AIS bay extensions at Patnitola substation

59. Patnitola substation will be located in Butolgasi village in Patnitola sub-district of Naogaon
(Rajshahi Division) (Figure 40). During the field survey in December 2018 it was informed
that the land acquisition process is underway. The construction work is planned on 2020
and commissioning of the substation will take place in 2021. The extent of the land that
will be acquired is 5 acres. This is an agricultural land and filling up to 1 m is planned.
Mohadevpur- Patnitola road is found in the west of the project site.

Figure 40: Location of Patnitola Proposed Grid Substation

236

Table 50: Physical Features of Patnitola Grid Substation – Bay Extension

Features Specification
Status Under construction
Land ownership PGCB
Scheme Double busbar scheme
Substation type Outdoor
Voltage 132/33 kV
Existing: Air-insulated
Switchgear type
Bay Extension: Air-insulated
Insulation medium power circuit breaker SF6 GAS
Transformer Oil insulated
Auto firefighting water spray
Protection system description
system

Plate 3.25 The project site Patnitola at present (Dec. 2018)

Table 51: Name of rivers and transmission lines

No. Overhead Transmission Line Name of River
1 Kaliganj (Gazipur)-Purbachal 400 kV DC Turag river (175* m)
double circuit overhead transmission line
2 Rupsha-Satkhira 230 kV double circuit Betna river, Kapotaksha river, Saltha river,
transmission line (initially charged at 132 Hatibanda river (213 m), Gengrail river,
kV) Vodra river (224 m), Saltha river, Rupsha
river (590 m)
3 Domar-Purba Sadipur 230 kV double Atrai river (149 m), Shewraphulli river,
circuit transmission line (initially charges at Karatoya river
132 kV)
4 Domar-Hatibanda 132 kV double circuit Buri Teesta river, Nautara river, Teesta river
transmission line (690 m), Chika Dara river, Saniajan river,
Jamuneshwari river
5 Kaliganj-Maheshpur 132 kV double circuit Kapotakha river, Chitra river (all rivers are
transmission line <100 m)
6 Manirampur-Satkhira 132 kV double Kapotaksha river, Betna river, Buri Bhadra
circuit transmission line river, Harihar river (all rivers <100 m)
 237

7 Kushtia-Meherpur 132 kV double circuit Kajla river, Mathavanga river, Pangasi river,
transmission line Sagar river
8 Bagerhat-Pirojpur-Bhandaria 132 kV Bahirab river (239 m), Katcha river (838 m
double circuit transmission line, width) Boleswar river, Huldarhat river, Garia
river
9 Gopalganj (North)-Shibchar 230 kV Kumar river, Arialkha river (276 m)
double circuit transmission line
10 Niamatpur-Patnitola 132 kV double circuit Atrai river (124 m)
transmission line
*- width of river is given at the crossing, if the width is > 100m

3. Component 3 – Institutional Capacity Development of PGCB

60. This includes (i) supporting installation and operation of an Enterprise Resource Planning
(ERP) System to assist PGCB in optimally managing its capital-intensive assets, (ii)
establishing a Drone Inspection Center within the Operation and Maintenance Department
of PGCB, with some gender equality elements. promoting gender equality and diversity in
the workplace and inclusive business practices.

61. The first subproject is the ERP installation and implementation. There will be training
component as well. The second subproject will buy drones and establish a new centre to
operate and maintain these drones for transmission system maintenance.
238

Annex 2 : Coordinates of Final Alignments of Transmission and LILO Lines of DWZTGEP

Component 1

Kaliganj (Gazipur)-Purbachal 400 kV Transmission Line

Line Length: 18 km
Coordinates (Decimal Elevation
No Degrees) (m)
Latitude Longitude Name and Angle
1 23.96727 90.55137 8 Start Point
2 23.96672 90.53892 4 AP-1 (26 degrees - LT)
3 23.95454 90.51576 5 AP-2 (26 degrees - LT)
4 23.94829 90.51114 5 AP-3 (9 degrees - RT)
5 23.94208 90.50493 6 AP-4 (16 degrees - RT)
6 23.93507 90.49232 6 AP-5 (61 degrees - LT)
7 23.93182 90.49229 7 AP-6 (33 degrees - RT)
8 23.92483 90.48781 5 AP-7 (34 degrees - RT)
9 23.91375 90.46283 9 AP-8 (67 degrees - LT)
10 23.90129 90.46283 6 AP-9 (6 degrees - RT)
11 23.88844 90.46166 6 AP-10 (26 degrees - LT)
12 23.88248 90.46381 7 AP-11 (46 degrees - LT)
13 23.88003 90.46923 7 AP-12 (66 degrees - RT)
14 23.875 90.46926 7 AP-13 (43 degrees - RT)
15 23.87309 90.46754 7 AP-14 (46 degrees - LT)
16 23.86903 90.46779 6 AP-15 (29 degrees - LT)
17 23.86133 90.47265 5 End Point
18 23.95645 90.51937 5 Canal
19 23.96638 90.53844 5 Canal
20 23.96072 90.52746 6 Canal
21 23.87429 90.46879 River (Turang)
22 23.88441 90.46301 River (Turang)
23 23.90198 90.46282 River (Turang)
24 23.91487 90.46544 River (Turang)
25 23.91788 90.47386 River (Turang)
26 23.92932 90.49068 River (Turang)
27 23.87134 90.46779 River (Turang)
28 23.87776 90.46928 6 Pond
29 23.88102 90.467 7 Pond
30 23.88679 90.4623 6 Pond
31 23.89791 90.46258 6 Pond
32 23.86547 90.46987 6 Pond
33 23.87879 90.46928 8 Road (Secondary)
34 23.87954 90.46931 8 Road (Tertiary)
 239

35 23.88321 90.46348 6 Road (Secondary)

36 23.90156 90.4628 6 Road (Tertiary)
37 23.90986 90.46279 12 Road (Secondary)
38 23.92577 90.48843 7 Road (Tertiary)
39 23.93384 90.49231 9 Road (Highway)
40 23.91663 90.469 5 Road (Highway)
41 23.96718 90.54938 6 Road (Pucca)
42 23.96699 90.54507 5 Road (Pucca)
43 23.93287 90.49232 5 D/T Line
44 23.9501 90.51263 3 D/T Line
45 23.87893 90.46925 8 D/T Line
46 23.90169 90.46285 6 D/T Line
47 23.90997 90.46287 12 D/T Line
48 23.91662 90.46922 5 D/T Line
49 23.926 90.48858 7 D/T Line
50 23.93426 90.49231 9 Railway Line

Kushtia-Meherpur 132 kV Transmission Line

Line Length: 48.0 km
Coordinates (Decimal
Elevation (m) Name and Angle
No Degrees)
Latitude Longitude
1 23.79045 88.68023 16 Start Point
2 23.79892 88.71787 17 AP -1 (27 degrees - RT)
3 23.79484 88.73474 16 AP -2 (27 degrees - LT)
4 23.79963 88.75533 14 AP -3 (45 degrees - LT)
5 23.8251 88.77176 16 AP -4 (47 degrees - RT)
6 23.82631 88.77798 14 AP -5 (10 degrees - RT)
7 23.82672 88.79276 15 AP -6 (20 degrees - LT)
8 23.84834 88.84746 18 AP -7 (47 degrees - RT)
9 23.84238 88.86034 17 AP -8 (46 degrees - LT)
10 23.85113 88.884 19 AP -9 (25 degrees - RT)
11 23.85021 88.89685 15 AP -10 (11 degrees - RT)
12 23.84784 88.90585 20 AP -11 (35 degrees - LT)
13 23.85041 88.91281 16 AP -12 (35 degrees - RT)
14 23.8493 88.91721 16 AP -13 (37 degrees - LT)
15 23.85285 88.92575 14 AP -14 (56 degrees - RT)
16 23.84447 88.93889 14 AP -15 (36 degrees - LT)
17 23.84597 88.96665 11 AP -16 (27 degrees - LT)
18 23.84925 88.9725 14 AP -17 (15 degrees - RT)
19 23.85179 88.9822 13 AP -18 (12 degrees - RT)
240

20 23.85267 88.99934 13 AP -19 (22 degrees - RT)

21 23.84085 89.03508 13 AP -20 (22 degrees - LT)
22 23.84116 89.04061 12 AP -21 (69 degrees - LT)
23 23.84683 89.04246 13 AP -22 (20 degrees - RT)
24 23.85101 89.04561 13 AP -23 (58 degrees - RT)
25 23.85057 89.05148 11 AP -24 (30 degrees - LT)
26 23.86194 89.07686 10 AP -25 (36 degrees - LT)
27 23.86644 89.0794 14 AP -26 (18 degrees - RT)
28 23.87339 89.08679 15 AP -27 (42 degrees - RT)
29 23.87353 89.091 17 AP -28 (23 degrees - LT)
30 23.87488 89.09395 14 AP -29 (58 degrees - LT)
31 23.87872 89.09452 15 AP -30 (34 degrees - LT)
32 23.87988 89.09397 16 End Point
33 23.79312 88.69228 19 Road (Secondary)
34 23.79444 88.69793 19 Road (Tertiary)
35 23.7946 88.69871 18 Road (Secondary)
36 23.79515 88.70116 17 Road (Secondary)
37 23.79871 88.717 17 Road (Secondary)
38 23.79575 88.73129 15 Road (Tertiary)
39 23.7951 88.73603 17 Road (Secondary)
40 23.79722 88.74498 15 Road (Secondary)
41 23.79905 88.75275 18 Road (Tertiary)
42 23.80784 88.76059 17 Road (Secondary)
43 23.82074 88.76891 18 Road (Secondary)
44 23.82074 88.76891 18 Road (Secondary)
45 23.82613 88.77724 14 Road (Secondary)
46 23.82677 88.79181 16 Road (Secondary)
47 23.83183 88.80581 14 Road (Secondary)
48 23.8418 88.83086 15 Road (Tertiary)
49 23.84452 88.83791 17 Road (Tertiary)
50 23.8477 88.8459 15 Road (Tertiary)
51 23.84664 88.85118 17 Road (Secondary)
52 23.84263 88.86002 17 Road (Secondary)
53 23.85109 88.88495 18 Road (Secondary)
54 23.84821 88.90453 16 Road (Secondary)
55 23.84821 88.90453 16 Road (Secondary)
56 23.85032 88.91326 18 Road (Tertiary)
57 23.85002 88.91394 16 Road (Tertiary)
58 23.8496 88.91791 17 Road (Secondary)
59 23.85201 88.9238 17 Road (Secondary)
60 23.85092 88.92857 15 Road (Tertiary)
 241

61 23.84492 88.93821 16 Road (Tertiary)

62 23.84502 88.94778 15 Road (Secondary)
63 23.84943 88.97349 16 Road (Tertiary)
64 23.84964 88.97394 16 Road (Secondary)
65 23.85252 88.99478 11 Road (Tertiary)
66 23.84091 89.03624 13 Road (Tertiary)
67 23.84102 89.03899 14 Road (Secondary)
68 23.8497 89.04454 12 Road (Secondary)
69 23.85502 89.06103 13 Road (Secondary)
70 23.85894 89.06994 12 Road (Tertiary)
71 23.86413 89.07816 15 Road (Secondary)
72 23.86413 89.07816 15 Road (Secondary)
73 23.86843 89.08147 14 Road (Tertiary)
74 23.87343 89.08942 17 Road (Secondary)
75 23.87411 89.09234 17 Road (Highway)
76 23.85115 89.05266 12 D/T Line
77 23.79127 88.68381 17 D/T Line
78 23.79602 88.73072 16 D/T Line
79 23.79602 88.73072 16 D/T Line
80 23.79887 88.75225 18 D/T Line
81 23.8243 88.77119 14 D/T Line
82 23.85043 88.91324 17 D/T Line
83 23.8495 88.91739 16 D/T Line
84 23.85182 88.92334 17 D/T Line
85 23.85263 88.92597 14 D/T Line
86 23.84498 88.94734 15 D/T Line
87 23.84102 89.03586 13 D/T Line
88 23.84099 89.037 14 D/T Line
89 23.84623 89.04212 13 D/T Line
90 23.85513 89.06157 13 D/T Line
91 23.87827 89.09448 15 D/T Line
92 23.87957 89.09411 15 D/T Line
93 23.83193 88.80592 14 Canal
94 23.85022 88.91362 18 Canal
95 23.8527 88.92547 14 Canal
96 23.85212 88.98869 13 Canal
97 23.84581 89.02044 11 Canal
98 23.84086 89.03547 13 Canal
99 23.84103 89.03927 14 Canal
100 23.87433 89.09291 17 Canal
101 23.83485 88.81342 15 Pond
242

102 23.87401 89.09197 15 Pond

103 23.7934 88.69339 River (Kajla)
104 23.82661 88.79138 River (Kajla)
105 23.84266 88.86105 River (Mathavanga)
106 23.85099 88.88579 River (Panggsasi)
107 23.84915 88.90089 River (Panggsasi)
108 23.84958 88.97365 River (Sagar)
109 23.79471 88.6989 18 Home Garden
110 23.7955 88.70237 17 Home Garden
111 23.79502 88.73569 17 Home Garden
112 23.79522 88.73634 17 Home Garden
113 23.79738 88.74558 14 Home Garden
114 23.83226 88.80672 15 Home Garden
115 23.84148 88.83004 16 Home Garden
116 23.8474 88.84518 15 Home Garden
117 23.87342 89.08748 17 Home Garden
118 23.79311 88.6921 19 Home Gardens/ plantation
119 23.82601 88.77625 13 Home Gardens/ plantation
120 23.84942 88.97321 16 Home Gardens/ plantation

Component 2

Rupsha-Satkhira 230 kV
Line Length: 62km
Coordinates (Decimal Elevation
No Degrees) (m) Name and Angle
Latitude Longitude
1 22.74465 89.09315 1 Start Point
2 22.74664 89.09377 1 AP - 1 (29 degrees - RT)
3 22.75611 89.1036 5 AP - 2 (48 degrees - RT)
4 22.75583 89.10784 1 AP - 3 (36 degrees - RT)
5 22.74983 89.11521 4 AP - 4 (15 degrees - LT)
6 22.74111 89.13398 1 AP - 5 (17 degrees - LT)
7 22.73791 89.1563 4 AP - 6 (16 degrees - LT)
8 22.73998 89.17235 5 AP - 7 (1 degree - RT)
9 22.74045 89.17651 5 AP - 8 (19 degrees - LT)
10 22.74273 89.18147 4 AP - 9 (17 degrees - LT)
11 22.74448 89.18345 6 AP - 10 (22 degrees - RT)
12 22.74623 89.18816 6 AP - 11 (22 degrees - RT)
13 22.74617 89.19073 9 AP - 12 (49 degrees - RT)
14 22.74072 89.19526 5 AP - 13 (37 degrees - LT)
15 22.7391 89.20183 6 AP - 14 (22 degrees - RT)
 243

16 22.73701 89.20478 8 AP - 15 (30 degrees - LT)

17 22.73669 89.208 6 AP - 16 (13 degrees - LT)
18 22.73816 89.22048 7 AP - 17 (10 degrees - RT)
19 22.73745 89.23504 6 AP - 18 (15 degrees - LT)
20 22.73846 89.24003 9 AP - 19 (5 degrees - RT)
21 22.74003 89.25208 7 AP - 20 (28 degrees - LT)
22 22.74141 89.25408 6 AP - 21 (41 degrees - RT)
23 22.7412 89.25611 4 AP - 22 (54 degrees - RT)
24 22.74018 89.25671 6 AP - 23 (42 degrees - LT)
25 22.73877 89.26109 4 AP - 24 (5 degrees - RT)
26 22.73735 89.26457 6 AP - 25 (24 degrees - LT)
27 22.73742 89.26813 10 AP - 26 (8 degrees - RT)
28 22.73676 89.27388 5 AP - 27 (10 degrees - RT)
29 22.73287 89.28767 4 AP - 28 (30 degrees - LT)
30 22.73426 89.29322 4 AP - 29 (17 degrees - LT)
31 22.736 89.29616 2 AP - 30 (13 degrees - LT)
32 22.7405 89.30088 3 AP - 31 (22 degrees - RT)
33 22.74187 89.30433 4 AP - 32 (29 degrees - RT)
34 22.74121 89.30981 3 AP - 33 (13 degrees - RT)
35 22.73964 89.31421 1 AP - 34 (16 degrees - LT)
36 22.73822 89.3318 0 AP - 35 (18 degrees - RT)
37 22.7368 89.33539 0 AP - 36 (6 degrees - RT)
38 22.7336 89.34166 3 AP - 37 (28 degrees - LT)
39 22.73361 89.34434 2 AP - 38 (8 degrees - LT)
40 22.73412 89.34786 2 AP - 39 (13 degrees - RT)
41 22.73382 89.3516 2 AP - 40 (13 degrees - LT)
42 22.73447 89.35619 2 AP - 41 (15 degrees - LT)
43 22.73687 89.36196 3 AP - 42 (20 degrees - RT)
44 22.73695 89.36373 3 AP - 43 (19 degrees - LT)
45 22.73763 89.36545 2 AP - 44 (13 degrees - RT)
46 22.7381 89.36838 2 AP - 45 (15 degrees - RT)
47 22.73729 89.37732 2 AP - 46 (11 degrees - RT)
48 22.73613 89.38144 4 AP - 47 (4 degrees - RT)
49 22.73345 89.38901 5 AP - 48 (39 degrees - LT)
50 22.7364 89.39758 2 AP - 49 (26 degrees - RT)
51 22.73608 89.40032 1 AP - 50 (2 degrees - RT)
52 22.7341 89.4139 2 AP - 51 (13 degrees - LT)
53 22.73425 89.41612 2 AP - 52 (38 degrees - RT)
54 22.72941 89.4235 3 AP - 53 (30 degrees - LT)
55 22.72896 89.42962 3 AP - 54 (6 degrees - RT)
56 22.72607 89.44693 2 AP - 55 (12 degrees - RT)
244

57 22.72266 89.4558 3 AP - 56 (17 degrees - LT)

58 22.72225 89.46061 2 AP - 57 (38 degrees - LT)
59 22.7239 89.46322 3 AP - 58 (37 degrees - RT)
60 22.72353 89.46871 3 AP - 59 (17 degrees - LT)
61 22.72604 89.4801 3 AP - 60 (7 degrees - RT)
62 22.72719 89.49111 3 AP - 61 (12 degrees - RT)
63 22.72643 89.49859 3 AP - 62 (17 degrees - RT)
64 22.72354 89.50563 3 AP - 63 (21 degrees - LT)
65 22.72322 89.51843 3 AP - 64 (24 degrees - LT)
66 22.73028 89.53595 3 AP - 65 (13 degrees - LT)
67 22.73217 89.53867 3 AP - 66 (26 degrees - RT)
68 22.73284 89.54256 5 AP - 67 (25 degrees - RT)
69 22.72966 89.55491 4 AP - 68 (16 degrees - LT)
70 22.72977 89.56529 4 AP - 69 (23 degrees - RT)
71 22.72622 89.57399 4 AP - 70 (15 degrees - LT)
72 22.72552 89.57916 7 AP - 71 (7 degrees - LT)
73 22.72544 89.58333 6 AP - 72 (59 degrees - RT)
74 22.72002 89.58648 6 AP - 73 (53 degrees - LT)
75 22.7194 89.59153 5 AP - 74 (33 degrees - LT)
76 22.72183 89.5966 5 AP - 75 (52 degrees - LT)
77 22.73527 89.59966 5 AP - 76 (18 degrees - RT)
78 22.74407 89.6049 4 AP - 77 (19 degrees - LT)
79 22.75101 89.60646 4 AP - 78 (5 degrees - LT)
80 22.75642 89.60719 5 AP - 79 (10 degrees - RT)
81 22.75938 89.6081 3 AP - 80 (20 degrees - RT)
82 22.77074 89.61655 4 End Point
83 22.72544 89.57977 6 Road (Pucca)
84 22.74869 89.09597 3 Road (Highwat)
85 22.75336 89.10074 6 Road (Secondary)
86 22.75563 89.10313 5 Road (Secondary)
87 22.75442 89.1096 2 Road (Highwat)
88 22.74613 89.1232 4 Road (Secondary)
89 22.7416 89.13295 4 Road (Secondary)
90 22.74076 89.13624 5 Road (Secondary)
91 22.74046 89.13882 4 Road (Tertiary)
92 22.73812 89.1548 4 Road (Tertiary)
93 22.73821 89.15828 4 Road (Tertiary)
94 22.737 89.2046 8 Road (Tertiary)
95 22.73709 89.21085 5 Road (Secondary)
96 22.73791 89.21831 6 Road (Tertiary)
97 22.73777 89.2277 6 Road (Tertiary)
 245

98 22.73757 89.23353 9 Road (Secondary)

99 22.73929 89.24637 8 Road (Tertiary)
100 22.73824 89.26201 3 Road (Tertiary)
101 22.74007 89.25721 4 Road (Secondary)
102 22.73671 89.27352 5 Road (Tertiary)
103 22.73603 89.2769 5 Road (Tertiary)
104 22.73528 89.27901 4 Road (Tertiary)
105 22.74162 89.30665 3 Road (Tertiary)
106 22.73921 89.31993 1 Road (Tertiary)
107 22.73921 89.31993 1 Road (Tertiary)
108 22.73768 89.33312 4 Road (Tertiary)
109 22.73382 89.35099 2 Road (Secondary)
110 22.73382 89.35099 2 Road (Secondary)
111 22.73691 89.36332 3 Road (Tertiary)
112 22.73686 89.37877 6 Road (Secondary)
113 22.73437 89.39185 3 Road (Secondary)
114 22.72905 89.42805 6 Road (Secondary)
115 22.72411 89.52066 4 Road (Secondary)
116 22.72629 89.52617 3 Road (Tertiary)
117 22.73757 89.26413 6 Road (Primary)
118 22.73536 89.29506 3 Road (Secondary)
119 22.73499 89.35764 1 Road (Tertiary)
120 22.73597 89.38185 4 Road (Tertiary)
121 22.73414 89.41501 4 Road (Secondary)
122 22.72935 89.42497 4 Road (Tertiary)
123 22.72375 89.46488 2 Road (Secondary)
124 22.72359 89.46806 3 Road (Secondary)
125 22.73054 89.53623 4 Road (Secondary)
126 22.72283 89.58481 4 Road (Pucca)
127 22.7202 89.59284 6 Road (Katcha)
128 22.74 89.25706 6 Road (Pucca)
129 22.73151 89.54792 3 Road (Pucca)
130 22.73709 89.21085 5 Road (Pucca)
131 22.74115 89.25591 4 Road (Katcha)
132 22.73987 89.17187 6 Road (Pucca)
133 22.74112 89.60308 5 Road (Pucca)
134 22.74545 89.19128 8 Road (Pucca)
135 22.74602 89.18789 6 Road
136 22.74455 89.18365 6 Road (Katcha)
137 22.73996 89.17231 5 Road (Katcha)
138 22.7404 89.17576 4 Road (Katcha)
246

139 22.74089 89.17753 4 Road (Katcha)

140 22.7381 89.22162 7 Road (Tertiary)
141 22.73773 89.23063 9 Road (Tertiary)
142 22.73975 89.19899 5 Road
143 22.72987 89.55405 4 Road (Pucca)
144 22.758 89.60767 7 Road
145 22.74064 89.19559 5 Road
146 22.73972 89.25 7 Road (Katcha)
147 22.7394 89.24647 8 Road
148 22.73239 89.54415 4 Road (Pucca)
149 22.73689 89.2095 8 Road (Katcha)
150 22.73704 89.20459 8 Road
151 22.74557 89.60523 5 Road
152 22.73923 89.24522 5 Road (Katcha)
153 22.72697 89.57212 4 Road (Pucca)
154 22.7391 89.24463 River (Kopotakkho)
155 22.73919 89.32095 River (Saltha)
156 22.7338 89.3453 River (Hatitana)
157 22.72923 89.42537 River (Vodra)
158 22.72348 89.45353 River (Vodra)
159 22.72634 89.44539 River (Vodra)
160 22.72373 89.46595 River (Saltha)
161 22.72521 89.52326 River (Rupsha)
162 22.73643 89.38008 River (Gengrail)
163 22.73967 89.25831 River (Kobadak)
164 22.73759 89.216 River (Kalataksho)
165 22.73218 89.5392 3 Canal
166 22.73255 89.54145 4 Canal
167 22.72007 89.59283 6 Canal
168 22.71985 89.58769 6 Canal
169 22.75787 89.60762 5 Canal
170 22.72971 89.55582 6 Canal
171 22.73122 89.54896 4 Canal
172 22.74704 89.60558 5 Canal
173 22.75341 89.1007 6 Canal
174 22.74627 89.12304 5 Canal
175 22.74073 89.13633 5 Canal
176 22.74048 89.13872 4 Canal
177 22.73789 89.155 2 Canal
178 22.73558 89.40463 4 Canal
179 22.72861 89.4319 3 Canal
 247

180 22.72611 89.48108 4 Canal

181 22.72649 89.48445 3 Canal
182 22.76072 89.60842 3 Canal
183 22.73236 89.599 6 Canal
184 22.72746 89.57064 6 Canal
185 22.72051 89.59391 4 Pond
186 22.75713 89.60745 5 Pond
187 22.74029 89.25784 4 Bridge
188 22.7399 89.1721 5 Home Gardens/ plantation
189 22.73729 89.26648 9 Home Gardens/ plantation
190 22.75834 89.60782 7 Home Garden
191 22.73831 89.23941 9 Home Garden
192 22.73726 89.26812 10 Home Garden
193 22.72765 89.52956 5 Home Garden
194 22.73781 89.23723 9 Home Garden
195 22.73989 89.2512 8 Home Garden
196 22.73694 89.36272 4 Home Garden
197 22.72905 89.42852 6 Home Garden
198 22.75506 89.10897 4 D/T Line
199 22.74827 89.09552 3 D/T Line
200 22.75051 89.09813 4 D/T Line
201 22.75121 89.11355 4 D/T Line
202 22.75804 89.60768 7 D/T Line
203 22.73914 89.26053 4 D/T Line
204 22.73885 89.26103 4 D/T Line
205 22.73914 89.26053 4 D/T Line
206 22.73885 89.26103 4 D/T Line
207 22.73914 89.26053 4 D/T Line
208 22.73885 89.26103 4 D/T Line
209 22.73914 89.26053 4 D/T Line
210 22.73885 89.26103 4 D/T Line
211 22.73914 89.26053 4 D/T Line
212 22.73885 89.26103 4 D/T Line
213 22.73914 89.26053 4 D/T Line
214 22.73885 89.26103 4 D/T Line
215 22.75609 89.10399 5 D/T Line
216 22.75373 89.11024 2 D/T Line
217 22.73864 89.15925 5 D/T Line
218 22.73974 89.16884 3 D/T Line
219 22.73977 89.25003 7 D/T Line
220 22.73825 89.26227 3 D/T Line
248

221 22.73585 89.27699 5 D/T Line

222 22.73785 89.33305 4 D/T Line
223 22.73391 89.34582 4 D/T Line
224 22.73391 89.34582 4 D/T Line
225 22.73391 89.34582 4 D/T Line
226 22.73384 89.35093 2 D/T Line
227 22.7237 89.51946 2 D/T Line
228 22.72658 89.49829 3 D/T Line

Domar-Purbasadipur 230 kV
Line Length: 46.5 km
Coordinates (Decimal
No Degrees) Elevation (m) Name and Angle
Latitude Longitude
1 25.75559 88.67795 46 Start Point
2 25.77011 88.67891 40 AP - 1 (60 degrees - RT)
3 25.77111 88.68095 39 AP - 2 (40 degrees - LT)
4 25.79003 88.68943 40 AP - 3 (22 degrees - LT)
5 25.80871 88.69031 43 AP - 4 (29 degrees - RT)
6 25.81132 88.69189 42 AP - 5 (26 degrees - LT)
7 25.81762 88.69256 41 AP - 6 (34 degrees - RT)
8 25.82424 88.69812 43 AP - 7 (38 degrees - LT)
9 25.84603 88.69912 46 AP - 8 (30 degrees - RT)
10 25.85045 88.70193 44 AP - 9 (36 degrees - RT)
11 25.85587 88.71507 45 AP - 10 (25 degrees - LT)
12 25.85907 88.71806 46 AP - 11 (38 degrees - RT)
13 25.86103 88.7293 45 AP - 12 (21 degrees - RT)
14 25.86035 88.73276 48 AP - 13 (48 degrees - LT)
15 25.87654 88.75439 46 AP - 14 (32 degrees - RT)
16 25.87704 88.75996 46 AP - 15 (53 degrees - LT)
17 25.88366 88.76416 45 AP - 16 (60 degrees - LT)
18 25.89855 88.75665 45 AP - 17 (46 degrees - RT)
19 25.90231 88.75792 49 AP - 18 (24 degrees - LT)
20 25.92397 88.75591 50 AP - 19 (11 degrees - LT)
21 25.93155 88.75371 49 AP - 20 (26 degrees - RT)
22 25.93765 88.75473 49 AP - 21 (27 degrees - LT)
23 25.94161 88.75353 52 AP - 22 (24 degrees - RT)
24 25.94701 88.7542 48 AP - 23 (29 degrees - RT)
25 25.94811 88.75498 49 AP - 24 (35 degrees - RT)
26 25.9495 88.75866 48 AP - 25 (27 degrees - LT)
 249

27 25.95105 88.7601 46 AP - 26 (57 degrees - LT)

28 25.95805 88.75837 48 AP - 27 (36 degrees - RT)
29 25.96106 88.75959 47 AP - 28 (37 degrees - LT)
30 25.96657 88.75811 50 AP - 29 (6 degrees - RT)
31 25.984 88.75527 51 AP - 30 (9 degrees - LT)
32 25.98963 88.75345 51 AP - 31 (44 degrees - RT)
33 25.99953 88.75819 50 AP - 32 (10 degrees - RT)
34 26.00727 88.76365 51 AP - 33 (30 degrees - LT)
35 26.0194 88.76493 53 AP - 34 (25 degrees - LT)
36 26.03255 88.76062 51 AP - 35 (37 degrees - RT)
37 26.03436 88.76122 53 AP - 36 (40 degrees - RT)
38 26.04121 88.77225 55 AP - 37 (53 degrees - LT)
39 26.0482 88.77294 54 AP - 38 (34 degrees - RT)
40 26.05316 88.77703 53 AP - 39 (11 degrees - LT)
41 26.06532 88.78385 55 AP - 40 (26 degrees - LT)
42 26.07527 88.78444 53 AP - 41 (23 degrees - RT)
43 26.08512 88.78923 55 AP - 42 (49 degrees - RT)
44 26.08721 88.7967 55 AP - 43 (30 degrees - LT)
45 26.09406 88.80357 55 AP - 44 (15 degrees - LT)
46 26.09657 88.80503 55 AP - 45 (49 degrees - LT)
47 26.10137 88.80339 56 AP - 46 (23 degrees - RT)
48 26.10467 88.80361 55 End Point
49 25.77069 88.68005 39 D/T Line
50 25.8586 88.71771 45 D/T Line
51 25.86105 88.7338 43 D/T Line
52 25.92407 88.7557 50 D/T Line
53 25.93154 88.75382 49 D/T Line
54 25.93154 88.75382 49 D/T Line
55 25.75577 88.67796 46 Road (Highway)
56 25.82351 88.6975 42 Road (Katcha)
57 25.8375 88.69875 43 Road (Katcha)
58 25.84624 88.69914 46 Road (Katcha)
59 25.8497 88.70145 44 Road (Katcha)
60 25.85156 88.7046 43 Road (Katcha)
61 25.85456 88.71187 46 Road (Katcha)
62 25.85542 88.71397 47 Road (Katcha)
63 25.85853 88.71776 45 Road (Katcha)
64 25.8591 88.71822 46 Road (Katcha)
65 25.85955 88.72091 46 Road
66 25.76648 88.6787 42 Road (Katcha)
67 25.86021 88.72451 44 Road (Katcha)
250

68 25.86071 88.73147 47 Road

69 25.86162 88.73455 41 Road (Pucca)
70 25.87162 88.74758 43 Road (Katcha)
71 25.8762 88.75357 48 Road (Katcha)
72 25.87718 88.76 45 Road (Katcha)
73 25.87758 88.76048 47 Road
74 25.88612 88.76259 45 Road (Katcha)
75 25.8973 88.75744 46 Road (Pucca)
76 25.90311 88.75797 47 Road (Katcha)
77 25.77029 88.6793 40 Road (Katcha)
78 25.91081 88.75717 49 Road (Pucca)
79 25.91507 88.75676 47 Road (Pucca)
80 25.9171 88.75617 48 Road (Katcha)
81 25.9224 88.75622 46 Road (Katcha)
82 25.92367 88.75608 48 Road (Pucca)
83 25.93254 88.75383 48 Road (Katcha)
84 25.94638 88.75411 48 Road
85 25.95291 88.75958 47 Road
86 25.96288 88.75911 50 Road
87 25.97384 88.75693 51 Road
88 25.78353 88.68652 40 Road (Katcha)
89 25.98334 88.75538 50 Road
90 25.99155 88.75448 51 Road
91 25.99979 88.75835 49 Road
92 26.00308 88.76076 51 Road
93 26.01279 88.76422 51 Road
94 26.0182 88.76486 51 Road
95 26.02535 88.76296 54 Road
96 26.03052 88.76127 53 Road
97 26.03318 88.7609 54 Road
98 26.03555 88.76326 54 Road
99 25.79224 88.68952 40 Road
100 26.03853 88.7679 51 Road (Pucca)
101 26.04261 88.7724 52 Road
102 26.04608 88.77271 53 Road
103 26.05225 88.7763 53 Road
104 26.05826 88.77997 54 Road
105 26.06181 88.78196 54 Road
106 26.07463 88.78449 53 Road
107 26.08614 88.79293 56 Road
108 26.09575 88.80458 54 Road
 251

109 26.09901 88.80435 56 Road

110 25.79991 88.6899 43 Road
111 26.10305 88.80359 58 Road
112 25.80472 88.69013 43 Road (Katcha)
113 25.8098 88.69098 43 Road (Katcha)
114 25.81696 88.69249 40 Road (Katcha)
115 25.93254 88.75383 48 Road (Katcha)
116 25.87162 88.74758 43 Road (Katcha)
117 25.9356 88.75432 River
118 25.86004 88.72303 River
119 25.98933 88.75353 51 Canal
120 25.99161 88.75456 51 Canal
121 25.99289 88.75503 48 Canal

Domar -Hatibanda 132 kV

Line Length: 35.0 km
Coordinates (Decimal
Degrees) Elevation
No Name and Angle
(m)
Latitude Longitude
1 26.10618 88.80248 57 Start Point
2 26.11116 88.80314 52 AP -1 (44 degrees - RT)
3 26.11443 88.80711 57 AP -2 (20 degrees - RT)
4 26.1161 88.8117 56 AP -3 (12 degrees - RT)
5 26.11707 88.81821 54 AP -4 (26 degrees - RT)
6 26.11513 88.82456 53 AP -5 (27 degrees - LT)
7 26.11817 88.84207 54 AP -6 (21 degrees - LT)
8 26.12393 88.85187 53 AP -7 (22 degrees - LT)
9 26.12999 88.85658 55 AP -8 (30 degrees - RT)
10 26.13641 88.87238 54 AP -9 (29 degrees - RT)
11 26.13556 88.88011 56 AP -10 (44 degrees - LT)
12 26.13985 88.88573 57 AP -11 (40 degrees - RT)
13 26.13961 88.89098 56 AP -12 (26 degrees - RT)
14 26.13662 88.89656 56 AP -13 (67 degrees - LT)
15 26.14135 88.90264 56 AP -14 (34 degrees - RT)
16 26.1417 88.90688 55 AP -15 (28 degrees - LT)
17 26.14509 88.91233 56 AP -16 (40 degrees - RT)
18 26.14467 88.91528 56 AP -17 (45 degrees - LT)
19 26.14561 88.91656 56 AP -18 (25 degrees - RT)
20 26.14605 88.91868 58 AP -19 (36 degrees - RT)
21 26.14483 88.92143 56 AP -20 (19 degrees - LT)
22 26.14439 88.92596 57 AP -21 (40 degrees - LT)
252

23 26.15012 88.93457 53 AP -22 (12 degrees - LT)

24 26.15501 88.93949 56 AP -23 (33 degrees - RT)
25 26.15813 88.95334 54 AP -24 (14 degrees - LT)
26 26.16106 88.95935 55 AP -25 (13 degrees - RT)
27 26.16226 88.96426 55 AP -26 (39 degrees - LT)
28 26.16662 88.96766 54 AP -27 (56 degrees - RT)
29 26.16634 88.97178 54 AP -28 (5 degrees - LT)
30 26.16638 88.97981 56 AP -29 (11 degrees - LT)
31 26.16705 88.98346 53 AP -30 (33 degrees - LT)
32 26.17087 88.98752 53 AP -31 (39 degrees - RT)
33 26.1716 88.99619 54 AP -32 (29 degrees - LT)
34 26.17451 89.00056 55 AP -33 (36 degrees - RT)
35 26.17444 89.00277 56 AP -34 (31 degrees - RT)
36 26.17133 89.00779 52 AP -35 (24 degrees - LT)
37 26.16998 89.01699 53 AP -36 (15 degrees - LT)
38 26.17043 89.02124 53 AP -37 (17 degrees - RT)
39 26.1691 89.02843 52 AP -38 (50 degrees - LT)
40 26.17166 89.03157 55 AP -39 (27 degrees - RT)
41 26.17216 89.03381 55 AP -40 (43 degrees - LT)
42 26.17394 89.03505 53 AP -41 (48 degrees - RT)
43 26.17485 89.04137 57 AP -42 (19 degrees - LT)
44 26.17578 89.04319 54 AP -43 (31 degrees - RT)
45 26.17567 89.04523 54 AP -44 (44 degrees - LT)
46 26.18462 89.05599 54 AP -45 (30 degrees - LT)
47 26.18877 89.05757 55 AP -46 (19 degrees - RT)
48 26.19293 89.06095 56 AP -47 (13 degrees - RT)
49 26.19593 89.06469 54 AP -48 (22 degrees - RT)
50 26.19697 89.06794 55 AP -49 (33 degrees - LT)
51 26.19894 89.06961 55 AP -50 (35 degrees - LT)
52 26.20045 89.06977 56 AP -51 (28 degrees - RT)
53 26.20528 89.07294 55 AP -52 (48 degrees - RT)
54 26.20567 89.07529 54 AP -53 (32 degrees - LT)
55 26.20871 89.07886 54 AP -54 (15 degrees - RT)
56 26.21244 89.08644 55 AP -55 (28 degrees - RT)
57 26.2123 89.09291 55 AP -56 (55 degrees - RT)
58 26.20901 89.09511 53 End Point
59 26.1663 88.97408 54 Bridge
60 26.14597 88.91903 57 Wetland
61 26.13601 88.87604 59 Pond
62 26.12364 88.85138 52 Pond
63 26.13066 88.85844 53 Canal
 253

64 26.13276 88.86344 53 Canal

65 26.11592 88.81122 53 Canal
66 26.11933 88.84408 51 Canal
67 26.18558 89.05628 53 Canal
68 26.19047 89.05901 56 Canal
69 26.19793 89.06881 54 Canal
70 26.11591 88.82901 River (Cheka Dara)
71 26.11788 88.84052 River (Jamuneshwari)
72 26.13976 88.9005 River (Buri Tista)
73 26.16638 88.97404 River (Nautara)
74 26.1817 89.05238 River (Tista)
75 26.20593 89.07571 River (Sanianjan)
76 26.11244 88.80469 55 Road (Katcha)
77 26.12799 88.87026 57 Road (Pucca)
78 26.12686 88.85417 53 Road (Pucca)
79 26.13382 88.86611 54 Road (Katcha)
80 26.14488 88.91375 57 Road (Pucca)
81 26.13151 88.87486 54 Road (Katcha)
82 26.13896 88.88463 57 Road (Pucca)
83 26.13964 88.89003 56 Road
84 26.13669 88.89637 56 Road
85 26.14152 88.9043 55 Road
86 26.14517 88.91373 57 Road (Pucca)
87 26.1456 88.91961 57 Road
88 26.14446 88.92495 55 Road (Pucca)
89 26.14514 88.92708 60 Road (Pucca)
90 26.11673 88.816 56 Road
91 26.14983 88.93438 53 Road (Pucca)
92 26.15869 88.95424 54 Road (Katcha)
93 26.16153 88.96137 55 Road (Katcha)
94 26.16201 88.9632 54 Road (Katcha)
95 26.16579 88.96694 54 Road
96 26.16646 88.96946 55 Road (Katcha)
97 26.16637 88.97983 56 Road (Katcha)
98 26.16855 88.98505 53 Road (Katcha)
99 26.17156 88.99613 54 Road (Katcha)
100 26.17446 89.00187 57 Road (Pucca)
101 26.11604 88.82226 56 Road (Pucca)
102 26.1725 89.00583 53 Road (Katcha)
103 26.17226 89.00633 52 Road (Katcha)
104 26.17139 89.00762 52 Road (Katcha)
254

105 26.17098 89.01016 53 Road (Katcha)

106 26.17036 89.02163 51 Road (Katcha)
107 26.17009 89.0296 53 Road (Pucca)
108 26.17149 89.03146 55 Road (Pucca)
109 26.17425 89.03713 54 Road (Pucca)
110 26.17766 89.04759 57 Road (Pucca)
111 26.1842 89.05563 56 Road (Katcha)
112 26.11677 88.83389 56 Road
113 26.19326 89.06146 56 Road
114 26.1977 89.06862 57 Road
115 26.19955 89.06967 55 Road (Katcha)
116 26.2014 89.0704 57 Road (Pucca)
117 26.20538 89.07351 55 Road (Pucca)
118 26.20563 89.07517 54 Road (Katcha)
119 26.20668 89.07646 52 Road
120 26.20743 89.07726 55 Road (Katcha)
121 26.20767 89.07767 55 Road (Katcha)
122 26.20913 89.07973 54 Road (Katcha)
123 26.11805 88.84134 54 Road
124 26.21098 89.08347 54 Road (Katcha)
125 26.21232 89.0923 55 Road (Pucca)
126 26.21 89.09449 53 Road (Pucca)
127 26.11915 88.84384 51 Road
128 26.12445 88.85495 56 Road (Pucca)
129 26.12493 88.85633 54 Road (Katcha)
130 26.12611 88.86226 55 Road (Pucca)
131 26.11632 88.82061 56 Railway Line
132 26.11213 88.80429 53 D/T Line
133 26.12832 88.85527 54 D/T Line
134 26.13559 88.87954 58 D/T Line
135 26.14484 88.91561 55 D/T Line

Kaliganj-Maheshpur 132 kV Transmission Line

Line Length: 28.0 km
Coordinates (Decimal
Degrees) Elevation
No Name and Angle
(m)
Latitude Longitude
1 23.34189 88.91237 9 Start Point
2 23.33821 88.92071 9 AP - 1 (54 degrees - LT)
3 23.34038 88.9245 11 AP -2 (15 degrees - RT)
4 23.3485 88.9541 14 AP - 3 (45 degrees - LT)
 255

5 23.36028 88.96087 9 AP - 4 (43 degrees - RT)

6 23.3699 88.991 8 AP - 5 (33 degrees - LT)
7 23.38575 89.00437 9 AP - 6 (61 degrees - RT)
8 23.3847 89.01011 7 AP - 7 (27 degrees - LT)
9 23.39881 89.05813 11 AP - 8 (63 degrees - LT)
10 23.42527 89.0633 9 AP - 9 (64 degrees - RT)
11 23.43173 89.08747 11 AP - 10 (23 degrees - LT)
12 23.43941 89.09742 12 AP - 11 (57 degrees - RT)
13 23.43212 89.11839 10 AP - 12 (25 degrees - RT)
14 23.42282 89.12797 11 End Point
15 23.43886 89.09893 12 Home Garden
16 23.43931 89.09785 12 Home Garden
17 23.39287 89.03769 13 Home Garden
18 23.4232 89.12763 11 Road (Secondary)
19 23.43321 89.11532 8 Road (Secondary)
20 23.43485 89.11056 9 Road (Secondary)
21 23.43724 89.10366 12 Road (Secondary)
22 23.43896 89.09861 13 Road (Tertiary)
23 23.43896 89.09861 13 Road (Tertiary)
24 23.43118 89.08547 12 Road (Tertiary)
25 23.43021 89.08185 12 Road (Tertiary)
26 23.42953 89.07924 11 Road (Tertiary)
27 23.4275 89.07174 11 Road (Secondary)
28 23.42472 89.06311 9 Road (Tertiary)
29 23.41689 89.06162 10 Road (Tertiary)
30 23.41342 89.06099 10 Road (Tertiary)
31 23.40012 89.05816 10 Road (Secondary)
32 23.39295 89.03796 12 Road (Tertiary)
33 23.38845 89.02269 12 Road (Secondary)
34 23.38474 89.00962 7 Road (Secondary)
35 23.38455 89.00332 10 Road (Tertiary)
36 23.38227 89.00157 13 Road (Tertiary)
37 23.37735 88.99732 13 Road (Tertiary)
38 23.3723 88.99301 12 Road (Tertiary)
39 23.36908 88.98843 9 Road (Tertiary)
40 23.36469 88.97464 8 Road (Secondary)
41 23.36033 88.96107 9 Road (Secondary)
42 23.35675 88.95886 13 Road (Secondary)
43 23.35067 88.95534 11 Road (Tertiary)
44 23.34567 88.94373 13 Road (Tertiary)
45 23.34283 88.93328 13 Road (Primary)
256

46 23.3425 88.93221 14 Road (Secondary)

47 23.33858 88.92144 14 Road (Tertiary)
48 23.42565 89.12507 15 Road (Tertiary)
49 23.4132 89.06092 10 Railway Line
50 23.42854 89.12214 10 D/T Line
51 23.35091 88.95554 11 Pond
52 23.33875 88.91937 8 Pond
53 23.42567 89.06432 9 Pond
54 23.43048 89.08264 River (Chitra)
55 23.38496 89.01107 River (Kapotakkha)
56 23.36741 88.98285 River (Kapotakkha)
57 23.36158 88.96496 River (Kapotakkha)

Manirampur-Satkhira 132 kV Transmission Line

Line Length: 33.0 km
Coordinates (Decimal
Degrees) Elevation
No Name and Angle
(m)
Latitude Longitude
1 22.74479 89.09222 2 Start Point
2 22.75662 89.09381 5 AP -1 (11 degrees - LT)
3 22.76044 89.09359 3 AP -2 (10 degrees - RT)
4 22.78193 89.09601 4 AP -3 (14 degrees - LT)
5 22.78953 89.09503 3 AP -4 (40 degrees - RT)
6 22.81435 89.11052 5 AP -5 (29 degrees - RT)
7 22.81714 89.11538 5 AP -6 (17 degrees - RT)
8 22.82049 89.13004 3 AP -7 (8 degrees - RT)
9 22.82162 89.14112 7 AP -8 (18 degrees - LT)
10 22.82411 89.14695 6 AP -9 (25 degrees - LT)
11 22.82835 89.15083 7 AP -10 (35 degrees - RT)
12 22.83036 89.15962 6 AP -11 (50 degrees - LT)
13 22.83657 89.16283 5 AP -12 (14 degrees - LT)
14 22.84297 89.16442 8 AP -13 (40 degrees - RT)
15 22.8436 89.16527 7 AP -14 (48 degrees - LT)
16 22.84482 89.16538 8 AP -15 (27 degrees - LT)
17 22.84563 89.16508 8 AP -16 (35 degrees - RT)
18 22.84827 89.16573 6 AP -17 (33 degrees - RT)
19 22.86505 89.18335 5 AP -18 (23 degrees - LT)
20 22.87952 89.18977 3 AP -19 (31 degrees - LT)
21 22.88899 89.18869 7 AP -20 (35 degrees - RT)
22 22.90105 89.19502 5 AP -21 (47 degrees - LT)
23 22.90314 89.1943 3 AP -22 (22 degrees - RT)
 257

24 22.91351 89.19466 5 AP -23 (55 degrees - RT)

25 22.91581 89.19807 5 AP -24 (21 degrees - LT)
26 22.92798 89.20663 2 AP -25 (16 degrees - RT)
27 22.94393 89.22609 2 AP -26 (9 degrees - RT)
28 22.94906 89.23455 7 AP -27 (59 degrees - LT)
29 22.95205 89.23456 7 AP -28 (17 degrees - LT)
30 22.954 89.23399 7 AP -29 (39 degrees - RT)
31 22.95712 89.23527 8 AP -30 (24 degrees - RT)
32 22.95875 89.23693 10 AP -31 (66 degrees - LT)
33 22.96646 89.2341 9 AP -32 (10 degrees - RT)
34 22.97097 89.23325 5 AP -33 (22 degrees - LT)
35 22.97597 89.23009 4 End Point
36 22.82681 89.14928 8 Home Gardens/ plantation
37 22.82983 89.15765 6 Home Gardens/ plantation
38 22.84678 89.16538 7 Home Gardens/ plantation
39 22.84775 89.16561 7 Home Gardens/ plantation
40 22.91541 89.19727 9 Home Garden
41 22.94787 89.23254 8 Home Garden
42 22.94828 89.23331 9 Home Garden
43 22.95841 89.23667 10 Home Garden
44 22.96241 89.23554 7 Home Garden
45 22.95883 89.23693 9 Home Garden
46 22.84455 89.16541 6 Home Garden
47 22.84661 89.16531 7 Home Garden
48 22.82607 89.14882 10 Road (Tertiary)
49 22.95259 89.2345 8 Road (Katcha)
50 22.95669 89.23509 8 Road (Katcha)
51 22.95444 89.2342 7 Road (Pucca)
52 22.962 89.23573 6 Road (Katcha)
53 22.9657 89.23433 8 Road (Katcha)
54 22.94699 89.23118 9 Road (Pucca)
55 22.84337 89.16505 7 Road (Katcha)
56 22.82087 89.13314 4 Road (Secondary)
57 22.91568 89.1979 9 Road (Tertiary)
58 22.94474 89.22753 3 Road (Highway)
59 22.97136 89.23301 4 Road (Tertiary)
60 22.92074 89.20162 8 Road (Secondary)
61 22.91642 89.1985 6 Road (Secondary)
62 22.90424 89.19433 6 Road (Secondary)
63 22.8895 89.18894 8 Road (Tertiary)
64 22.87577 89.18807 6 Road (Tertiary)
258

65 22.86896 89.18521 4 Road (Secondary)

66 22.8424 89.16427 6 Road (Tertiary)
67 22.8276 89.1501 9 Road (Tertiary)
68 22.82493 89.14781 7 Road (Tertiary)
69 22.82111 89.13606 5 Road (Tertiary)
70 22.81779 89.11822 5 Road (Secondary)
71 22.81753 89.11607 4 Road (Tertiary)
72 22.78324 89.09625 2 Road (Tertiary)
73 22.75883 89.09361 6 Road (Tertiary)
74 22.75791 89.09361 4 Road (Tertiary)
75 22.75542 89.09369 5 Road (Secondary)
76 22.74881 89.09278 4 Road (Highway)
77 22.75841 89.09366 River (Betna)
78 22.82977 89.15704 River (Kopotakkho)
79 22.89571 89.19218 River (Buri)
80 22.94872 89.23392 River (Horihor)
81 22.95781 89.23599 River (Horihor)
82 22.90357 89.19433 3 Canal
83 22.93216 89.21183 4 Canal
84 22.96936 89.23351 6 Canal
85 22.94708 89.2314 8 Pond
86 22.84254 89.16427 6 Pond
87 22.7486 89.09264 2 D/T Line
88 22.82123 89.13517 4 D/T Line
89 22.8348 89.16193 8 D/T Line
90 22.83607 89.16252 6 D/T Line
91 22.84235 89.16429 6 D/T Line
92 22.86378 89.18209 6 D/T Line
93 22.89468 89.19167 9 D/T Line
94 22.8908 89.18969 10 D/T Line
95 22.91381 89.19513 5 D/T Line
96 22.95439 89.2341 7 D/T Line
97 22.81718 89.11518 5 D/T Line

Kushtia-Meherpur 132 kV Transmission Line

Line Length: 48.0 km
Coordinates (Decimal
Degrees) Elevation
No Name and Angle
(m)
Latitude Longitude
1 23.79045 88.68023 16 Start Point
 259

2 23.79892 88.71787 17 AP -1 (27 degrees - RT)

3 23.79484 88.73474 16 AP -2 (27 degrees - LT)
4 23.79963 88.75533 14 AP -3 (45 degrees - LT)
5 23.8251 88.77176 16 AP -4 (47 degrees - RT)
6 23.82631 88.77798 14 AP -5 (10 degrees - RT)
7 23.82672 88.79276 15 AP -6 (20 degrees - LT)
8 23.84834 88.84746 18 AP -7 (47 degrees - RT)
9 23.84238 88.86034 17 AP -8 (46 degrees - LT)
10 23.85113 88.884 19 AP -9 (25 degrees - RT)
11 23.85021 88.89685 15 AP -10 (11 degrees - RT)
12 23.84784 88.90585 20 AP -11 (35 degrees - LT)
13 23.85041 88.91281 16 AP -12 (35 degrees - RT)
14 23.8493 88.91721 16 AP -13 (37 degrees - LT)
15 23.85285 88.92575 14 AP -14 (56 degrees - RT)
16 23.84447 88.93889 14 AP -15 (36 degrees - LT)
17 23.84597 88.96665 11 AP -16 (27 degrees - LT)
18 23.84925 88.9725 14 AP -17 (15 degrees - RT)
19 23.85179 88.9822 13 AP -18 (12 degrees - RT)
20 23.85267 88.99934 13 AP -19 (22 degrees - RT)
21 23.84085 89.03508 13 AP -20 (22 degrees - LT)
22 23.84116 89.04061 12 AP -21 (69 degrees - LT)
23 23.84683 89.04246 13 AP -22 (20 degrees - RT)
24 23.85101 89.04561 13 AP -23 (58 degrees - RT)
25 23.85057 89.05148 11 AP -24 (30 degrees - LT)
26 23.86194 89.07686 10 AP -25 (36 degrees - LT)
27 23.86644 89.0794 14 AP -26 (18 degrees - RT)
28 23.87339 89.08679 15 AP -27 (42 degrees - RT)
29 23.87353 89.091 17 AP -28 (23 degrees - LT)
30 23.87488 89.09395 14 AP -29 (58 degrees - LT)
31 23.87872 89.09452 15 AP -30 (34 degrees - LT)
32 23.87988 89.09397 16 End Point
33 23.79312 88.69228 19 Road (Secondary)
34 23.79444 88.69793 19 Road (Tertiary)
35 23.7946 88.69871 18 Road (Secondary)
36 23.79515 88.70116 17 Road (Secondary)
37 23.79871 88.717 17 Road (Secondary)
38 23.79575 88.73129 15 Road (Tertiary)
39 23.7951 88.73603 17 Road (Secondary)
40 23.79722 88.74498 15 Road (Secondary)
41 23.79905 88.75275 18 Road (Tertiary)
42 23.80784 88.76059 17 Road (Secondary)
260

43 23.82074 88.76891 18 Road (Secondary)

44 23.82074 88.76891 18 Road (Secondary)
45 23.82613 88.77724 14 Road (Secondary)
46 23.82677 88.79181 16 Road (Secondary)
47 23.83183 88.80581 14 Road (Secondary)
48 23.8418 88.83086 15 Road (Tertiary)
49 23.84452 88.83791 17 Road (Tertiary)
50 23.8477 88.8459 15 Road (Tertiary)
51 23.84664 88.85118 17 Road (Secondary)
52 23.84263 88.86002 17 Road (Secondary)
53 23.85109 88.88495 18 Road (Secondary)
54 23.84821 88.90453 16 Road (Secondary)
55 23.84821 88.90453 16 Road (Secondary)
56 23.85032 88.91326 18 Road (Tertiary)
57 23.85002 88.91394 16 Road (Tertiary)
58 23.8496 88.91791 17 Road (Secondary)
59 23.85201 88.9238 17 Road (Secondary)
60 23.85092 88.92857 15 Road (Tertiary)
61 23.84492 88.93821 16 Road (Tertiary)
62 23.84502 88.94778 15 Road (Secondary)
63 23.84943 88.97349 16 Road (Tertiary)
64 23.84964 88.97394 16 Road (Secondary)
65 23.85252 88.99478 11 Road (Tertiary)
66 23.84091 89.03624 13 Road (Tertiary)
67 23.84102 89.03899 14 Road (Secondary)
68 23.8497 89.04454 12 Road (Secondary)
69 23.85502 89.06103 13 Road (Secondary)
70 23.85894 89.06994 12 Road (Tertiary)
71 23.86413 89.07816 15 Road (Secondary)
72 23.86413 89.07816 15 Road (Secondary)
73 23.86843 89.08147 14 Road (Tertiary)
74 23.87343 89.08942 17 Road (Secondary)
75 23.87411 89.09234 17 Road (Highway)
76 23.85115 89.05266 12 D/T Line
77 23.79127 88.68381 17 D/T Line
78 23.79602 88.73072 16 D/T Line
79 23.79602 88.73072 16 D/T Line
80 23.79887 88.75225 18 D/T Line
81 23.8243 88.77119 14 D/T Line
82 23.85043 88.91324 17 D/T Line
83 23.8495 88.91739 16 D/T Line
 261

84 23.85182 88.92334 17 D/T Line

85 23.85263 88.92597 14 D/T Line
86 23.84498 88.94734 15 D/T Line
87 23.84102 89.03586 13 D/T Line
88 23.84099 89.037 14 D/T Line
89 23.84623 89.04212 13 D/T Line
90 23.85513 89.06157 13 D/T Line
91 23.87827 89.09448 15 D/T Line
92 23.87957 89.09411 15 D/T Line
93 23.83193 88.80592 14 Canal
94 23.85022 88.91362 18 Canal
95 23.8527 88.92547 14 Canal
96 23.85212 88.98869 13 Canal
97 23.84581 89.02044 11 Canal
98 23.84086 89.03547 13 Canal
99 23.84103 89.03927 14 Canal
100 23.87433 89.09291 17 Canal
101 23.83485 88.81342 15 Pond
102 23.87401 89.09197 15 Pond
103 23.7934 88.69339 River (Kajla)
104 23.82661 88.79138 River (Kajla)
105 23.84266 88.86105 River (Mathavanga)
106 23.85099 88.88579 River (Panggsasi)
107 23.84915 88.90089 River (Panggsasi)
108 23.84958 88.97365 River (Sagar)
109 23.79471 88.6989 18 Home Garden
110 23.7955 88.70237 17 Home Garden
111 23.79502 88.73569 17 Home Garden
112 23.79522 88.73634 17 Home Garden
113 23.79738 88.74558 14 Home Garden
114 23.83226 88.80672 15 Home Garden
115 23.84148 88.83004 16 Home Garden
116 23.8474 88.84518 15 Home Garden
117 23.87342 89.08748 17 Home Garden
118 23.79311 88.6921 19 Home Gardens/ plantation
119 23.82601 88.77625 13 Home Gardens/ plantation
120 23.84942 88.97321 16 Home Gardens/ plantation

Bagerhat-Pirojpur-Bhandaria 132 kV
Line Length: 49.5 km
262

Coordinates (Decimal
No Degrees) Elevation (m) Name and Angle
Latitude Longitude
1 22.64558 89.79808 6 Start Point (Bagerhat-Pirojpur)
2 22.64432 89.80039 6 AP - 1 (12 degrees - RT)
3 22.64185 89.80337 5 AP - 2 (25 degrees - RT)
4 22.63537 89.80656 5 AP - 3 (66 degrees - LT)
5 22.63563 89.81376 5 AP - 4 (13 degrees - LT)
6 22.63816 89.82353 4 AP - 5 (71 degrees - RT)
7 22.63169 89.82795 4 AP - 6 (49 degrees - LT)
8 22.63095 89.83415 4 AP - 7 (34 degrees - LT)
9 22.63417 89.84043 4 AP - 8 (45 degrees - LT)
10 22.63845 89.84187 5 AP - 9 (47 degrees - RT)
11 22.64023 89.84567 5 AP - 10 (28 degrees - RT)
12 22.63976 89.85663 5 AP - 11 (12 degrees - LT)
13 22.64148 89.86807 4 AP - 12 (19 degrees - RT)
14 22.63737 89.89246 6 AP - 13 (3 degrees - LT)
15 22.63626 89.90092 5 AP - 14 (7 degrees - RT)
16 22.63012 89.92644 3 AP - 15 (23 degrees - LT)
17 22.63212 89.93884 4 AP - 16 (4 degrees - LT)
18 22.6347 89.95036 5 End Point (Bagerhat-Pirojpur)
19 22.6344 89.95095 4 Start Point (Pirojpur-Bhandaria)
20 22.63402 89.95082 4 AP - 17 (67 degrees - LT)
21 22.63158 89.95344 5 AP - 18 (26 degrees - LT)
22 22.62963 89.95978 4 AP - 19 (30 degrees - RT)
23 22.62254 89.9664 4 AP - 20 (50 degrees - RT)
24 22.61839 89.96595 7 AP - 21 (40 degrees - LT)
25 22.61725 89.96671 6 AP - 22 (14 degrees - RT)
26 22.6062 89.97081 6 AP - 23 (53 degrees - LT)
27 22.60183 89.98471 6 AP - 24 (8 degrees - RT)
28 22.59657 89.99593 3 AP - 25 (30 degrees - RT)
29 22.59424 89.99757 6 AP - 26 (25 degrees - LT)
30 22.59068 90.00358 7 AP - 27 (17 degrees - RT)
31 22.58563 90.00825 7 AP - 28 (24 degrees - LT)
32 22.58366 90.0128 7 AP - 29 (10 degrees - LT)
33 22.58106 90.02341 7 AP - 30 (10 degrees - LT)
34 22.57991 90.03955 7 AP - 31 (69 degrees - RT)
35 22.57736 90.04035 7 AP - 32 (46 degrees - LT)
36 22.57308 90.04873 8 AP - 33 (11 degrees - RT)
37 22.57153 90.05076 4 AP - 34 (21 degrees - LT)
38 22.56761 90.06385 7 AP - 35 (40 degrees - RT)
 263

39 22.56014 90.06886 5 AP - 36 (23 degrees - LT)

40 22.55584 90.07522 3 AP - 37 (42 degrees - RT)
41 22.5516 90.07632 5 AP - 38 (20 degrees - RT)
42 22.54452 90.07568 6 AP - 39 (71 degrees - LT)
43 22.54203 90.08102 4 AP - 40 (61 degrees - RT)
44 22.52028 90.08289 5 AP - 41 (56 degrees - LT)
45 22.51793 90.087 8 AP - 42 (28 degrees - LT)
46 22.51755 90.09891 4 AP - 43 (33 degrees - RT)
47 22.51547 90.10193 7 AP - 44 (13 degrees - RT)
48 22.50819 90.1087 4 AP - 45 (12 degrees - RT)
49 22.50322 90.11168 9 AP - 46 (51 degrees - RT)
50 22.49459 90.1086 4 AP - 47 (39 degrees - RT)
51 22.49184 90.10412 3 AP - 48 (47 degrees - LT)
52 22.4867 90.10299 4 AP - 49 (20 degrees - RT)
53 22.47307 90.09445 5 AP - 50 (48 degrees - RT)
54 22.47186 90.0877 7 AP - 51 (5 degrees - LT)
55 22.46984 90.07998 4 AP - 52 (63 degrees - RT)
56 22.47585 90.07447 11 AP - 53 (8 degrees - LT)
57 22.4797 90.06992 5 End Point (Pirojpur-Bhandaria)
58 22.64332 89.8016 River (Bhairab)
59 22.6306 89.92347 River (Boleswar)
60 22.58072 90.02968 River (Katcha)
61 22.51832 90.08633 River (Goroyar)
62 22.51765 90.09167 River (Pona)
63 22.63136 89.93418 8 Canal
64 22.63194 89.93769 6 Canal
65 22.64021 89.80419 5 Canal
66 22.63655 89.80591 5 Canal
67 22.63556 89.81304 6 Canal
68 22.64138 89.86904 7 Canal
69 22.63957 89.87941 4 Canal
70 22.63671 89.89748 6 Canal
71 22.63383 89.91161 5 Canal
72 22.58902 90.00512 7 Canal
73 22.50773 90.10896 7 Canal
74 22.5688 90.0599 8 Canal
75 22.56502 90.0656 4 Canal
76 22.55336 90.07585 8 Canal
77 22.54405 90.07671 7 Canal
78 22.53881 90.0813 6 Canal
79 22.52236 90.08269 5 Canal
264

80 22.47739 90.09718 4 Canal

81 22.56896 90.0595 7 Pond
82 22.47471 90.07557 11 Pond
83 22.63483 89.90681 8 Home Garden
84 22.63545 89.80952 6 Home Garden
85 22.63675 89.89708 5 Home Garden
86 22.63061 89.95675 8 Home Garden
87 22.63554 89.81058 10 Home Garden
88 22.63557 89.81103 10 Home Garden
89 22.63774 89.82189 11 Home Garden
90 22.63995 89.85316 8 Home Garden
91 22.63694 89.89601 8 Home Garden
92 22.63665 89.89739 6 Home Garden
93 22.63571 89.90279 9 Home Garden
94 22.63676 89.89725 6 Home Garden
95 22.63356 89.91213 5 Home Garden
96 22.63098 89.93162 2 Home Garden
97 22.63353 89.94487 6 Home Garden
98 22.63397 89.94711 3 Home Garden
99 22.60061 89.98729 8 Home Garden
100 22.58513 90.00947 5 Home Garden
101 22.58468 90.01044 7 Home Garden
102 22.58309 90.01506 11 Home Garden
103 22.58097 90.02458 9 Home Garden
104 22.63675 89.8972 6 Home Garden
105 22.63536 89.90464 8 Home Garden
106 22.63489 89.90645 8 Home Garden
107 22.63402 89.91009 5 Home Garden
108 22.51776 90.09403 10 Home Garden
109 22.50751 90.10915 7 Home Garden
110 22.4714 90.08594 12 Home Garden
111 22.47512 90.07504 9 Home Garden
112 22.47647 90.07373 11 Home Garden
113 22.64587 89.79786 6 Road (Highway)
114 22.63734 89.82012 5 Road (Highway)
115 22.51212 90.10506 5 Road (Pucca)
116 22.54241 90.08019 3 Road (Pucca)
117 22.56999 90.05587 6 Road (Pucca)
118 22.51619 90.10089 9 Road (Pucca)
119 22.51362 90.10365 6 Road (Pucca)
120 22.5185 90.08599 8 Road (Pucca)
 265

121 22.52955 90.08208 6 Road (Katcha)

122 22.47118 90.0851 7 Road
123 22.57351 90.04786 10 Road (Katcha)
124 22.57083 90.05266 8 Road (Pucca)
125 22.56681 90.06438 9 Road (Katcha)
126 22.5578 90.07232 4 Road (Pucca)
127 22.5542 90.07568 5 Road (Pucca)
128 22.55286 90.07598 7 Road (Pucca)
129 22.54864 90.07605 5 Road (Pucca)
130 22.52955 90.08208 6 Road (Pucca)
131 22.5279 90.0823 6 Road (Pucca)
132 22.47755 90.09724 4 Road (Pucca)
133 22.47129 90.08553 12 Road (Katcha)
134 22.47438 90.0758 8 Road (Pucca)
135 22.48891 90.10347 6 Road (Pucca)
136 22.57356 90.04778 10 Road (Pucca)
137 22.5441 90.07663 7 Road (Katcha)
138 22.63193 89.93759 6 Road
139 22.63548 89.81015 7 Road
140 22.63983 89.85421 10 Road
141 22.6413 89.86896 7 Road
142 22.64065 89.87298 9 Road
143 22.63955 89.87952 4 Road
144 22.63858 89.88536 5 Road
145 22.63644 89.89957 7 Road
146 22.63502 89.82564 4 Road
147 22.63105 89.93213 3 Road
148 22.59218 90.00101 9 Road
149 22.58509 90.00965 7 Road
150 22.58328 90.01464 11 Road
151 22.58139 90.02228 8 Road
152 22.63381 89.91134 5 Road
153 22.6059 89.97155 4 Road
154 22.60375 89.97895 10 Road
155 22.6007 89.98709 8 Road
156 22.59959 89.98968 7 Road
157 22.58889 90.00525 7 Road
158 22.58092 90.02479 7 Road
159 22.64461 89.79977 4 Road
160 22.63703 89.89536 6 Road
161 22.58015 90.03607 4 Road (Katcha)
266

162 22.63482 89.90707 8 Road (Pucca)

163 22.57349 90.04792 8 Road (Pucca)
164 22.5162 90.10082 9 D/T Line
165 22.51218 90.10505 5 D/T Line
166 22.47475 90.07546 11 D/T Line
167 22.47128 90.08549 12 D/T Line
168 22.64512 89.79882 6 D/T Line
169 22.63735 89.82018 5 D/T Line
170 22.63881 89.88396 3 D/T Line
171 22.63765 89.82392 4 D/T Line
172 22.61755 89.96672 6 D/T Line
173 22.59419 89.99771 6 D/T Line
174 22.59076 90.00347 7 D/T Line
175 22.58831 90.00577 6 D/T Line
176 22.58308 90.01501 11 D/T Line
177 22.56986 90.0559 6 Bridge

Gopalganj(N) - Shibchar 230 kV

Line Length: 25 km
Coordinates (Decimal
No Degrees) Elevation (m) Name and Angle
Latitude Longitude
1 23.27795 90.01242 5 Start Point
2 23.28297 90.03283 5 AP - 1 (17 degrees - LT)
3 23.28801 90.04141 5 AP - 2 (4 degrees - RT)
4 23.29309 90.05133 8 AP - 3 (41 degrees - LT)
5 23.30537 90.05642 6 AP - 4 (36 degrees - RT)
6 23.31214 90.06747 7 AP - 5 (28 degrees - LT)
7 23.3294 90.07791 7 AP - 6 (41 degrees - RT)
8 23.33145 90.08422 6 AP - 7 (30 degrees - RT)
9 23.32969 90.09273 6 AP - 8 (12 degrees - RT)
10 23.32534 90.10268 9 AP - 9 (11 degrees - LT)
11 23.32246 90.1153 8 AP - 10 (43 degrees - RT)
12 23.31647 90.1195 8 AP - 11 (31 degrees - LT)
13 23.31377 90.12537 5 AP - 12 (52 degrees - LT)
14 23.31955 90.1366 8 AP - 13 (38 degrees - RT)
15 23.31504 90.16102 7 AP - 14 (14 degrees - LT)
16 23.31525 90.16585 8 AP - 15 (51 degrees - LT)
17 23.33134 90.17796 10 AP - 16 (25 degrees - RT)
18 23.33242 90.17997 8 AP - 17 (20 degrees - LT)
19 23.33714 90.1842 10 AP - 18 (16 degrees - RT)
 267

20 23.3405 90.18936 10 AP - 19 (49 degrees - LT)

21 23.34408 90.18988 10 AP - 20 (47 degrees - LT)
22 23.35082 90.18449 9 AP - 21 (40 degrees - RT)
23 23.35412 90.18457 8 End Point
24 23.27999 90.02065 6 Road (Secondary)
25 23.35396 90.18457 8 Road (Secondary)
26 23.35381 90.18471 9 Road (Tertiary)
27 23.3411 90.18928 10 Road (Tertiary)
28 23.34007 90.18871 10 Road (Secondary)
29 23.33719 90.18407 10 Road (Secondary)
30 23.33169 90.1786 10 Road (Secondary)
31 23.33169 90.1786 10 Road (Secondary)
32 23.31502 90.16185 7 Road (Secondary)
33 23.31652 90.15322 7 Road (Tertiary)
34 23.31746 90.14796 6 Road (Secondary)
35 23.3186 90.14195 9 Road (Secondary)
36 23.31868 90.14172 9 Road (Tertiary)
37 23.31434 90.12409 5 Road (Tertiary)
38 23.31582 90.12089 9 Road (Tertiary)
39 23.31976 90.11715 8 Road (Tertiary)
40 23.31976 90.11715 8 Road (Tertiary)
41 23.32265 90.11482 8 Road (Secondary)
42 23.3258 90.10162 8 Road (Secondary)
43 23.31976 90.11715 8 Road (Tertiary)
44 23.32265 90.11482 8 Road (Secondary)
45 23.3258 90.10162 8 Road (Secondary)
46 23.33002 90.09111 6 Road (Secondary)
47 23.33043 90.08104 7 Road (Tertiary)
48 23.3181 90.07119 5 Road (Secondary)
49 23.31805 90.07096 5 Road (Secondary)
50 23.31122 90.06606 10 Road (Tertiary)
51 23.31024 90.06417 10 Road (Tertiary)
52 23.3064 90.05769 7 Road (Tertiary)
53 23.3045 90.05605 6 Road (Tertiary)
54 23.2919 90.04901 3 Road (Tertiary)
55 23.28246 90.03109 6 Road (Secondary)
56 23.28094 90.02475 6 Road (Secondary)
57 23.2783 90.01335 6 Road (Highway)
58 23.28908 90.04362 6 D/T Line
59 23.3406 90.18936 10 D/T Line
60 23.31531 90.16529 8 D/T Line
268

61 23.31531 90.16529 8 D/T Line

62 23.31507 90.16194 7 D/T Line
63 23.3255 90.1023 7 D/T Line
64 23.33283 90.18034 8 Canal
65 23.33152 90.17843 10 Canal
66 23.31557 90.12141 7 Canal
67 23.32578 90.10182 8 Canal
68 23.33002 90.09101 6 Canal
69 23.31794 90.07106 5 Canal
70 23.31853 90.07125 8 Canal
71 23.30466 90.05615 4 Canal
72 23.28092 90.02453 5 Canal
73 23.28092 90.02453 5 Canal
74 23.33842 90.18609 8 Pond
75 23.3513 90.18453 River (Ariyal Khan)
76 23.31503 90.16179 River (Ariyal Khan)
77 23.31691 90.15073 River (Ariyal Khan)
78 23.31793 90.13344 River (Ariyal Khan)
79 23.3166 90.13089 River (Ariyal Khan)
80 23.31068 90.06501 River (Kumar)
81 23.34241 90.1897 11 Home Gardens/ plantation

Niamatpur-Patnitola 132 kV
Line Length: 32.5 km
Coordinates (Decimal
Degrees) Elevation
No Name and Angle
(m)
Latitude Longitude
1 24.83436 88.58452 22 Start Point
2 24.83422 88.58533 21 AP - 1 (46 degrees - LT)
3 24.83602 88.58781 22 AP - 2 (34 degrees - LT)
4 24.84525 88.59119 20 AP - 3 (49 degrees - RT)
5 24.85048 88.60455 22 AP - 4 (34 degrees - LT)
6 24.8609 88.61193 20 AP - 5 (41 degrees - RT)
7 24.8618 88.61543 19 AP - 6 (28 degrees - LT)
8 24.87341 88.6281 22 AP - 7 (38 degrees - LT)
9 24.88255 88.62966 19 AP - 8 (20 degrees - RT)
10 24.88941 88.63347 23 AP - 9 (62 degrees - RT)
11 24.8893 88.64331 18 AP - 10 (56 degrees - LT)
12 24.89732 88.64893 17 AP - 11 (21 degrees - LT)
13 24.93965 88.6595 18 AP - 12 (17 degrees - LT)
14 24.94754 88.65913 18 AP - 13 (32 degrees - RT)
 269

15 24.95281 88.66208 18 AP - 14 (12 degrees - RT)

16 24.96089 88.66907 21 AP - 15 (43 degrees - LT)
17 24.9791 88.66855 20 AP - 16 (56 degrees - RT)
18 24.98669 88.67891 21 AP - 17 (25 degrees - RT)
19 24.98984 88.69371 21 AP - 18 (26 degrees - LT)
20 24.99744 88.7037 22 AP - 19 (32 degrees - LT)
21 25.02847 88.71592 24 AP - 20 (44 degrees - RT)
22 25.03154 88.72254 21 AP - 21 (35 degrees - RT)
23 25.02863 88.74041 21 AP - 22 (9 degrees - LT)
24 25.02854 88.75106 22 AP - 23 (27 degrees - RT)
25 25.02507 88.75771 22 End Point
26 24.8389 88.58885 22 Road (Katcha)
27 24.94099 88.65945 21 Road (Katcha)
28 24.9503 88.66068 20 Road (Pucca)
29 24.9526 88.66195 18 Road
30 24.95841 88.66686 22 Road (Tertiary)
31 24.95875 88.66719 21 Road (Pucca)
32 24.96957 88.66882 20 Road
33 24.977 88.6686 22 Road (Pucca)
34 24.98781 88.68405 24 Road (Highwat)
35 24.99237 88.69705 24 Road
36 25.00944 88.70846 22 Road (Katcha)
37 24.8426 88.59022 18 Road (Katcha)
38 25.02569 88.71485 21 Road (Pucca)
39 25.03054 88.72884 24 Road (Pucca)
40 25.02984 88.73283 20 Road (Katcha)
41 25.02982 88.73321 23 Road (Katcha)
42 25.02829 88.74542 24 Road (Katcha)
43 25.02812 88.75183 22 Road (Katcha)
44 25.02529 88.75735 22 Road (Pucca)
45 24.85106 88.60496 21 Road
46 24.86549 88.6194 21 Road (Pucca)
47 24.87124 88.62574 20 Road
48 24.8787 88.62899 21 Road
49 24.88476 88.63089 20 Road (Tertiary)
50 24.88934 88.63914 23 Road (Pucca)
51 24.89311 88.646 17 Road (Pucca)
52 24.84252 88.59015 18 Canal
53 24.84695 88.5956 18 Canal
54 24.90708 88.65137 13 Canal
55 24.92435 88.65564 17 Canal
270

56 24.93139 88.65744 16 Canal

57 24.97079 88.6688 20 Canal
58 24.88745 88.63239 23 Pond
59 25.02859 88.74357 River (Atrai)
 271

LILO of Bagerhat-Goalpara 132 kV DC line at Rupsha

Line Length: 3.5 km
Coordinates (Decimal
Degrees) Elevation
No Name and Angle
(m)
Latitude Longitude
1 22.77203 89.61593 4 Start Point
2 22.77625 89.61528 7 AP - 1 (54 degrees - RT)
3 22.77872 89.6177 6 AP - 2 (8 degrees - RT)
4 22.7815 89.62123 9 AP - 3 (29 degrees - RT)
5 22.78268 89.62795 5 AP - 4 (32 degrees - LT)
6 22.78847 89.63458 5 AP - 5 (35 degrees - RT)
7 22.78862 89.63574 8 AP - 6 (56 degrees - LT)
8 22.79083 89.6369 5 End Point
9 22.7745 89.6156 5 Road (Highway)
10 22.78077 89.6202 10 Road (Secondary)
11 22.78181 89.62316 8 Road (Secondary)
12 22.77753 89.61669 4 Road (Primary)
13 22.78341 89.62888 5 Canal
14 22.77768 89.61615 3 D/T Line
15 22.77468 89.61557 5 D/T Line
16 22.77988 89.61917 7 D/T Line
17 22.77756 89.61655 4 D/T Line

LILO of Barishal-Bhandaria 132 kV DC line at Jhalokati

Line Length: 1.26 km
Coordinates (Decimal
Degrees) Elevation
No Name and Angle
(m)
Latitude Longitude
1 22.67749 90.19874 6 Start Point
2 22.67612 90.20256 4 AP - 1 (17 degrees - LT)
3 22.6757 90.21071 5 End Point
4 22.67568 90.21004 5 Canal
5 22.67567 90.20987 5 Road

LILO of Faridpur-Madaripur 132 kV DC line at Bhanga

Line Length: 0.14 km
Coordinates (Decimal
Degrees) Elevation
No Name and Angle
(m)
Latitude Longitude
1 23.41754 89.9607 8 Start Point
2 23.41878 89.96111 7 End Point
272

LILO of Gallamari-Gopalganj 132 kV DC line at Rupsha

Line Length: 0.039 km
Coordinates
(Decimal Degrees) Elevation Name and
No
(m) Angle
Latitude Longitude
1 22.77087 89.61703 4 Start Point
2 22.77054 89.6172 5 End Point

LILO of Khulna Central-Noapara 132 kV DC line at Phultala

Line Length: 1.0 km
Coordinates
(Decimal Degrees) Elevation
No Name and Angle
(m)
Latitude Longitude
1 22.9241 89.48613 3 Start Point
2 22.92586 89.49185 4 End Point

LILO of Barishal-Bhola-Borhanuddin 230 kV DC line at Bhola

Line Length: 1.0km
Coordinates
(Decimal Degrees) Elevation
No Name and Angle
(m)
Latitude Longitude
1 22.57649 90.65834 6 Start Point
2 22.57723 90.6608 9 AP - 1 (7 degrees - RT)
3 22.57792 90.66446 6 End Point
4 22.57728 90.66104 8 Road (Pucca)

LILO of Ghorashal-Tongi 230 kV DC line at Kaliganj (Gazipur)

Line Length: 3.5 km
Coordinates
(Decimal Degrees) Elevation
No Name and Angle
(m)
Latitude Longitude
1 23.96644 90.55296 5 Start Point
2 23.96503 90.55335 5 AP - 1 (67 degrees - LT)
3 23.96455 90.55697 8 AP - 2 (51 degrees - RT)
4 23.96102 90.55916 6 AP - 3 (22 degrees - LT)
5 23.95406 90.56858 7 AP - 4 (9 degrees - RT)
6 23.9462 90.57642 11 End Point
7 23.95167 90.57096 8 Road (Pucca)
8 23.96329 90.55776 9 Road (Katcha)
9 23.96474 90.55541 7 Road (Pucca)
 273

LILO of Ghorashal-Tongi 400 kV DC at Kaliganj (Gazipur)

Line Length: 3.5 km
Coordinates
(Decimal Degrees) Elevation
No Name and Angle
(m)
Latitude Longitude
1 23.96624 90.55053 5 Start Point
2 23.95837 90.55624 7 AP - 1 (33 degrees - RT)
3 23.95569 90.5564 7 AP - 2 (16 degrees - RT)
4 23.95156 90.55553 6 AP - 3 (32 degrees - LT)
5 23.94522 90.55782 6 AP - 4 (32 degrees - RT)
6 23.93747 90.55629 9 End Point
7 23.96559 90.551 6 Canal
8 23.95702 90.55629 7 Pond
9 23.95759 90.55629 8 Road (Pucca)

LILO of Khulna (S)-Rupsha Power Plant 230 kV DC line at Rupsha

Substation
Note: Line runs over Rupsha Substation

LILO of Bhulta-Kaliakair 400 kV DC line at Kaliganj (Gazipur)

Note: Line runs over Kaliganj (Gazipur) Substation
274

Annex 3: Tree to be Affected

Table 1. Total number of affected trees in the clearing RoW (12 m) of transmission lines, LILOs,
underground/ partially overhead lines, proposed substation and existing substation lands

SL Name of the Lines Fruits Non- Medicin Total Trees

trees fruits al trees

Transmission Lines
1 Kaliganj-Moheshpur 132 (KV) 629 737 39 1405
2 Bagerhat-Pirojpur-Bhandaria 132 (KV) 14654 6934 35 21623
3 Kusthia-Meherpur 132 (KV) 432 746 124 1302
4 Satkhira-Monirampur 132 (KV) 1350 603 116 2069
5 Domar -Hatibandha 132 (KV) 22 1275 0 1297
6 Niamatpur-Patnitala 132 (KV) 179 162 16 357
7 Satkhira-Rupsha 230 (KV) 1109 1610 170 2889
8 Gopalganj (N) – Shibchar 230 (KV) 519 2267 28 2814
9 Purbasadipur-Domar 230 (KV) 368 1584 34 1986
10 Kaliganj - Purbachal 400 (KV) 54 85 7 146
Transmission Line Sub Total 19316 16003 569 35888
LILOs

LILO of Goalpara-Bagerhat 132 kV double 190 142 9 341

1 circuit line at Rupsha
LILO of Gopalganj-Gallamari 132 kV double 0 0 0 0
2 circuit line at Rupsha
LILO at Bhanga 132KV from Madaripur- 0 0 0 0
3 Faridpur line
LILO of Barishal-Bhandaria double circuit 0 0 0 0
4 132kV line at Jhalokhati
LILO of Noapara-Khulna Central double circuit 0 0 0 0
5 132kV line at Phultala
LILO of Barishal-Bhola-Borhanuddin at Bhola 0 0 0 0
6 230 KV
LILO of Rupsha Power Plant-Khulna (S) double 0 0 0 0
7 circuit 230 kV line at Rupsha Substation
LILO of Tongi -Ghorashal 230 kV double circuit 4 10 0 14
8 at Kaliganj
LILO of Tongi -Ghorashal 400 kV double circuit 4 83 0 87
9 at Kaliganj
LILO of Kaliakoir - Bhulta 400 kV double circuit 0 0 0
10 line at Kaliganj
LILO Sub Total 198 235 9 442
Underground/Partially Overhead Lines
Purbachal - Purbachal 2 (Overhead Section) 2 4 0 6
230 KV
1 Purbachal - Purbachal 2 (Underground 0 0 0 0
Section) 230 KV

Rampura- Basundhara 132kV underground 190 160 0 350

2
cable line
Sub Total - Underground Sections 190 160 0 350
Sub Total - Overhead Sections 02 04 0 06
 275

Sub Total - Underground & Overhead 192 164 0 356

Total
19706 16402 578 36686
New Substations
1 Rupsha GIS 230/132 kV + 132/33 kV 0 0 0 0
2 Bhola GIS 230/33 kV 0 0 0 0
3 Shibchar GIS 132/33 kV 3 0 2 5
4 Bhanga GIS 132/33 kV 0 0 0 0
5 Jhalokhati GIS 132/33 kV 0 0 0 0
6 Pirojpur GIS 132/33 kV 15 15 0 30
7 Phultala GIS 132/33 kV 6 8 0 14
8 Monirampur GIS 132/33 kV 0 0 0 0
9 Moheshpur GIS 132/33 kV 0 0 0 0
10 Meherpur GIS 132/33 kV 0 0 0 0
11 Domar GIS 132/33 kV 3 23 0 26
12 Hatibandha GIS 132/33 kV 0 0 0 0
13 Purbachal GIS 400/230 kV 0 0 0 0
14 Kaliganj GIS, Gazipur (Future 132 kV 4 6 0 10
Provision)
15 Purbachal 2 GIS 230/132 kV 0 0 0 0
Sub-Total New Sub-Station 31 52 02 85
Existing substations which will be augmented
under the project
1 Satkhira 0 0 0 0
Total 31 52 02 85

Overall 19737 16454 580 36771

Table 2: Trees Affected by the Transmission Lines (TL Clearing ROW 12 m) and sub-stations

SL Name of the Fruit Trees Wood/Timber Trees Medicinal Total

Lines Trees
(> 10 (5-10 (< 5 (> 10 (5-10 (< 5 (> 10 (5-10 (< 5
m m m m m m m m m
heig heig heig heig heig heig heig heig heig
ht) ht) ht) ht) ht) ht) ht) ht) ht)
Transmission Lines
Kaliganj- 43 258 328 35 316 386 0 15 24 1405
Moheshpur 132
1 (kV)
Bagerhat- 5890 3768 4996 669 2319 3946 5 23 7 21623
Pirojpur-
Bhandaria 132
2 (kV)
Kusthia- 55 226 151 16 346 384 1 73 50 1302
Meherpur 132
3 (kV)
Satkhira- 598 437 315 144 315 144 96 7 13 2069
Monirampur 132
4 (kV)
276

SL Name of the Fruit Trees Wood/Timber Trees Medicinal Total

Lines Trees
(> 10 (5-10 (< 5 (> 10 (5-10 (< 5 (> 10 (5-10 (< 5
m m m m m m m m m
heig heig heig heig heig heig heig heig heig
ht) ht) ht) ht) ht) ht) ht) ht) ht)
Domar - 0 22 0 684 481 110 0 0 0 1297
Hatibandha 132
5 (kV)
Niamatpur- 32 101 46 91 61 10 7 9 0 357
Patnitala 132
6 (kV)
Satkhira-Rupsha 296 507 306 115 951 544 1 71 98 2889
7 230 (kV)
Gopalganj (N) – 80 260 179 105 1066 1096 2 12 14 2814
Shibchar 230
8 (kV)
Purbasadipur- 58 82 228 666 606 312 10 10 14 1986
9 Domar 230 (kV)
Kaliganj - 2 30 22 0 38 47 0 2 5 146
Purbachal 400
10 (kV)
Transmission Line
7054 5691 6571 2525 6499 6979 122 222 225 35888
Sub Total
LILOs
LILO of 58 55 77 44 53 45 4 5 0 341
Goalpara-
Bagerhat 132 kV
double circuit line
1 at Rupsha
LILO of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Gopalganj-
Gallamari 132 kV
double circuit line
2 at Rupsha
LILO at Bhanga 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
132KV from
Madaripur-
3 Faridpur line
LILO of Barishal- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bhandaria double
circuit 132kV line
4 at Jhalokhati
LILO of Noapara- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Khulna Central
double circuit
132kV line at
5 Phultala
LILO of Barishal- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Bhola-
 277

SL Name of the Fruit Trees Wood/Timber Trees Medicinal Total

Lines Trees
(> 10 (5-10 (< 5 (> 10 (5-10 (< 5 (> 10 (5-10 (< 5
m m m m m m m m m
heig heig heig heig heig heig heig heig heig
ht) ht) ht) ht) ht) ht) ht) ht) ht)
Borhanuddin at
Bhola 230 KV
LILO of Rupsha 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Power Plant-
Khulna (S)
double circuit 230
kV line at Rupsha
7 Substation
LILO of Tongi - 0 1 3 0 6 4 0 0 0 14
Ghorashal 230
kV double circuit
8 at Kaliganj
LILO of Tongi - 1 3 0 1 34 48 0 0 0 87
Ghorashal 400
kV double circuit
9 at Kaliganj
LILO of Kaliakoir - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bhulta 400 kV
double circuit line
10 at Kaliganj
LILO Sub Total 59 59 80 45 93 97 4 5 0 442
Underground/Partially Overhead Lines
Purbachal - 0 2 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 6
Purbachal 2
(Overhead
Section) 230 KV
1
Purbachal - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Purbachal 2
(Underground
Section) 230 KV
Rampura- 0 190 0 0 160 0 0 0 0 350
Basundhara
2 132kV
underground
cable line
Sub Total - 0 190 0 0 160 0 0 0 0 350
Underground
Sections
Sub Total - Overhead 0 02 0 0 04 0 0 0 0 06
Sections
Sub Total - 0 192 0 0 164 0 0 0 0
Underground & 356
Overhead
Total 7113 5942 6651 2570 6756 7076 126 227 225 36686
New Substations
278

SL Name of the Fruit Trees Wood/Timber Trees Medicinal Total

Lines Trees
(> 10 (5-10 (< 5 (> 10 (5-10 (< 5 (> 10 (5-10 (< 5
m m m m m m m m m
heig heig heig heig heig heig heig heig heig
ht) ht) ht) ht) ht) ht) ht) ht) ht)
1 Rupsha GIS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
230/132 kV +
132/33 kV
2 Bhola GIS 230/33 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
kV
3 Shibchar 1 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 0 5
GIS 132/33 kV
4 Bhanga GIS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
132/33 kV
5 Jhalokhati GIS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
132/33 kV
6 Pirojpur GIS 10 0 5 0 10 5 0 0 0 30
132/33 kV
7 Phultala GIS 4 2 0 0 5 3 0 0 0 14
132/33 kV
8 Monirampur GIS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
132/33 kV
9 Moheshpur GIS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
132/33 kV
10 Meherpur GIS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
132/33 kV
11 Domar GIS 0 3 0 0 19 4 0 0 0 26
132/33 kV
12 Hatibandha GIS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
132/33 kV
13 Purbachal GIS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
400/230 kV
14 Kaliganj GIS, 0 0 4 0 0 6 0 0 0 10
Gazipur (Future
132 kV Provision)
15 Purbachal 2 GIS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
230/132 kV
Sub-Total New Sub- 15 03 11 0 34 18 2 0 0 85
Station
Existing substations which will be augmented under the project
1 Satkhira 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total 15 3 11 0 34 18 2 0 0 85
Overall 7128 5945 6662 2570 6790 7094 128 227 225 36771
 279

Annex 4: Photographs of the existing environment and public consultations

The safeguards consultation mission photographs (7th to 10th April 2019)

Public consultation on LILO- Bagerhat-Goalpara Public consultation during safeguards

132 kV transmission line to Rupsha substation consultation mission - Bagerhat (7th April 2019)

Public consultation 1 Public consultation 2

Bagerhat substation- visit on 8th April 2019 Bagerhat substation

280

Bagerhat substation Bagerhat substation- land for bay extension

Bagerhat substation Bagerhat substation- waste and other materials in

an open area of the substation

Existing power lines across Kotchia river Angle tower in the left bank of the river
 281

Angle tower in the right bank Public consultation with land owners - Pirojpur
substation land (8th April 2019)

Public consultation- Pirojpur Ferry crossing to Barishal

Photographs of Consultation Meetings (Sept./ Oct. 2018) – DWZTGEP project)

Satkhira Substation Satkhira Transmission Line

282

Phultala Substation Manirampur Substation

Pirojpur Substation Manirampur Transmission line

Pirojpur Transmission line Rupsha LILO

 283

Bhola Substation Jhalokathi Substation

Manirumpur substation Domar Substation

Kaliganj –Purbachal Transmission line Kaliganj –Moheshpur Transmission line

284

Bhanga Substation (LILO) Monirampur- Satkhira Transmission line

Satkhira-Khulna Transmission line Kushtia-Meherpur Transmission line

 285

Annex 5 : Focused Group Discussion on Environment

Table 1: Summary of Participants at Public Consultations for Transmission Lines
No Name of the Transmission Line Dates of No. Participants
Subproject Consultations Male Female
1. Monirampur-Satkhira (TL) 17/09/2018 13 15
2. Purbasadipur-Domar (TL) 19/09/2018 12 5
3. Monirampur-Satkhira (TL) 20/09/2018 24 2
4. Shibchar- Gopalganj (TL) 21/09/2018 16 12
5. Domar-Hatibandha (TL-environ) 22/09/2018 18 6
6. Shibchar-Gopalganj (TL) 22/09/2018 14 10
7. Domar-Hatibandha (TL) 25/09/2018 19 0
8. Kaliganj-Moheshpur (TL) 25/09/2018 12 3
9. Kaliganj-Moheshpur (TL) 25/09/2018 13 4
10. Purbasadipur- Domar (TL) 26/09/2018 5 17
11. Kushtia-Meherpur (TL) 27/09/2018 21 5
12. Satkhira-Rupsa (TL) 27/09/2018 30 6
13. Kushtia-Meherpur (TL) 28/09/2018 16 18
14. Niyamotpur-Patnitola (TL) 30/09/2018 40 0
15. Satkhira-Rupsa (TL) 30/09/2018 19 9
16. Niyamotpur-Patnitola (TL) 02/10/2018 39 1
17. Magura-Narail (TL) 04/10/2018 12 9
18. Magura-Narail (TL) 04/10/2018 13 4
19. Rupsa (LILO) 06/10/2018 20 9
20. Kaliganj-Purbachal (TL) 8/10/2018 7 10
21. Kaliganj-Purbachal (TL) 11/10/2018 17 0
22. Bagerhat-Pirojpur-Bandaria (TL) 15/10/2018 27 3
23. Bagerhat-Pirojpur-Bandaria (TL) 17/10/2018 25 17
24. Bakreganj-Barguna (TL) 18/10/2018 6 17
25. Bakreganj-Barguna (TL) 19/10/2018 19 1

Table 2: Summary of participants at public consultations conducted for substations

No Name of the Substation Dates of No. Participants
Consultations Male Female
1. Monirampur Substation 13/09/2018 12 0
(FGD)
2. Shibchar Substation 17/09/2018 32 08
3. Monirampur Substation 18/09/2018 38 0
4. Bay Extension to Domar 20/09/2018 21 13
Substation
5. Bhanga Substation 21/09/2018 21 13
6. Satkhira Bay Extension 22/09/2018 30 0
7. Satkhira-Khulna 22/09/2018 12 0
Substation (FGD)
8. Hatibandha Substation 25/09/2018 21 04
9. Moheshpur Substation 25/09/2018 08 09
10. Meherpur Substation 26/09/2018 10 09
11. Phultala Substation 29/09/2018 25 0
12. Rupsha Substation 02/10/2018 26 0
13. Niyamatpur Substation 04/10/2018 46 3
14. Purbachal Substation 09/10/2018 16 0
15. Purbachal Substation 09/10/2018 11 0
(FGD)
16. Pirojpur Substation 12/10/2018 27 0
286

17. Jhalokathi Substation 13/10/2018 53 0

18. Kaliganj Substation 13/10/2018 59 0
19. Bhola Substation 15/10/2018 41 0

Table 3: Summary of Participants at Gender Consultations for Substations

No Name of the Substation Dates of No. Participants
Consultations
Male Female
1. Monirampur Substation 13/09/2018 12 0
(FGD)
2. Monirampur Substation 18/09/2018 0 12
3. Shibchar Substation 18/09/2018 1 15
4. Hatibandha Substation 18/09/2018 0 12
5. Bhanga Substation 21/09/2018 0 11
6. Satkhira- Khulna Substation 22/09/2018 12 0
(FGD)
7. Sathkira Bay Extension 25/09/2018 0 13
8. Moheshpur Substation 25/09/2018 0 9
9. Meherpur Substation 26/09/2018 0 14
10. Domar Substation 26/09/2018 0 12
11. Phultala Substation 29/09/2018 0 12
12. Rupsha Substation 01/10/2018 0 12
13. Purbachal Substation 09/10/2018 11 0
(FGD)
14. Kaliganj Substation 10/10/2018 0 12
15. Pirojpur Substation 12/10/2018 0 12
16. Jhalokathi Substation 14/10/2018 0 10
17. Bhola Substation 15/10/2018 0 13

Table 4: Summary of Participants at Women’s Consultations conducted for Transmission Lines

No Name of the Transmission Line Dates of No.
Subproject Consultations Participants

1. Satkhira-Khulna Transmission Line 23.9.2018 11

2. Domar-Hatibandha Transmission Line 25.09.2018 14

3. Purbosadipur-Domar Transmission Line 26.09.2018 08
4. Meherpur-Kushtia Transmission Line 27.09.2018 12
5. Niyamatpur-Patnitala Transmission Line 30.09.2018 12
6. Magura-Narail Transmission Line 03.10.2018 13
7. Bagerhat-Pirojpur-Bhandaria 07.10.2018 12
Transmission Line
 287

Environment Checklist
FORMAT FOR PUBLIC CONSULTATION & FOCUSED GROUP DISCUSSIONS
(ENVIRONMENTAL)
Name of the Component /Site: Domar – Hatibandha transmission line and Domar Substation
Number of Participants: 19
Location/Date/Time: Doyani Checkpost, 25/09/2018, 02:00pm-03:05pm
Name of village, Upazila, Zila: Doyani, Hatibandha, Lalmonirhat

Participants’ Opinion, Comments and

Issues
Suggestions
1. General perception about the project and People of this area had no idea about the
the awareness about the proposed project.
project. After knowing that the project is about to
increase the supply of electricity, majority of the
people of community appreciated it, because
their area remains almost half a day without the
supply of electricity.
However, they also have expressed concern in
many aspects regarding the establishment of
the substation.
2. Protected areas (national park, There is no such protected area where the
sanctuaries, nature reserves, forest substation had been planned to be constructed.
reserves, religiously sensitive sites,
historical or archaeological sites), if any
3. Status of current environmental conditions The proposed area is currently using for
in the area – air, dust, noise levels, status cultivation located near to the village.
of soil in the area. However, a huge portion of land is owned by
Bangladesh Water Development Board
(BWDB).
4. Will the project site adversely impact the Few of the people of community will lose
habitats (natural and man-modified) e.g. cultivating lands which were a major portion of
home gardens, paddy fields, agricultural their yearly agricultural income.
crops, plantations, natural forest, There may also have some environmental
waterbodies) or soil resource in the impacts on the area because of the construction
locality? of the substation.
5. Type of trees found in the home gardens, The area that had been planned to be
natural forests (if any): Fruit trees, timber constructed the substation is mainly used for
trees/forest trees cultivation of crops.
There also have some fruit producing trees,
such as, mango, jackfruit, litchi etc.
6. Any threatened and endemic tree/ plant No such trees or plants have been found that
species found in the project area may come under threat because of the
construction of the substation.
7. Any Indigenous, endemic, threatened No such animals or birds have been found that
animals in the project area. may come under threat because of the
construction of the substation.
8. Any critical issue or concern by the local There is no such concern.
people regarding the project?
288

LIST OF PARTICIPANTS
Sl. Signature (If agreed by the
Name of the Participant Occupation
No. participants)
01. Md. Al-Amin Gazi Driver

02. Foridul Islam Business

03. Md. Sobhan Business

04. Nessar Uddin Business

05. Kopil Uddin Farmer

06. Md. Rahmat Ali Farmer

07. Md. Lavlu Student

08. Md. Mostafa karim Student

09. Md. Rabbi Hasan Student

10. Ali Nur Student

11. Mizanur Rahman Student

12. Milon Hossain Driver

13. Mizanur Rahman Driver

14. Abdus Samad Business

15. Md. Shariful Islam Service

16. Kasu Mahmud Day-labour

17. Taz Uddin Business

18. Md. Jonab Ali Mason

19. Md. Khalequezzaman Student

 289

ENVIRONMENT CHECKLIST
Format for Public Consultation & Focused Group Discussions (Environmental)
Name of the Component /Site: Domar-Hatibandha TL
Number of Participants: 24
Location/Date/Time: Melapanga Dokolpara, 22/09/2018, 11:30am-12:40pm
Name of village, Upazila, Zila: Melapanga, Domar, Nilphamari

Participants’ Opinion, Comments and

Issues
Suggestions
1. General perception about the project and People of this area had no idea about the
the awareness about the proposed project. project.
Knowing the project is about to increase the
supply of electricity, the people of the
community appreciated it.
However, they also have expressed concern in
many aspects regarding the installation of the
transmission towers and electric line drawing
over their area.
2. Protected areas (national park, sanctuaries, There is no such park, forest, sanctuaries or
nature reserves, forest reserves, religiously nature reserves in the planned area of the line
sensitive sites, historical or archaeological alignment.
sites), if any
3. Status of current environmental conditions Most of the proposed area is currently using for
in the area – air, dust, noise levels, status of cultivation.
soil in the area.
4. Will the project site adversely impact the There have some wood and fruit producing
habitats (natural and man-modified) e.g. trees on the planned alignment.
home gardens, paddy fields, agricultural The community people want compensation for
crops, plantations, natural forest, the losses of those trees and crops.
waterbodies) or soil resource in the locality?
5. Type of trees found in the home gardens, The types of trees are found in the area are-
natural forests (if any): Fruit trees, timber Mahogany, Eucalyptus, Raintree, Mango,
trees/forest trees Jackfruit, Litchi etc.

6. Any threatened and endemic tree/ plant No such trees or plants have been found that
species found in the project area may come under threat because of the
installation of transmission towers and electric
line.
7. Any Indigenous, endemic, threatened No such animals or birds have been found that
animals in the project area. may come under threat because of the
installation of transmission towers and electric
line.
8. Any critical issue or concern by the local
people regarding the project? There is no such concern.
290

LIST OF PARTICIPANTS
Signature (If agreed by the
Sl. Nº Name of the Participant Occupation
participants)
01. Md. Malek Sarker Teacher

02. Md. Shamsul Haque Business

03. Md. Moniruzzaman Student

04. Md. Sazzad Hossain Student

05. Md. Abdul Kuddus Farmer

06. Mst. Asma Begum Housewife

07. Md. Mizanur Rahman Farmer

08. Md. Saddam Hossain Student

09. Md. Abdul Motin Teacher

10. Md. Danu Islam Student

11. Md. Rowson Ali Business

12. Md. Manik Mia Student

13. Md. Moklesur Rahaman Farmer

14. Md. Abdul Khalek Farmer

15. Md. Sahinur Rahman Student

16. Md. Rahel Mia Farmer

17. Md. Lutfar Rahman Farmer

18. Md. Saifur Rahman Farmer

19. Md. Nur Mohammad Farmer

20. Mst. Mahmuda Begum Housewife

21. Mst. Saleha Begum Farmer

22. Mst. Rokea Begum Farmer

23. Mst. Delwara Begum Farmer

24. Mst. Kona Begum Farmer

 291

Environment Checklist
FORMAT FOR PUBLIC CONSULTATION & FOCUSED GROUP DISCUSSIONS
(ENVIRONMENTAL)
Name of the Component /Site: Monirampur Substation
Number of Participants: 38
Location/Date/Time: Lauri Bazaar, 18/09/2018, 9:00am-11:00am,
Name of village, Upazila, Zila: Jamla, Monirampur, Satkhira

Participants’ Opinion, Comments and

Issues
Suggestions
1. General perception about the project and People of this area had no idea about the
the awareness about the proposed project. project.
They appreciated major purposes of the project
after knowing that it is about to increase the
supply of electricity.
However, they also have expressed concern in
many aspects regarding the establishment of
the substation.
2. Protected areas (national park, sanctuaries, There is no protected area where the
nature reserves, forest reserves, religiously substation had been planned to be
sensitive sites, historical or archaeological constructed.
sites), if any
3. Status of current environmental conditions
in the area – air, dust, noise levels, status of The proposed area is currently using for
soil in the area. cultivation located near to a village.
4. Will the project site adversely impact the Some people of this community will lose
habitats (natural and man-modified) e.g. cultivating lands which were a major portion of
home gardens, paddy fields, agricultural their yearly agricultural income.
crops, plantations, natural forest, There may also have some environmental
waterbodies) or soil resource in the locality? impact on the area because of the construction
of the substation.
5. Type of trees found in the home gardens, The whole area that had been planned to be
natural forests (if any): Fruit trees, timber constructed the substation is used for
trees/forest trees cultivation of crops.
6. Any threatened and endemic tree/ plant No such trees or plants have been found that
species found in the project area may come under threat because of the
construction of the substation.
7. Any Indigenous, endemic, threatened No such trees or plants have been found that
animals in the project area. may come under threat because of the
construction of the substation.
8. Any critical issue or concern by the local There is no such concern.
people regarding the project?
292

LIST OF PARTICIPANTS
Sl. Signature (If agreed by the
Name of the Participant Occupation
Nº participants)
1 Md. Azad Karim Male Businessman

2 MD. Lavlu Male Businessman

3 Md. Sawkat Ali Male Unemployed

4 MD. Billal Male Van puller

5 Kanai Male Businessman

6 Fazar Ali Male Farmer

7 Barek Male Farmer

8 Hashem Ali Male Businessman

9 Mashier Male Van puller

10 Md. Moshiur Rahman Male Van puller

11 Hafizur Rahman Male Van puller

12 Md. Jalal Uddin Male Businessman

13 Moshiur Rahman Male Farmer

14 Alauddin Male Businessman

15 Md. Babar Ali Male Businessman

16 Yusuf Ali Male Student

17 Kamruzzaman Male Carpenter

18 Abdul Alim Male Businessman

19 Ari Samad Male Businessman

20 Ruhul Amin Male Farmer

21 Solaiman Mia Male Farmer

22 Mahmudur Raham Male Businessman

23 Md. Anamul Male Businessman

24 Habibullah-al-Mamun Male Student

25 Md. Rezwan Male Businessman

 293

26 Kamruzzaman Male Service Holder44

27 R Alim Male Businessman

28 Md. Rezaul Male Businessman

29 Md. Maruf Male Unemployed

30 Asad Male Carpenter

31 Ananda Das Male Businessman

32 Arafat Male Student

33 Shafiqul Male Driving

34 Monir Uddin Male Unemployed

35 Md. Abul Kashem Male Farmer

36 Hafizur Rahman Male Farmer

37 Md Azim Male Businessman

38 Md Rayhan Male Businessman

44
A service holder is defined the person who work for government or private organizations as full time.
294

Environment Checklist
FORMAT FOR PUBLIC CONSULTATION & FOCUSED GROUP DISCUSSIONS
(ENVIRONMENTAL)
Name of the Component /Site: Phultola Substation
Number of Participants: 25
Location/Date/Time: Mamun’s shop, 29.09.2018, 9:00am-11:00am,
Name of village, Upazila, Zila: Mattomdanga, Phultola, Khulna

Participants’ Opinion, Comments and

Issues
Suggestions
1. General perception about the project and People of this area had no idea about the
the awareness about the proposed project. project.
They appreciated major purposes of the project
after knowing that it is about to increase the
supply of electricity.
However, they also have expressed concern in
many aspects regarding the establishment of
the substation.
2. Protected areas (national park, sanctuaries, There is no protected area where the
nature reserves, forest reserves, religiously substation had been planned to be
sensitive sites, historical or archaeological constructed.
sites), if any
3. Status of current environmental conditions The proposed area is currently using for
in the area – air, dust, noise levels, status of cultivation located near to a village.
soil in the area.
4. Will the project site adversely impact the Some people of this community will lose
habitats (natural and man-modified) e.g. cultivating lands which were a major portion of
home gardens, paddy fields, agricultural their yearly agricultural income sources.
crops, plantations, natural forest, There may also have some environmental
waterbodies) or soil resource in the locality? impact on the area because of the construction
of the substation.
5. Type of trees found in the home gardens, The whole area that had been planned to be
natural forests (if any): Fruit trees, timber constructed the substation is used for the
trees/forest trees cultivation of fish and crops.

6. Any threatened and endemic tree/ plant No such trees or plants have been found that
species found in the project area may come under threat because of the
construction of the substation.
7. Any Indigenous, endemic, threatened No such animals have been found that may
animals in the project area. come under threat because of the construction
of the substation.
8. Any critical issue or concern by the local There is no such concern.
people regarding the project?
 295

LIST OF PARTICIPANTS
Sl. Signature (If agreed by the
Name of the Participant Occupation
Nº participants)
1 Md. Siddiqur Rahman Male Businessman

2 Gazi Jakir Male Businessman

3 Masud Hossain Male Businessman

4 Kibria Male Businessman

5 Saddam Hossain Male Farmer

6 Shakil Hossain Male Farmer

7 Shawkat Hossain Male Farmer

8 Babu Male Businessman

9 Gappar Fakir Male Village Doctor

10 Muslem Male Farmer

11 Fakrul Male Farmer

12 Rakib Male Farmer

13 Abul Hossain Male Businessman

14 Nazrul Isalam Male Farmer

15 Rafiqul Islam Male Farmer

16 Jhoney Hossain Male Businessman

17 Abdul Karim Male Farmer

18 Abul Kalam Azad Male Service Holder

19 Md. Rafiqul Islam Male Service Holder

20 Mizanur Rahman Male

21 Shirajul Islam Male Laborer

22 Ahmed Hossain Male Businessman

23 Sahidul Islam Male Businessman

24 Eman Sheikh Male Businessman

25 Khairul Islam Male Businessman

296

Annex 6 : Template of Environmental Safeguard Monitoring Report

Environmental Safeguard Monitoring Report

Reporting Period {From Month, Year to Month, Year}

Date {Month, Year}

BAN: xxxx Dhaka and Western Zone

Transmission Grid Expansion Project

Prepared by the PGCB, Ministry of Power, Energy and Mineral Resources, Government of
Bangladesh for the Asian Development Bank

This environmental safeguard monitoring report is a document of the borrower and made publicly
available in accordance with ADB’s Public Communications Policy 2011 and the Safeguard Policy
Statement 2009. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB’s Board
of Directors, Management, or staff.
 297

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS {All abbreviations in the report test should be listed here}

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
{One page summary of the project’s status and environmental compliance during the
reporting period}

1.0 Introduction

1.1 Brief Project Description {Include maps showing site location and vicinity}

1.2 Project Progress Status and Implementation Schedule

{Describe the project milestones during the reporting period and highlight any change
from original scope, alignment, methodology, and/or schedule.}

{The project Gantt chart may be included}

{Include a simplified table like the sample below}

Project Target Date {and Progress Status Percent Remarks

Component Revised Target {not yet started; Completed
• Stage Date if delayed} on-going;
completed}

Power Plant Example for reporting period Jul-Dec 2018

Component

• Contract 31 Jan 2018 Completed 100% Contract Awarded

Award to XYZ Contractor
1.
2.
• Construction 31 Mar 2019 On-going 85% There was a
(civil works, (original target delay in the
installation of completion was delivery of
equipment, …)
31 Dec 2018) equipment…
•
•
298

2.0 Compliance to National Regulations

{Include the applicable National Regulations following the sample table below}

National Compliance Compliance Status Remarks {provide details to

Regulation Requirements under {complied; show how compliance was
the Regulation not complied; achieved; or explain the
n/a at current stage corrective action done if
of the project} there was non-compliance}

3.0 Compliance to Environmental Covenants from the ADB Loan Agreement

{Include Loan Agreement covenants on environment following the sample table below}

Schedule #, Covenant Compliance Status Remarks {provide details to

Para. # {complied; show how compliance was
not complied; achieved; or explain the
n/a at current stage corrective action done if
of the project} there was non-compliance}

4.0 Compliance to Environmental Management Plan

{With reference to the EMP of the project, include a table with the compliance status during
the reporting period, with remarks to show how compliance was achieved, or corrective action
done if there was non-compliance}

5.0 Safeguards Monitoring Results and Unanticipated Impacts

5.1 Environmental Monitoring

{With reference to the Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMoP) of the project, include a table
to summarize the results of the monitoring done during the reporting period. Please indicate the
monitoring location, date, time (or duration as applicable), parameters measured, the standards,
tests and limits used, and provide the corrective action plan if there was any exceedance to the
standards}

5.2 Occupational Health and Safety Monitoring

 299

{With reference to the EMP of the project, include the trainings/drills/inspections conducted
during the reporting period following the table below. Include as appendices the
training/drill/inspection agenda, attendance sheets, and photos}

Trainings/Drills/ Number and Position Location/s and Remarks

Inspections of Participant/s Date/s
Example: 50 Laborers 15 Aug 2018 Participants safely
Fire Drill evacuated the site…

{If there was any accident, near-miss, illness, or other incidents during the reporting period
(or previously reported accident with ongoing rectification), provide the corrective action done
following the table below. Include as appendices the work safety checklists, incident reports, and
other relevant supporting documents}

Occupational Number and Location/s Description of Corrective Action

Accident Position of and Date/s Incident
Person/s Involved of Incident
Fatality
Non-fatal Injury
Near-miss
Illness
Other Incidents

6.0 Implementation of Grievance Redress Mechanism and Complaints Received from

Stakeholders
{Include a description of the GRM, provide a flowchart and list of grievance redress
committee members}

{If there was any grievance or complaint during the reporting period (or previously reported
complaint with ongoing rectification), provide the corrective action done following the table below}

Complainant/s Location/s Description of Timeline* Time Bound

or Affected and Date/s of Grievance/Complaint Corrective Action
Persons Complaint

• To be solved within 2 weeks

7.0 Conclusion and Recommendations

{Limit the conclusion to safeguards highlights or issues resolution during the reporting
period, and the recommendations or actions to be done in the next period}
300

APPENDICES

Photographs {Include photographs of the project site taken during the reporting period. For each
photo, provide a caption with description, location and date}

Supporting Documents {Iaboratory results, meeting agenda and attendance, checklists, etc.}
 301

Annex 7 : Environmental Audit of the Existing Substations

1. Introduction
1.1 Objectives of the Environmental Compliance Audit
1. The implementation of the project could have both negative and positive impacts on the
surrounding environment, depending on environmental sensitivities and the design of responsive
mitigation measures. Environmental impacts include physical, ecological, and socio-economic
impacts. This environmental assessment was carried out to prevent and reduce adverse impacts
to an acceptable level, and to enhance the positive impacts linked with the implementation of the
project. A rapid environmental assessment checklist for the Project was prepared to determine
potential adverse environmental and social impacts during Project design and planning,
construction, and the operation and maintenance phases of the substation and transmission line
projects. This Project is categorized as an Environmental B project, based on the rapid
environmental assessment and the ADB’s SPS 2009. For Category B projects, the environmental
impacts are expected to be less adverse than Category A projects. An Initial Environmental
Examination (IEE) is required to address the anticipated impacts and to suggest appropriate
mitigation measures. This IEE report was prepared based on the table of contents provided in
Appendix 1 of the ADB’s SPS 2009.

2. As per ADB Operations Manual, Section F1/OP para 53, for projects involving facilities and/or
business activities that already exist or are under construction before ADB's involvement, ADB
requires the borrower/client to conduct an environment and/or social compliance audit to
determine their safeguard compliance status. The audit by the borrower/client confirms that on-
site environmental and social assessments carried out to identify past or present safeguards
concerns related to the impacts on the environment, involuntary resettlement and Indigenous
Peoples.

3. Where noncompliance is identified, ADB and the borrower/client agree on a Corrective Action
Plan (CAP), implementation schedule, and sufficient funds to bring the project into compliance
with the safeguard policy requirements. If an upgrade or expansion of a project is not foreseen,
the audit report (including the CAP, if any) constitutes the EIA, IEE, resettlement plan, and/or IPP.

4. The audit report is disclosed on the ADB website following the disclosure requirements in this
Operations Manual section (part C). For a project involving an upgrade or expansion of existing
facilities that have potential impacts on the environment, involuntary resettlement, or Indigenous
People, the requirements for environmental and social assessments and planning specified in this
Operations Manual section (part C) apply in addition to the audit.

5. The project must comply with the ADB’s SPS 2009 and Operational Manual F1 (2013). Also,
the Project complies with the Bangladesh Environment Conservation Rules (ECR), 1997.
According to the categorization of ECR, 1997, (amendment in 2017) the Project has been
categorized as ‘Orange B’ meaning that it has minimal environmental impacts, which are to be
mitigated with proper mitigation measures.

6. The audit has been conducted with the aim to assess the Project’s compliance with-
(i) ADB Operations Manual, Section F1/OP (2013), para 53;
(ii) Environment Conservation Rules (ECR)1997 of GoB;
(iii) Environmental and social safeguards according ADB’s SPS 2009 and other relevant
standards and guidelines of the ADB;
302

(iv) Proposed mitigation measures and monitoring procedures according to the

environmental management plan (EMP), environmental monitoring plan as are
applicable.

1.2 The Purpose of the Environmental Audit Assessment

7. The purposes of the Environmental Audit Assessment are:

(i) to identify present inadequacies in environmental management, and occupational

health and safety issues in the facilities to be augmented;
(ii) to determine the need for remedial actions necessary to bring the subject facilities
into compliance with ADB safeguard policies; and
(iii) to recommend actions to be taken to improve and strengthen PGCB’s
environmental, health, and safety management.

1.2.1 Scope of Work

8. The environmental audit assessment focused on the eight substations earmarked for
augmentation as outlined above. The audit took place in November and December 2018.

1.2.2 Method and Approach

9. Reviewing all available relevant in-house documents including the following:
i. Development Project Proposal, Southwest Transmission Grid Expansion Project
(February 2018);
ii. Power System Master Plan 2016, Power Division, Ministry of Power, Energy and
Mineral Resources, supported by Japan International corporation Agency; and
iii. IFC, General and power transmission and distribution EHS guidelines.

1.2.3 Site Observation and Interview

10. Six substations were visited by a national environment expert in November and December
2018. The other three substations, Kaliganj, Gopalganj (North) and Patnitola substations are not
yet constructed or under construction. During the visit, visual inspection was conducted and the
critical issues using the prepared checklist were cross checked. The checklist identifies issues as
per the following criteria as deduced from the guidelines mentioned above.

• General environmental management

• Waste management practices
• Hazardous material management
• Groundwater and soil contamination control
• Occupational health and safety management and
• Noise management

2. Environment Audit
11. This environmental audit was conducted in November and December 2018. The audit was
based on criteria stipulated below:

• General environmental management

• Waste management practices
• Hazardous material management
• Groundwater and soil contamination control
 303

• Occupational health and safety management and

• Noise management

12. These criteria were translated into a checklist (Table 2) which was used to identify issues of
strength to the subject or issues that need corrective actions so as to meet the minimum required
standard.

13. Substations which have been audited using the criteria above include the following.

14. Purbasadipur substation: Audit findings and the required remedial actions;

• The substation is earthed and has protective shields to minimize radiation and
magnetic field effects.
• The substation has two transformers and oil circuit breakers, and use PCB.
• The substation is fenced and has warning signs to prevent the general public from
being exposed to any risk of electrocution.
• Safety kits (PPE, fire extinguisher) are available in the substation site.

15. The substation needs improvements in the following areas:

• The substation needs the yard cleanness and appropriate waste handling and
disposal practices.
• Handling of hazardous and non-hazardous material needs to be improved especially
in storage arrangement and prevention of spillage through retrofitting proper
impermeable bund to 110% capacity.

16. Kustia substation: Audit findings and the required remedial actions;

• The substation is earthed and has protective shields to minimize radiation and
magnetic field effects.
• The substation has two transformers and oil circuit breakers, but none of these use
PCB. The substation is PCB free.
• The substation is fenced and has warning signs to prevent the general public from
being exposed to any risk of electrocution.
• Safety kits (PPE, fire extinguisher) are available in the substation site.

17. The substation needs improvements in the following areas:

• The substation needs the yard cleanness and appropriate waste handling and
disposal practices.
• Handling of hazardous and non-hazardous material needs to be improved especially
in storage arrangement and prevention of spillage through retrofitting proper
impermeable bund to 110% capacity.

18. Bagerhat substation: Audit findings and the required remedial actions;

• The substation is earthed and has protective shields to minimize radiation and
magnetic field effects.
• The substation has three transformers and oil circuit breakers, but none of these use
PCB. The substation is PCB free.
304

• The substation is fenced and has warning signs to prevent the general public from
being exposed to any risk of electrocution.
• Safety kits (PPE, fire extinguisher) are available in the substation site.

19. The substation needs improvements in the following areas:

• The substation needs the yard cleanness and appropriate waste handling and
disposal practices.
• Handling of hazardous and non-hazardous material needs to be improved especially
in storage arrangement and prevention of spillage through retrofitting proper
impermeable bund to 110% capacity.

20. Bandaria substation: Audit findings and the required remedial actions;

• The substation is earthed and has protective shields to minimize radiation and
magnetic field effects.
• The substation has two transformers and oil circuit breakers, but none of these use
PCB. The substation is PCB free.
• The substation is fenced and has warning signs to prevent the general public from
being exposed to any risk of electrocution.
• Safety kits (PPE, fire extinguisher) are available in the substation site.

21. The substation needs improvements in the following areas:

• The substation needs the yard cleanness and appropriate waste handling and
disposal practices.
• Handling of hazardous and non-hazardous material needs to be improved especially
in storage arrangement and prevention of spillage through retrofitting proper
impermeable bund to 110% capacity.

22. Niamatpur substation: Audit findings and the required remedial actions;

• The substation is earthed and has protective shields to minimize radiation and
magnetic field effects.
• The substation has two transformers and oil circuit breakers, and use PCB.
• The substation is fenced and has warning signs to prevent the general public from
being exposed to any risk of electrocution.
• Safety kits (PPE, fire extinguisher) are available in the substation site.

23. The substation needs improvements in the following areas:

• The substation needs the yard cleanness and appropriate waste handling and
disposal practices.
• Handling of hazardous and non-hazardous material needs to be improved especially
in storage arrangement and prevention of spillage through retrofitting proper
impermeable bund to 110% capacity.

24. Satkhira substation: Audit findings and the required remedial actions;
 305

• The substation is earthed and has protective shields to minimize radiation and
magnetic field effects.
• The substation has two transformers and oil circuit breakers, and use PCB.
• The substation is fenced and has warning signs to prevent the general public from
being exposed to any risk of electrocution.
• Safety kits (PPE, fire extinguisher) are available in the substation site.

25. The substation needs improvements in the following areas:

• The substation needs the yard cleanness and appropriate waste handling and
disposal practices.
• Handling of hazardous and non-hazardous material needs to be improved especially
in storage arrangement and prevention of spillage through retrofitting proper
impermeable bund to 110% capacity.

3. Corrective Action Plan (CAP)

26. Waste management and handling was seen to be a problem in all substations. Pieces of solid
wastes (removed parts of transformers, scraps) had no specific and designated area for collection
and eventual disposal. Substation facilities should designate special areas/ points for solid waste
collection and collect all unwanted scraps for a safe disposal. Wastes such as pieces of cables,
switch gears and other waste could have special bins. Handling of hazardous and non-hazardous
material needs to be improved especially in storage arrangement and prevention of spillage.
There was no written solid waste management system. Also, there were no written Health and
Safety Plans or periodic practice carried out to prepare for emergencies. Personal Protective
Equipment was insufficient.

27. To ensure used and scrap equipment/material are properly disposed after
removal/replacement, it is recommended for hand-over procedures of equipment/projects to
include an environmental checklist which prompts the disposal method. This is required to avoid
new debris and waste/scrap being accumulated at the substations in the future, leading up to
project implementation.

28. The corrective action plan should be completed before the commencement of bay extension
work in all substations.

Table 1. Corrective Action Plan Proposed

S Issue Corrective Action By whom By when
no
1 Improvement of waste management • Wastewater discharges PGCB Immediately
facilities at the substations. should avoid adverse impacts
• No proper solid waste management to the quality and availability
• Scrap scattered at sites of groundwater and surface
water resources.

• Avoiding or minimizing the

generation waste materials,
as far as practicable. Where
waste generation cannot be
avoided but has been
minimized, recovering and
reusing waste. Where waste
306

S Issue Corrective Action By whom By when

no
cannot be recovered or
reused, treating, destroying,
and disposing of it in an
environmentally sound
manner
2 Health and Safety of Staff PPE (footwear, masks, Staff and Immediately
Staff to use personal protective equipment protective clothing and Contractor
(PPE) at all times. goggles in appropriate areas)
to be provided to the staff.
3 Unsafe storage of material Prepare a bunded area to PGCB Immediately
Hazardous Transformer oil stored 110% for storage of
haphazardly with any bunding to prevent transformer oil. Remedy the
leakage to ground. leakage into the ground. The
transformers need to be
protected against leaks and
spill
4 Health and Safety Equipment PGCB to ensure complete PGCB Immediately
H&S equipment such as incomplete first kits, fire safety as well as fire
aid box, lesser quantities of fire buckets, alarms systems should be
fire extinguisher available at sites. The
employer should ensure that
qualified first-aid can be
provided at all times.
Appropriately equipped first-
aid stations should be easily
accessible throughout the
place of work. Eye-wash
stations and/or emergency
showers should be provided
close to all workstations
where immediate flushing
with water is the
recommended first-aid
response.
5 Handling emergencies Establishment of efficient PGCB Immediately
E&H plans and emergency
plans to ADB’s satisfaction.
6 Safety training and awareness raising Conduct safety training and PGCB Immediately
program awareness workshop for staff
and contrctors
7 PCB Long term plan will be PGCB and Plan prior to
prepared prior to contract Contractor contract
awarded to gradually phase awarded
out the PCB contained
transformers.

Surrounding soil and

groundwater to be tested for
presence of PCB and any
contamination will be
removed.
 307

S Issue Corrective Action By whom By when

no
To retrofit proper
impermeable bund to 110%
capacity.

Prior to final disposal, retired

transformers and equipment
containing PCB should be
stored on a concrete pad
with curbs sufficient to
contain the liquid contents of
these containers should they
be spilled or leaked. The
storage area should also
have a roof to prevent
precipitation from
collecting in the storage area.
Disposal should involve
facilities capable of safely
transporting and disposing of
hazardous waste containing
PCB

4. Conclusion and Recommendations

29. PGCB has been found to be adequately responsive on environmental safeguards during the
operation of existing facilities at substations. They have duly monitored the air, water and noise
quality according to the requirement of EMP. The monitoring results have been found to be within
the acceptable limit requiring no corrective measures.

30. The substations need the yard cleanness and appropriate waste handling and disposal
practices. Handling of hazardous and non-hazardous material needs to be improved especially in
storage arrangement and prevention of spillage. So, it is felt that PGCB requires to carry out
corrective measure mentioned in the CAP for compliance in regards of EHS safeguards.

31. Based on the findings of environmental compliance audit, it can be concluded that PGCB is
satisfactorily responsive in regard of complying with environmental safeguards during the
operation and only the yard cleanness, collection and disposal of waste should be addressed
before the commencement of activities planned under the Dhaka and Western Zone Transmission
Grid Expansion Project (DWZTGEP).
308

Table 2. Environmental Audit Checklist for Electric Power Transmission and Distribution - Substations
Bagerhat Bandaria Kustia 132 Niyamatpur Purbasadipur Satkhira 132
Guidelines Considered
132 kV 132 kV kV 132 kV 132 kV kV
PCB oil in transformers and switchgear
• Transformers with PCB X X X   
• Switchgear with PCB X X X   
• Safe disposal of PCB oil NA NA NA X X X
• Prevention of PCB fires NA NA NA X X X
• PCB Labelling NA NA NA X X X
• PCB oil leakage X X X X X X
• Retrofitting X X X X X X
• PCB oil Storage X X X X X X
Use of SF6 and other greenhouse/hazardous gases
• Gas insulated switchgear X X X X X X
• Gas insulated t/f X X X X X X
• Presence of SF6 in switchgear      
• SF6 retrieval arrangements NA NA NA NA NA NA
• Presence of other hazardous X X X X X X
gases
Storage of liquid fuels, raw and in-process materials, solvents, wastes: to prevent spills, to prevent soil contamination and to prevent ground
and surface water contamination
• Containment, Dikes, and Berms X X X X X X
(e.g. for transformers)
• Storage facility X X X X X X
• Drainage      
• Oil leakage X X X X X X
• Need for extra gravel X  X X X X
Workplace air quality
• Monitoring of workplace air quality X X X   X
• Good ventilation (ensure)      
• Maintenance of air quality AC AC AC AC AC AC
• Providence of respiratory X X X X X X
equipment
• Enforcement of the application of NA NA NA NA NA NA
personal protective equipment
whenever exposure levels of
fumes, solvents and other
materials exceed threshold limit
Workplace noise
• Noise control equipment X X X X X X
IFC/ EHS Noise levels
Ambient Noise (dB) Day Level within Level within Level within Level within 45 Level within 45 Level within 45
Residential 55 45 45 dB limit 45 dB limit 45 dB limit dB limit dB limit dB limit
 309

Industrial 70 70
• Maintenance of equipment      
• Use of protective gear when noise NA NA NA NA NA NA
level exceeds 85 dB
Other Physical Agents
• Safe working area (absence of      
radiation, magnetic fields)
• Monitor regularly for radiation and      
field levels and equipment integrity
(earthing, protective shields,
lockouts etc.
Electrocution
• Strict procedure for de-energizing    X X 
before working on electrical
equipment
• Training of personnel for safety    X X 
procedures
Occupational health and safety guidelines
• Physical factors in the workplace  X    
signage
• Lighting (including security lights)      
• Fire detection X X X X X X
mechanism/equipment
• Firefighting equipment      
• Cleanness (inside and outside  X    
substation)
• First Aid Kit      
• Features that pose safety risks NI NI NI NI NI NI
(missing or broken slabs, dogged
holes, etc.)
• Fence or enclosure of the site    X X 
(Restriction of unauthorized
people)
Welfare Facilities
• Safe and clean drinking water      
• Toilets      
• TV/Radio/internet    X X 
• Guard kiosk      
Personal Protective Equipment
• Eye and face      
• Head      
• Hearing      
310

• Hand      
• Respiratory X X X X X X
• Leg and body X X X X X X
Ambient factors in the workplace
• Noise      
• Vibration      
• Illumination      
• Reflections X X X X X X
• Temperature      
• Hazardous materials      
• Biological agents X X X X X X
• Ionization radiation      
Training and Documentation
• Training (Learning materials,    X X X
equipment and tools)
•Training on operational hazardous NI NI NI X X NI
and how to control the hazards
• Training on health risks, hygiene, NI NI NI X X NI
and exposure prevention
• Training on accidents and accident NI NI NI X X NI
prevention, protective equipment
and clothing
Performance Monitoring
• OHSMS organization policy      
• Emergency prevention, NI NI NI NI NI NI
preparedness and response
• Investigation of work-related      
injuries, ill health, disease and
accidents
• Safety inspection, testing and      
calibration
Material handling (Hazardous and non-hazardous materials)
• Storage X X X   
• Labelling X X X   
• Handling  X    
Solid Waste/Scraps
• Handling  X    N/A
• Disposal      N/A
Space for Expansion
• Availability of space for expansion  X    
 311

OHSMS- Occupational Health & Safety Management System

NA Not Applicable,
 Yes/OK
X No
t/f Yes, on transformers
CB Yes, on oil Circuit Breakers
AC Yes, with air conditioners
NI It is there, but Need Improvements
NI Need Improvements
S/S Substation
NT Need Training
NR Need some Repair
NM Need Maintenance
Con Yes, it is contaminated